Sea Ray 2005 480 MOTOR YACHT Owners Manual

 WELCOME
Congratulations on becoming the new owner of the
world’s most prestigious yacht. We at Sea Ray® Boats,
Inc. welcome you into our worldwide and ever-
expanding family of boating enthusiasts.
The Owner’s Manual Packet, to be kept on board your
Sea Ray, gives you important information on all the
features of your Sea Ray, for years of trouble-free
boating take the time to carefully review the information
in your Owner's Manual Packet and really get to know
your boat. Have everyone who will operate your
yacht read this manual.
The Owner's Manual Packet contains the following:
e Owner’s Manual
The Owner's Manual gives you important operating
and safety information, as well as reminding you about
your responsibilities as a boat owner/operator.
* Original Equipment Manufacturer (OEM)
Information
This section of your Owner's Manual Packet contains
information from the manufacturers of equipment
installed on your boat. Examples include the engine,
engine control and steering system. Throughout the
Owners Manual you will be referred to information
provided by manufacturers of specific systems.
Because your purchase represents a substantial
investment, we know you will want to take the
necessary measures to protect its value. We have
outlined a program for proper operation, periodic
maintenance and safety inspections. We urge you to
follow these recommendations. If you have questions
which are not fully covered by the Owner's Manual
Packet, please consult your authorized dealer for
assistance.
Thank You For Selecting A Sea Ray"!
Bon Voyage
480 Motor Yacht
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
480 Motor Yacht
INTRODUCTION
1. THis MANUAL
The material here and in the rest of the Owner’s Manual
Packet:
e Gives you basic safety information;
e Describes the features of your boat;
e Describes the equipment on your boat;
e Describes the fundamentals of boat use; and
e (Contains service and maintenance information.
You must learn to operate this boat as well as read,
understand and use this manual.
What this manual does not give you is a course in
boating safety, or how to navigate, anchor or dock you
boat. Operating a power boat safely requires more
skills, knowledge and awareness than is necessary
for a car or truck.
2. YOUR RESPONSIBILITIES
For your safety, the safety of your passengers, other
boaters and people in the water, you must:
Take a boating safety course;
e Getinstruction in the safe and proper handling
of your boat;
* Understand and follow the “rules of the road”;
Learn how to navigate.
3. SOURCE OF INFORMATION
In North America, contact one of the following for
boating courses:
e U.S. Coast Guard Auxiliary
e U.S. Power Squadron
e Canadian Power and Sail Squadrons
e Red cross
e State Boating Offices
e Yacht Club
Contact your dealer or the Boat/U.S. Foundation at
1-800-336-2628
Outside of North America, contact your boat dealer
and/or your governmental boating agency for
assistance.
A book that provides a comprehensive background in
boating is Chapman - Piloting, Seamanship and small
Boat handling, by Elbert S. Maloney, published by
Hearst Marine.
4. DEALER RESPONSIBILITIES
In addition to a pre-delivery check and service of the
boat, your dealer is to give you:
о Adescription and demonstration of the safety
systems, features, instruments and controls on
your boat;
e An orientation in the general operation of your
boat;
e An"In Service Form” completed by you and the
dealer after your inspection of the boat;
Areview of all warranty information and how to
obtain warranty service;
e The complete Owner’s Manual Packet.
If you do not receive all of these materials, or have
any questions, contact your dealer or call
1-800-SRBOATS (International 1-314-216-3333).
5. WARRANTIES
Your boat comes with several warranties. Each
component and/or system on your boat has its own
warranty that will be found with the specific information
and manual for that component. These are included
with your Owner’s Manual Packet. Locate and read
the individual warranties; then put them together for
easy future reference. The Sea Ray® warranty is on
the warranty information card in your packet and is
repeated on the next page.
480 Motor Yacht
6. HULL IDENTIFICATION NUMBER Boat Model:
(HIN) Design Category: [JOcean [Offshore
[Inshore [1Sheltered Waters
The “Hull Identification Number” located on the Hull Identification Number:
starboard side of the transom, is the most important
identifying factor and must be included in all
correspondence and orders. Failure to include it
creates delays. Also of vital importance are the engine
serial numbers and part numbers when writing about | | Engine Installed
or ordering parts for your engine. Refer to the Engine Manufacturer:
Maximum Recommended Load:
Recommended Number of Passengers:
Maximum Rated Engine Power:
Operators Manual for locations of engine serial Model and Number:
numbers and record them for future reference. Weight of Craft
, W/Engine & Permanently Attached Items:
7. MANUFACTURER’S CERTIFICATION Without Engine:
H.I.N LOCATION
8. SERVICE, PARTS AND REPAIR FOR
Y OUR BOAT
When your boat needs service, parts or repair, take it
to an authorized Sea Ray* dealer. To find a dealer in
your area call:
1-800-SRBOATS
Fax: 1-314-213-7878
Domestic/International
IDENTIFICATION To find repair and parts facilities for the equipment
NUMBER installed on your boat, refer to the manual for that
component.
If a problem is not handled to your satisfaction:
A CE mark means that your Sea Ray” Boat has been
certified to meet the applicable International 1. Discuss any warranty-related problems directly
Organization for Standardization directives. with the service manager of the dealership or your
sales person. Give the dealer an opportunity to
NMMA certification means that your Sea Ray? Boat help the service department resolve the matter
has been judged by the National Marine Manufacturers for you.
Association to be in compliance with applicable federal
regulations and American Boat and Yacht Council 2. Ifa problem arises that has not been resolved to
standards. your satisfaction by your dealer, contact Sea Ray®
Boats at 1-800-SRBOATS and the appropriate
The following information is furnished in compliance customer service department information will be
with ISO directives and RSG guidelines in effect as of provided to you.
the date of publication of this manual. Sea Ray® will
provide additional information as standards are
amended. The following information, required for export
of the vessel, must be filled out by the dealer.
480 Motor Yacht
“®
ABOUT YOUR LIMITED WARRANTY
Sea Ray offers an express Limited Warranty on each new Sea Ray purchased through an authorized Sea
Ray dealer. A copy of the Limited Warranty was included in your owner’s packet. If for any reason, you
did not receive a copy of the Limited Warranty, please contact your local dealer or call 1-800 SR BOATS
for a replacement copy.
Under the Limited Warranty, Sea Ray covers structural fiberglass deck or hull defects which occur with five
(5) years of the date of delivery and parts founds to be defective in factory material or workmanship within
one (1) year of the date of delivery. In addition, laminate blisters resulting from defects in factory material
or workmanship are covered for five (5) years on a pro-rated basis.
Sea Ray’s obligation under the Limited Warranty 1s limited to repair or replacement of parts that are judged
defective by Sea Ray and does not include transportation, haul out, or other expenses. The foregoing is the
sole and exclusive remedy provided by Sea Ray.
The Limited Warranty does not cover engines, stern drives, controls, propellers, batteries, trailers, or other
equipment or accessories carrying their own individual warranties, nor does the Limited Warranty cover
engines, parts or accessories not installed by Sea Ray. The Limited Warranty does not cover cosmetic gel
coat finish. Boats used for commercial purpose are excluded from coverage. See the Sea Ray Express
Limited Transferable Warranty for other exclusions.
SEA RAY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY
AND FITNESS. NEITHER SEA RAY NOR THE SELLING DEALER SHALL HAVE ANY
RESPONSIBILITY FOR LOSS OF USE OF THE BOAT, LOSS OF TIME, INCONVENIENCE,
COMMERCIAL LOSS OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES.
The unexpired term of the Limited Warranty may be transferred to a subsequent owner upon the new
owner’s written request to Sea Ray Division of Brunswick Corporation, 2600 Sea Ray Blvd., Knoxville,
Tennessee, 37914 and payment to Sea Ray of Fifty Dollars ($50.00).
Thank you for your decision to buy a Sea Ray.
The Sea Ray Express Limited Transferable Warranty is subject to change at any time at Sea Ray’s discretion. The
information contained herein is general information about the Limited Warranty for the owner’s general knowledge,
but does not alter or amend the terms of the Limited Warranty.
480 Motor Yacht
480 MY OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION
1. ThisManual ...............coooii in, ii
2. Your responsibilities ...........cc.cooiii A ii
3. Source of Information ..............ccoooii R KK ii
4. Dealer Responsibilities ..................—.....e.=eeeeeeeeee ii
S. Warranties ........coooviii re ii
6. Hull Identification Number (HIN) .............................. iv
7. Manufacturer’s Certificate iv
8. Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat .................... iv
9. Express Limited Transferable Warranty .................... V
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
1. Safety Labels... K EEK KEG 1.1
2. Legally Mandated Minimum Reguired Equipment.. 1.2
3. Fire Extinguishing Equipment ........................ 1.2
4. Carbon Monoxide ..................—reee=íeeeereeeeereree K EEE 1.2
A. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ........................... 1.3
5. Life Saving Equipment .............cccooiii ii 1.3
A. PFD Classifications ae 1.4
6. Additional recommended Equipment for
Safe Operation ....................r.eeeesieeerericeeeerere ee 1.5
7. Impaired Operation ……….….…..…...…….….…….…rreecrererseccnee 1.5
8. Load Capacity .................e...eeeeeeeeiereree K EEK K EEE 1.5
9. Power Capacity ................e....eeeeíeieieeiereeenee e. 1.6
10. Stability .....................eerr0rrrierireceee eres 1.6
11. Maintain Control .........................eeeiiererecere eee 1.7
A. General Considerations 1.7
21.Weather .….…......…...…...…..crrrcrercreranecanere sense ea see ne 1.7
A. Ocean civic, 1.8
ONCE 1.8
C.INSNOre EEE 1.8
D. Sheltered WaterS ee 1.8
13. Chart Your Course ...................ereeevirerreeeee EEG 1.9
14. Water Sports ……...……...……...srerecsseeessea ne se een 1.9
A. SWIMMING «o.oo eee seeee 1.9
B. SKIiiNG cove, 1.9
C.DIVING coer 1.10
15. Emergency Situations ers 1.10
A. Medical Emergency ..........................=........ 1.10
B. Water Rescue .................eeeveeereeerierecreeeee.s 1.11
C.Fire 1.11
D. Flooding, Swamping and Capsizing ............. 1.11
E. Collisions and Leaking ee... 1.12
F. Grounding .…....….....….….......ccrrreecesere K RER 1.12
G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure ........ 1.12
16. Safety HotlineS ee EEK 1.12
17. International Requirements ............................... 1.13
18. Nautical terms ............cooiiiiii ie, 1.13
19. Warning Label Locations .........................—.....—.. 1.14
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
1. Docking/Lifting/Storage …….….…….…....…..…..….….…….….…e 2.1
A. Bow and Stern Cleats 2.1
B. Supporting the Boat ………...……….....……....………..…….………. 2.2
2. Passenger Location ..………..….....….....….....…..………rrseere 2.2
U nr 2.4
4. Hardtop ...ccoveeeie K RER REKREKEEKERKERKERKENKEN 2.6
5. Cockpit Wet Bar .....................eeeeeriecericrreeceeee ee. 2.6
6. Function and Location of Through Hull Fittings
and Cutouts .........cooiiiiiii ee, 2.7
7. Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances................ 2.9
8. Propulsion System ................—.ee.eeeeeereeceeerreee 2.9
A. Engine Gauge Package ....................e.meveee 2.10
9. Propellers ….…..…...…..….......…..crrcrecrseenee ser sara s ee naen ns 2.10
10. Major Controls ………....……....……...recrsrercansrencasanee 2.10
A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................ 2.10
B. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
(Hydraulic) …….…....…..…….……crererreecrece race ee 2.11
C. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
(Electric Option -Twin Disc®) .................. 2.12
D. Engine Synchronizers ....................—.eee==iee... 2.12
E. Hydraulic Trim Tabs ...................._..e=eeee— 2.13
11. Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout ......... 2.15
12. Important Gauges ..........ccvee viii, 2.16
A. Engine Monitoring System (EMS) ............... 2.16
B. Hourmeter ........cooi i, 2.17
C. Tachometer .....................eeeeieerrcricirer e 2.17
D. Quad Gauge Unit... 2.17
E. Magnetic Compass rss 2.18
F. Systems Monitor ers EEE 2.18
13. Display Control Module (DCM) Function Table ... 2.21
14. Navigation and Anchor Lights ........................... 2.22
A. Console Dimmer ….…….....……...…….....………rseeeees 2.23
15. Switch á: Receptacle Layout ...................—...——.. 2.23
16. Lighting Layout ...........ccoooiiiiii ee, 2.26
SECTION 3 * USING YOUR BOAT
1. Preparingto Depart... 3.1
2. While Underway ….…..…...…........…..…ersercrsecsnerensern nee 3.1
3. Returning to Port... eee 3.2
4. Securing The Boat.....................eeeeeeeíeeeeeeree ee, 3.2
5. Fueling The Boat .............................ee 3.2
6. Boarding errer RR R KR ERK RR KR RK KEEKKEREG 3.3
7. Personal Flotation Devices (PFD) ......................... 3.4
8. Passenger Instruction and Location ...................... 3.4
9. Starting The Engines ..................--.eee.==eeeeeeeeeeeeen_ 3.4
10. Shifting to Drive The Boat ........................=...._ 3.6
11. Stopping The Engine ....................=.eeeeeeeeees 3.7
12. Starting The Generator... 3.7
13. Shifting From Shore Power to Generator Power .. 3.8
14. Stopping The Generator... 3.8
15. Steering System... e 3.9
480 Motor Yacht
480 MY OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
16. ANChONING coven, 3.9
A. Anchoring Arrangement ............................... 3.9
B. ANChOriNg .....c.ooiiiiii en 3.9
C. Lowering Anchor er 3.10
D. Setting ANChOr .......ccovoviiiiiii 3.10
E. Weighing Anchor... eee 3.10
F. Clearing A Fouled Anchor ....................... 3.10
G. A Final Word ee 3.11
17. WindlaSS ee RER ER RER KK ER KEG 3.11
A. To Operate From The Helm ......................... 3.11
B. To Operate From The Bow .......................... 3.12
C. To Operate Manually eee... 3.12
D. Maintenance ….….…..….....….....…...….….…esercrsneee 3.12
18. Bow Thruster... RKEEE 3.13
SECTION 4 * BILGE AND UNDERWATER GEAR
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
1. Fuel System .................eeeeemieienececeerrreeerer De 5.1
A. Fuel Tank ................e.eeeeeieiniecee eee 5.1
B. Fuel Fill Inlet... ee, 5.2
C. Fuel Vent ...................._enen ree 5.2
2. Fuel Recommendations .....................e.eeeeeeie 5.2
3. Fuel Filters (Diesel) .............................imeecere H 5.2
A. Generator Fuel Filter... 5.2
B. Fuel Filter Maintenance .........................em.... 5.3
5. Fueling Precautions .......................e.2..e.. eee nn 5.4
CC rre. 5.4
B. Before & During Fueling 5.4
C. After Fueling - Checklist …….………..….…….…..……………. 5.4
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. BÎGE nenas 4.1 > em eee >
А. Fuel €: Oil Spillage .....................=....eeee—. 4.1 A. To Remove The Battery Cables 61
2. Bilge Pumps ..................222.000miieeeiieeeenrieeere re 4.1
B. Battery Maintenance .......................eeimeemi 6.2
3.Bilge Blowers ........ccoiiiii AA 4.2 .
; 3. Main DC Breaker Panel een 6.2
4. Bilge Heat Detector ..…….….……....….....…....……..….….….….……eee 4.3 . . .
: 4. Main Battery Switches and Solenoids ................... 6.2
5. ENgines ….…….....…...….....…...cererserersren rene nsecanere ner ane 4.3 A Windlass Solenoid 6.3
6. Engine Gauge Package ....................=..eeeeeieieeiece 4.4 | СИПО 838 ЗОеПОС неее:
B. Bow Thruster Solonoid 6.3
7. Engine Mounts ….……....…......…....….ressreenssere ere nanas 4.4 iy .
: C. Ignition Protection ee 6.3
8. Marine gears .…….…........….....…........csrresseenerr essence ee 4.4 .
; 5. Control Station Breaker Panels ............................. 6.5
A. Reduction Gears ...................eeereervriiccreeeeee. 4,4
6. Electrical System Fuse Blocks and Breaker .......... 6.5
B. Reverse Gears..................eeerecccicreceeeceoeerecee_s 4.4 7 12 Volt Svst 66
9. Engine Exhaust system .......................2.ee=eeemeee. 4.4 OIL SYSIOM vores
. A. 12 Volt Accessory ReceptaCle 6.6
10. Engine RemMOVAl eK 4.5 SE Start Sve 66
11. Vibrations 6: Causes ...................eeseeersricerreeceerece. 4.5 о. Ele roi) a + УЗ ere 66
A. Foreign Object Interferring With = ec rONICS IFCUI HE EE EEE EEE EEEEEEEEEEEEEE EEE EEE EERE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE "
10. AC System .................eeeeeencecenenececrereaceenesne eee. 6.6
Propeller Action .................—.——..._e.eeee 4.5 ae as
11. Servicing The Main Distribution Panel ................. 6.7
B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft ........................... 4.6 A To Replace A Faulty C + On The Main
C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ............... 4.6 + [0 mepiace A Fatty Lomponen ca
. Distribution Panel ee 6.7
D. Coupling Out Of TUE ee 4.6 12. DC Distribution Panel 67
Е. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure Le. 4.6 13, Sh De u ION ane HEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEN EEN EEE EEE EEE EEE EEEEEEEE 5 10
F. Other Possible Causes 4.6 À le | Son ee ие RE 5 10
12. Fresh Water Cooling System 4.6 В. ОВ, pu Tran formar Optional CUT 6.10
A. Coolant Recommendations ........................... 4.6 > 5070081 ans ormer (Optional) ................. -
C. Glendenning Cablemasters ............c............ 6.10
13. Oil Change System ….…..…......…..….....…...ersesrerccuseurs 4.6 D. Main Shore P Breaker B 6.11
A. Operating Instructions eee... 4.6 ‚MAI Shore FOWEr BIeaker BOX...
E. Shore Power Hookup een 6.11
14. Underwater Gear …………..……....…..……….……rererreccercensenes 4.8 .
F. Maintenance For Shore Power Cable Set &
A. Propellers .......ooooiii K EEK EE REKEN 4.8
Shore Power Inlets ......................._....emee.... 6.12
B. ShaftS .................eeereeerrecrreeceeeen entere rece 4.9
14. Battery Chargers.......................e..=eeeeeeeee 6.12
C. Carrier Seal Kit ......................eeerreeeereceeece. 4.10 Г
A. Charging Characteristics 6.13
D. StrUt o.oo, 4,11 B. Charaina Ch teristics of the Bow Thrust
15. Rudder & Rudder Stuffing Box 4.12 в te Ch aracteristics ot the bow Thus 7 13
16. Seacocks & Strainers ....................eeeeeesecereceecees 4.12 15. Xel a > Mino CET 6. 13
17. Hydraulic Power Steering Control ...................... 4.13 e A
18. Bilge LAyOUt as 4.14 A. Changing a Blown BUD ................ e... 6.13
B. AC Low Voltage Lighting ...................—.—————... 6.14
16. Ground Fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ........ 6.14
A. International Receptacle ............................. 6.15
480 Motor Yacht
480 MY OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
17. Generator ......................eeeieriicrcirreenee ee KR K ER KEEG 6.15
A. Starting The Generator .....................—.._.._—_ 6.16
B. Shifting From Shore Power To
Generator Power .......................erieecreeeeee 6.17
C. Stopping The Generator ...................—..._.._.. 6.17
18. Electrolisis & Zinc Anodes 6.17
19. AC & DC Electrical Schematics &
Wiring Harnesses ….……....…….....…....…ssrresssecesseness 6.18
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
1. Layout and Accessories... 7.1
2. Air Conditioning & Heating 7.1
A. To Start System ........ccooooiiiiii ER REE EEE 7.2
3. Water System ……..….....…….....……ccsrrrecerec can arercn serre 7.2
A. Water tank ................—.._..eeercinerineeeeerer e 7.2
Filling The Water Tank 7.2
To Begin Initial Operation .....................———...... 7.3
Sanitizing The System ...................-..eeeee—... 7.3
B. Water Pumps € Filters are 7.3
C. Water System Pressurization ........................ 7.4
D. Distribution Manifold ...........................____—_— 74
E. Water heater ....................__..=eeiieeriee A 7.5
Initial Start-Up or After Winterization .............. 7.5
F. Fresh Water Washdown 7.6
G. Dockside Water Inlet 0. 7.6
To Use The System ….….……….....…....……....rrecccerere 7.6
H. Cockpit Shower seen 7.6
|. Washer/Dryer Water Valve ………..…..…..….……….…………….. 7.6
J. Gray Water Sum .............e..eereeeeeeecrecceceeereec. 7.7
K. Gray Water Lines ..................eeeeeeerieceaeeeeene__ 7.7
4. Head System .................eeeeeseeeeeereceeereeeeeeneee e. 7.8
A. requirement for Vessel Operators .................. 7.9
B. Vacu*-Flush Head ....................eeeeeeee0reecececees 7.9
C. Holding tank OperatiON 7.10
D. Vent Filter ……..….......……..……crrerrecrsecnere secs 7.11
5. Macerator Discharge Pump with Seacock
Interlock System (Optional) …….…….…..…….…..…………………………. 7.11
To Operate the Macerator................c........... 7.11
6. Communication System ................—ee.e.eeeereeeecees 7.12
A. Dockside Telephone Hookup ....................... 7.12
7. Entertainment Centers .......................eevricciecene 7.12
A. Digital Satellite System (Optional) ............... 7.12
B. Salon Entertainment Center ........................ 7.12
C. Forward Stateroom Entertainment .............. 7.12
D. Master Stateroom Entertainment ................ 7.12
E. Cockpit Entertainment ......................e_._.... 7.13
F. Volume Control ……………....……..……rrcrrrressececnnere 7.13
G. Dockside Television Hookup ........................ 7.13
H. TV Signal Selecto ......................=......e.. 7.13
8. Fire Extinquisher .............ooii i 7.13
A. Manual Fire Extinguishing System .............. 7.14
В. Hand Held Extinguishers ........................—..—.. 7.15
9. Utility Room ..................—...=.eeeieeeereeereeeer e 7.15
10. Bow Thruster ……….…...…..….....…..…rrrcrrrcrrranere ner esennse 7.15
11. Refrigerator/Freezer es 7.16
A. Cockpit Refrigerator/lce Maker .................... 7.16
12. Coffee Maker ........................eeiricccreeereacre ee. 7.16
13. Stove a Microwave ..................rreeevrecrreeceereceene. 7.17
A. Electric Stove ….……..........…...……crrrccrrcecsseaccuee 7.17
B. Microwave/Convection Oven ....................... 7.17
14. Power Ventilation System .......................eeeeeeee.. 7.17
15. Central Vacuum уз! т... 7.17
16. Washer & Dryer .……..….......…...…...……crrssrrseereseruss 7.18
17. Salon Ottomans ….….…..….....…..…crrrrcrrrrcsnece ee 7.18
18. Carbon Monoxide Monitors ars 7.18
A. Testing the CO Monitors .......................——.—.—.. 7.19
19. Cablemaster with Remote ...................— eee... 7.19
A. To Operate Cablemaster .....................e... 7.19
2007-11) CT 7.20
A. Care & Maintenance ....................eeeeeerccveceos 7.20
B. Storage .....................eeeiiieeeeieieeneneen eee. 7.20
C. Installation Tips ....................-.eee=eeeeveererie 7.20
21. Floor Plan .............coooo iii, 7.21
22. Hardtop ….…..…..…....…....…..errrsecrecrsea see ner rre see sen nee0e 7.23
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
1. Useful Service Information ……….….…….…..…..….…….……………………. 8.1
2. Draining The Boat... 8.4
3. Winterization Checklist for Boats Stored on Land .. 8.4
A. Boat Storage ee e 8.4
B. Ice Maker ee R RR RRR RK RR K REG 8.4
C. Engine eK RREEKRR EEK EE 8.4
D. Generator eK RR RR n nues 8.4
E. Air Conditioner ................... 8.4
F. Head System ….…..….…......…..….rcrecnererecasrerca ares 8.5
G. Water System ...................eereeereriicccerecereececee. 8.5
H. Fuel System ….…....……......…..rrrccnerececasrercc eee 8.5
|. Security Considerations 8.5
J. Batteries... ivi ee 8.5
4. Fitting Out After Storage eus 8.6
A. Fuel System .........ccoiiiiii ee, 8.6
B. Exhaust System ….…....….....…...……..errecrsrreserennse 8.6
C. Batteries ….….…….…….……..….……..…..…..….rerrsrenses ess en rennes 8.6
D. Miscellaneous ….….….….….….…..…….……...rrrrerarenes na nra nes 8.6
5. Seacock Lubrication …….….…….……..…..………..…..……rresrennennes 8.6
6. Quick Reference Checklist.……….…..….…….……….…..…….……….……….……. 8.7
A. Boarding the Boat 8.7
General EEE 8.7
Boat Systems ….…..…......…........crerrecasereceeneenues 8.7
Engine .……....….....…....….....csrecsrrensere cree serre na r en ee 8.7
B. Preparing to Depart and After Launching ...... 8.8
CC EEE 8.8
480 Motor Yacht
480 MY OWNER’S MANUAL * TABLE OF CONTENTS
ENGINE o.oo rene. 8.8
Starting the Engine ....................=.11eeee.....—.— 8.8
C. While Underway ...................e.eeereeeeiiereecec_s 8.9
Сепега!...........неенекннненнененеененннннннныые 8.9
Boat Systems ….…..…......…........crerrecasereceeneenues 8.9
ENGINE ooo, 8.9
D. Retuming to Port .……........….....…....…………seress 8.9
€ -11[- [- PT 8.9
Boat Systems ..........coooiiiii EEE 8.9
ENGINE «een 8.9
E. Securing the Boat ................. eee. 8.10
CC DD 8.10
Boat Systems .........ccoooviiiii EEE 8.10
ENGINE «oon, 8.10
F. If the Engine Does Not Start ........................ 8.10
No Motor Response es 8.10
Starter Motor Responds, But No Ignition ..... 8.10
G. Operating the Generator ...............cccc.......... 8.11
Starting the Generator..................— 8.11
Stopping the generator ...................———...—._.... 8.11
7. After market Equipment Checklist ....................... 8.12
8. Maintenance LOg .........................0000eieeerie en 8.13
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
1. Maintenance & Reconditioning 9.1
2. Fiberglass & gelcoat serres 9.1
3. Stains á Scratches .................eeeeereeeereserreeceereceenees 9.1
4. Special Care for Boats that are Moored ................ 9.1
5. Care for Bottom Paint een EEK 9.1
6. Bilge/Engine Compartment euer 9.2
7. Topside Areas ….……..….…...…...…..…….crrrcrecerereser seen secure 9.2
8. Acrylic Plastic Sheeting (Plastic Glass) ................. 9.2
9. Upholsteries ......................e.eeesereerriercereceneee eee. 9.3
10. Vitacore? Cabinets .....................eervsreerccrecceceeeees 9.3
11. Cleaning recommendations for marine
Headliner a fabric ....................eeeeseeeerrrercereeeree_ e. 9.3
Information in this publication is based upon the latest product specifications available at printing. Sea Ray* Boats,
Inc. reserves the right to make changes at any time, without notice, in the colors, equipment, specifications, materials
and prices of all models, or to discontinue models. Should changes in production models be made, Sea Ray® is not
obligated to make similar changes or modifications to models sold prior to the date of such changes.
480 Motor Yacht Owner’s Manual
Printed in the U.S.A October, 2001
Revised October 2002, May 2004
O Sea Ray Boats, Inc. * A Brunswick Company
MRP 41773976
The following are registered trademarks of the Brunswick Corporation: Sea Ray® & The SR Wave Logo
480 Motor Yacht
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
SAFE Boating Means:
* Knowing the limitations of your boat;
* Following the rules of the road;
* Keeping a sharp lookout for people and objects
in the water;
Not boating in water or weather conditions that
are beyond the boat's and the operator's
capability;
о Never boating when the operator is under the
influence of drugs or alchohol;
* Being aware of your passenger's safety at all
times; and
Reducing speed when there is limited visibility,
rough water, nearby people in the water, boats,
or structures.
Boating in beautiful weather and calm water
conditions can be a wonderful experience.
Pleasurable boating, however, requires considerably
greater skills than operating a land vehicle. To obtain
these skills, you must:
* Take a Coast Guard, U.S. Power Squadron or
equivalent boating safety course. Call the Boat/
U.S. Foundation at 1-800-336-2628 for
information on available courses.
(Get hands-on training on how to operate your
boat properly.
In addition:
Maintain your boat and its safety and other
systems as recommended in this manual.
Have the boat inspected by a qualified mechanic
or dealer, at least annually.
Ensure that the Coast Guard required safety
equipment is on board and functions. (See page
IV).
1. SAFETY LABELS
Safety precautions are given throughout this manual
and labels are mounted at key locations throughout
the boat. This safety information advises the owner/
operator and passengers of imperative safety
precautions to follow when operating and/or
servicing equipment.
Figures 1.14.1 thru 1.17.1 show the location of
the safety labels on your boat.
Do not remove or obstruct any safety label.
* Replace any label which becomes illegible.
Replacement safety labels can be obtained by
calling your dealer or Sea Ray at 1-800-
SRBOATS for information on how to contact the
manufacturing facility for your boat.
The meaning associated with each of the four basic
types of label is:
f в
A DANGER
DANGER - Immediate hazards which WILL result in
severe personal injury or death if the warning is
| ignored.
J
WARNING - Hazards or unsafe practices which
COULD result in severe personal injury or death if
the warning is ignored. |
CAUTION - Hazards or unsafe practices which could
result in minor injury or product or property damage
if the warning is ignored.
NOTICE
Information which is important to proper operation
or maintenance, but is not hazard-related.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
2. LEGALLY MANDATED MINIMUM
REQUIRED EQUIPMENT
Consult your national boating law enforcement
agency.
The following equipment is the minimum required
by the U.S. Coast Guard for a boat from 40' to less
than 65” [12.2 meters to less than 19.8 meters] in
length.
Personal Flotation Devices (PFD’s): One Coast
Guard approved Type |, Il or lll device is mandatory
for each person aboard. One throwable Type IV
device is also required to be on board. A Type V
device is acceptable if worn for approved use. See
Page 1.5 for a description of these PFD
classifications. Always wear a PFD when boating.
Fire Extinguisher - Portable: With a fixed fire
extinguishing system installed in the engine and
generator spaces, the American Boat and Yacht
Council (ABYC) recommends that you have two
(2) Type B-II ABC fire extinguishers, one each
located at the helm station and outside the engine
compartment and Three (3) Type B-1 ABC
extinguishers located in the galley, the crew quarters
and the cabin, near the cockpit door.
Whistle, Horn: You must have on board some
means of making a loud sound signal, for example,
whistle or horn.
Visual Distress Signals: If you operate your boat
in coastal waters or on the Great Lakes, you must
have visual distress signals for day and night use
on board. At least three (3) U.S. Coast Guard
approved pyrotechnic devices marked with date
showing service life must be carried, be readily
accessible, in serviceable condition and not expired.
Store pyrotechnic signals in a well-marked
waterproof container in a dry location.
Other: Your Sea Ray is equipped with the required
navigation lights, engine exhaust and ventilation
systems.
3. FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
Your boat is equipped with an automatic fire
extinguisher system. Located in the engine
compartment. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive
automatic head in the engine compartment will
release a fire-extinguishing vapor, totally flooding
the area.
The dashboard contains an indicator light for the
automatic fire extinguishing system. The light will
be ON when the ignition is on and indicates that the
system is ready. If the light goes out while the ignition
IS on, the system has discharged.
WHEN DISCHARGE OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY
SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED
VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND
EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO
NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO THE
FIRE AND THE FIRE COULD RESTART.
Wait at least fifteen (15) minutes before opening the
engine compartment. This permits the fire-
extinguishing vapor to “soak” the compartment long
enough for hot metals and fuels to cool. Have
portable extinguishers at hand and ready to use in
case the fire reignites. Do not breathe fumes or
vapors caused by the fire.
4. CARBON MONOXIDE
Symptoms of carbon monoxide poisoning are
dizziness, ears ringing, headaches, nausea and
unconsciousness. A poisoning victim’s skin often
f в
A DANGER
Fumes from engine, generators, and other equipment
and appliances using burning fuel contain carbon
monxide.
Carbon Monoxide can kill you.
Open all doors, curtains, windows, and hatches to let
fresh air circulate, when running engine, generator
or burning any fuel when boat is anchored, moored
or docked.
\. J
1.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
f A
A DANGER
Even in rainy cold weather ventilation must be
maintained to avoid Carbon Monoxide poisoning. You
will get wet and/or cold.
A DANGER
\. J
f =
Sleeping on boat requires a operating Carbon
| Monoxide detection system in each sleeping location. |
turns cherry red. Because carbon monoxide gas
(CO) is odorless, colorless and tasteless, it is
unlikely to be noticed until a person is overcome.
Dangerous concentrations of carbon monoxide will
be present if:
the engine and/or generator exhaust systems
leak;
e insufficient fresh air is circulating where people
are present; and
e fumes move from the rear of the boat into the
cockpit and cabin area.
Figure 1.4.1 gives examples of boat operating
conditions that can lead to high concentrations of
carbon monoxide gas.
To minimize the danger of CO accumulation when
the engine and/or generator are running, or using
burning fuel applications.
e Be sure to have sufficient ventilation when using
canvas or window-type side curtains when
underway, anchored, moored or docked.
e |f the convertible top is installed, operate with
the forward hatch open and leave cabin door
open.
Operate all burning fuel appliances, such as
charcoal, propane, LPG, CNG or alcohol
cooking devices in areas where fresh air can
circulate. Do not use such devices where there
IS NO noticeable air movement, especially in the
cabin, when anchored, moored or docked.
Do notidle engine without moving boat for more
than 15 minutes at a time.
Inspect the exhaust system regularly. (See
Section 8, Required Inspection, Service and
Maintenance.
If CO poisoning is suspected, have the victim breath
fresh air deeply. If breathing stops, resuscitate. A
victim often revives, then relapses because organs
are damaged by lack of oxygen. Seek immediate
medical attention.
A. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR
Your boat has carbon monoxide (CO) monitors
mounted throughout the boat . The CO monitor is
an electronic instrument that detects CO. When
there is a buildup of CO, the monitor will alert the
occupants by a flashing DANGER light and alarm.
The CO monitor is wired through a breaker on the
DC distribution panel.
It is extremely important that you become totally
familiar with your CO monitor and its functions.
Read and understand the CO monitor information
and operating instructions located in your Owner’s
Manual Packet.
5. LIFESAVING EQUIPMENT
Even strong swimmers can tire quickly in the water
and drown due to exhaustion, hypothermia, or both.
The buoyancy provided by a personal flotation
device (PFD) will allow the person who has fallen
overboard to remain afloat with far less effort and
heat loss, extending survival time necessary to find
and retrieve them.
Boat operators are required to carry one wearable
personal flotation device (Type LI1,111 or V) for every
person on board. Boats must also have at least one
throwable device (Type IV).
The law requires that PFD’s must be readily
accessible, if not worn. “Readily accessible” means
removed from storage bags and unbuckled. But,
480 Motor Yacht
1.3
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
(FiG. 1.4.1)
BLOCKING HULL EXHAUSTS. OPERATING
AT SLOW SPEED OR DEAD IN THE WATER. ILLUSTRATION HA
-
ExamprLES OF How HicH LEVELS OF CARBON MONOXIDE MAY ACCUMULATE
OPERATING ENGINE AND/OR
GENERATOR IN CONFINED SPACES.
ILLUSTRATION #D
BOAT OCCUPANTS.
USING CANVAS CURTAINS. ILLUSTRATION #B OPERATING WITH THE BOW HIGH. ILLUSTRATION #E
— = |
Y SK SE у ИИ, — —— A ===“ 7 — 7— 7
WINDS BLOWING EXHAUST TOWARD ILLUSTRATION #C GOOD VENTILATION. ILLUSTRATION #F
children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at all
times when aboard. It is common sense to have
everyone on board wearing PFDs. A throwable
device must also be right at hand and ready to toss.
A. PFD CLASSIFICATIONS
Off-Shore Life Jacket (Type |) —
most buoyant, it is designed to
turn an unconscious person face
up; used in all types of waters
where rescue may be slow,
particularly in cold or rough
J conditions.
(Fic. 1.4.2)
Near-Shore Life Vest (Type ||) —
“keyhole” vest with flotation-filled
head and neck support is also
designed to turn a person face up,
but the turning action is not as
pronounced; used in calm, inland
waters or where quick rescue is
likely.
(Fic. 1.4.4)
(Fic. 1.4.5)
\. J
Flotation Aid (Type Ill) — vest is
designed so conscious wearers
can turn face up; often designed
for comfort while engaged in
sports such as skiing.
Throwable Devices (Type IV) —
horseshoe buoys, ring buoys and
buoyant cushions are designed to
be grasped, not worn.
Special-Use Devices (Type V) —
sallboat harnesses, white-water
vests, float coats, and hybrid vests
which have minimum inherent
buoyancy and an inflatable
chamber.
1.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
Before purchasing PFDs, ensure that there is an
attached tag indicating they are approved by the
U.S. Coast Guard or by your national boating law
enforcement agency.
Children and nonswimmers must wear PFDs at
all times when aboard. All passengers and crew
should wear them. A loose PFD is often useless in
an emergency.
The operator is responsible for instructing everyone
aboard on the location and use of PFDs.
Size PFDs for the wearer. Children require special
attention in the use of PFDs.
Test PFD buoyancy at least once a year.
6. ADDITIONAL RECOMMENDED
EQUIPMENT FOR SAFE OPERATION
In addition to legally mandated equipment, the
following items are necessary for safe boating,
especially if your boat is out of sight of land.
e First ald kit
Visual distress signals for day and night use
(required in some areas; consult local
regulations)
Charts of your intended cruising area
* Compass
e GPS or Loran position locating devices
Marine VHF radio with weather channels
* Emergency position-indicating radio beacon
(EPIRB)
Manual bilge pump
Moisture repellant
Anchors, chain and line (The anchors must be
properly sized for your boat. Ask your dealer or
marine supply store for recommendations).
* Mooring lines
Waterproof flashlight(s)
Extra batteries for flashlights and portable
electronic devices
High power spotlight, if you intend to boat at
night
* Spare keys
e Instruction manuals for engine and accessories
Lubricating oil
Tool kit:
- Assorted screwdrivers (Phillips and flat blade)
- Pliers (regular, vise-grip, and tongue & groove)
- Wrenches (box, open-end, allen, adjustable)
- Socket set (metric or U.S. Standard as
appropriate)
- Electrical tape and duct tape
- Hammer
- Utility Knife
e Spare parts kit (spark plugs, fuses, hose clamps
and ask your dealer to recommend other parts)
* Extra propeller
7. IMPAIRED OPERATION
Drugs and/or alcohol! will prevent you from operating
your boat safely. This single factor is involved in more
marine accidents and deaths than any other. The
detrimental effects of alcohol and drugs are
increased by the wind, waves and sun, quickly
impairing your ability to react properly and promptly
in an emergency.
Drugs and/or alcohol impair the operator's ability to
control the boat safely.
Death or serious injury can result from improper boat
operation.
Na A
8. LOAD CAPACITY
The certification plate (See fig. 1.6.1) located near
the helm indicates maximum weight and number of
persons your boat can handle under calm sea
conditions. Do not exceed the load capacities
e Fenders
e Boat hook
480 Motor Yacht
1.5
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
stated. The number of people on board must be
reduced if you go out in poor weather and rough
water.
The information present on the certification plate
does not relieve the operator from responsibility. Use
common sense and sound judgement when placing
equipment and/or passengers in your boat.
BUILDER'S PLATE
(Fıc. 1.6.1)
MFR'S MODEL
BOAT MANUFACTURER DESIGNATION
7
( Sea Ray Boats
480
0939 MAXIMUM
B 154+ m= 1,815kg
7
MAXIMUM NUMBER MAXIMUM LOAD 7
N OF PASSENGERS
CAPACITY
When engine is running, keep passengers away from
areas not designed for riding, such as seat backs,
bow, gunwales, transom platform, swim platform,
front and rear decks and on sun pads.
Passengers can fall overboard if not seated properly
| on the seats provided. |
f в
У DANGER
Never carry more weight or passengers than indicated
on the certification plate, regardless of weather or
water conditions.
The boat can capsize, swamp or sink.
J
Do not load to capacity in poor weather or rough
water.
* The number of seats does not indicate how
many people a boat can carry in poor weather
and rough water.
* Above idle speed, all passengers must be
seated on the seats provided.
9. POWER CAPACITY
The engine options available for your boat have been
selected as the best suited for general use for this
size boat. Do not install an engine larger than the
largest option available. Your boat will be difficult to
handle and will be less stable.
Your Sea Ray* has been equipped with a propeller
which our tests have shown to be the best suited
for general use with our engine under normal
conditions and load. Do not change the pitch of your
propeller without getting your dealers
recommendations first. If you change to a different
propeller pitch, under no circumstances use a
propeller which allows the engine to operate at
higher than recommended RPM. (your engine
manual specifies the maximum recommeded
(RPM).
To maintain rated power, propellers should be free
of nicks, excessive pitting and any distortions that
alter them from their original design. Badly damaged
propellers should be replaced, but those that are
chipped, bent or merely out of shape can be
reconditioned by your marine dealer.
It is advisable to carry an extra propeller aboard in
case you damage the one in use.
10. STABILITY
Your boat was manufactured to specific stability and
flotation standards for the capacity shown on the
certification plate. Any increase from the
f A
Distribute passengers and gear as uniformly as
possible from front to rear and left to right.
The manufacturer’s load rating is the maximum
allowed under calm conditions.
Reduce boat loading if weather, water or other
conditions are adverse.
= J
1.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1
e SAFETY
recommended load capacities will put your boat in
jeopardy of capsizing, swamping and/or sinking.
IN ADDITION:
о Stability may be substantially reduced if
equipment is added above the deck.
e Stability is substantially reduced by loose fluids
or weight within the hull. Keep bilge area as dry
as possible, and close all openings, hatches and
windows in rough weather.
11. MAINTAIN CONTROL
On the water there are no marked traffic lanes, no
traffic signs or lights, and boats have no turn signals.
The boat operator must keeep her or his attention
focused not only on what's ahead but what's on the
left, right and behind the boat.
The operator must always be alert to approaching
boats (from the rear, right and left sides, as well as
those ahead). There can be people in the water,
partially submerged debris, and other navigational
hazards such as rocks, sand bars, dangerous
currents, to name a few.
Your passengers are relying on you to operate and
maneuver the boat safely so that they are not in
danger of going overboard. If you turn to quickiy,
increase or decrease speed abruptly, your
passengers are at risk of being thrown overboard
or thrown about the boat.
When visibility becomes impaired because of
weather, time of day or high bow angle you must
slow down so that you have sufficient time to react
if an emergency occurs. Nearby boats face similar
risks in avoiding a collision with you.
A. GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS
e Know how your boat handles under different
conditions. Recognize your limitations and the
boat's limitations. Modify speed in keeping with
weather, sea and traffic conditions.
Instruct passengers on location and use of
safety equipment and procedures.
Instruct passengers on the fundamentals of
operating your boat in case you are unable to
do so.
* You are responsible for passenger’s actions. If
they place themselves or the boat in danger,
Immediately correct them.
Observe the safety rules listed below.
12. WEATHER
f A
Death or serious injury can result if you fail to observe
these safety rules:
* Anyone who controls the boat must have
taken a boating safety course and have
trained in the proper operation of the
boat.
* Always operate the boat at speeds that
Will not put people or property in danger.
* Be constantly aware of conditions in all
directions when underway and before
turning.
* Reduce speed, use a lookout to identify
possible hazards or difficulties, and turn
on navigation lights when:
- visibility is impaired;
- in rough water; and
- in congested waterways.
* Watch your wake. It can capsize a small
boat or damage moored boats or other
property.You are responsible for damage
caused by your wake.
There are four design categories of boats based
upon their ability to withstand wind and sea or water
conditions. Your boat rating is displayed on the
builders plate located near the helm. Do not operate
your boat beyond the conditions listed for your boats
rating.
480 Motor Yacht
1.7
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
A. Ocean
Wind speed: above 40 knots (46 mph)
Wave height: above 4 meters (13 feet)
Boat may be used for extended ocean
voyages.
B. Offshore
Maximum wind speed: 40 knots (46 mph)
Maximum wave height: 4 meters (13 feet)
Boat can be used offshore, but not for
extended ocean voyages.
C. Inshore
Maximum wind speed: 27 knots (31 mph)
Maximum wave height: 2 meters (6.5 feet)
Boat use is limited to caostal waters, large
bays, estuaries, lakes and rivers.
D. Sheltered waters
Maximum wind speed: 15 knots (18 mph)
Maximum wave height: 0.5 meters (1.5 feet)
Boat use is limited to small lakes, rivers and
canals.
Your 480 MY is Design Category B.
The wind speed and wave height specified as the
upper limit for your category of boat does not mean
that you or your passengers can survive if your boat
IS exposed to these conditions. It is only the most
experienced operators and crew that may be able
to operate a boat safely under these conditions. You
must always be aware of weather conditions and
head for port or protected waters in sufficient time
to avoid being caught in high winds and rough water.
Do not take chances!
f A
4h DANGER
DO NOT ATTEMPT TO BOAT IN
SEVERE WEATHER CONDITIONS
DEATH OR SERIOUS INJURY CAN OCCUR
GET TO SHORE BEFORE
THE WEATHER TURNS BAD
J
Getting caught in severe weather is hazardous. Bad
weather and/or rough sea or water conditions can
cause an unsafe situation. Consult local weather
information, or listen to the NOAA weather reports
for the latest weather conditions or any impending
deterioration of the weather before setting out and
while underway. Following are a few basic weather-
related rules:
* Check the weather forecast and the water
conditions before leaving and while underway.
e A sudden change in wind direction or speed or
an increase in wave height indicates
deteriorating weather.
e Have everyone wear a personal flotation device.
I|fastorm approaches, immediately seek a safe
harbor.
e [fa storm hits, have everyone sit in the cabin or
on the cockpit deck in the boat. head the bow
into the wind with enough power to maintain slow
headway.
If you encounter fog, determine your position,
set a safe course, slow down and alert other
boats of your presence with a sound signal.
e |falightning storm approaches, the safest action
is to dock and disembark. If you cannot return
to shore, have passengers go inside the cabin
and remain there until the storm passes.
Lightning seeks a ground when it strikes. The
best protection is a properly grounded lightning
rod placed high enough over the deck to provide
a protective umbrella over the hull. Depending
upon the likelyhood of your being in a lightning
storm, consult your dealer for installation of a
lightning rod. Stay clear of the lightning rod, all
attached wiring and all metal parts of the boat.
Hitting an object in or under the water or boating in
dangerous currents can cause serious injury or death
to boat occupants.
You must know where the hazards are and avoid them.
In uncharted waters, boat very slowly and post a
lookout.
= J
1.8
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1
e SAFETY
e Stay out of the water during a lightning storm. If
caught swimming during a storm, get back into
the boat and remain there until the storm passes.
13. CHART YOUR COURSE
To avoid boating in unsafe areas where there are
underwater obstructions, shallow water, unnavigable
conditions such as dangerous currents, and others,
you must chart a course. This means having and
using the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration (NOAA) charts for coastal waters,
observing and understanding all navigational aids,
using the knowledge and guidance of experienced
boaters, and being aware of the tide times where
appropriate.
Shut engine off if an object is struck or if you run
aground.
Check for hull leaks and drive line damage, before
restarting engines.
Use hand pump if bilge pumps don’t remove water.
Boat very slowly, if you must proceed with a damaged
| drive line. |
If you are in an unfamiliar area without knowledge
of the hazards, proceed very slowly and have
someone watch for hazards.
Let others know where you are going. A float
plan describes your intended cruising course and
itinerary, boat description, and your expected time
and date of return.Give the float plan to a friend or
relative, so they can give the information to a national
boat agency, like the U.S. Coast Guard, in the event
you fail to return.
14. WATER SPORTS
A. SWIMMING
Many localities prohibit swimming from boats
except in designated areas.
* Make sure boat's engines are turned off before
allowing people to swim anywhere near your
boat. Shut the engine OFF and remove the key
from the ignition switch so that nobody will
accidentally start the engine while swimmers are
nearby.
* Turn off engines when taking swimmers or skiers
aboard or when they are entering the water.
Never permit use of the transom or swim
platform while engines are running.
* Slow down and look for swimmers or skiers
when cruising in an area where there might be
persons in the water.
B. SKIING
While it is unlikely that anyone would ski behind your
480 MY, it is advised that you become familiar with
water skiing safety and hand signals. You will, on
occasion, find yourself in the vicinity of water skiing
activity.
Anyone who water skis must know how to swim.
* Never drive the boat directly behind a water skier.
At 22 knots (25 m.p.h.), it takes only 5 seconds
to overtake a fallen skier who was 60 meters
(200 feet) in front.
f A
SKIING SIGNALS
(Fıc. 1.9.1)
TURN RIGHT TURN LEFT STOP
GO FASTER a
= SLOW DOWN
* Do not permit anyone to swim from a moving A
boat, or a boat with an engine running. NL _ AL
| OK AFTER FALL SKIER IN WATER CUT MOTOR BACK TO DOCK
480 Motor Yacht 1.9
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
* Keep a downed skier in sight and on the
operator's side of the boat when approaching
the skier. Never back up to anyone in the water.
Learn the signals to communicate with a skier.
The skier is to control the boat through hand
signals (Fig. 1.9.1).
Turn — Arm raised, circle with index finger
extended.
Skier in Water — Extend one ski vertically out
of water.
Back to Dock — Pat top of head.
Cut Motor — Draw finger across throat.
Slow Down — Thumb pointed down or palm
down, move hand up and down.
Faster — Thumb pointed up or palm up, move
hand up and down.
OK — Raise arm and form a circle with thumb
and index finger.
Stop — Raise arm with palm vertical and
facing forward.
Turn Right — Extend arm out from body to
the right.
Turn Left — Extend arm out from body to
the left.
OK After a Fall — Clasp hands together
overhead.
e |f the skier suddenly releases the tow rope, it
can backlash into cockpit. Spotters who are
watching the skier must be aware of this fact
and be prepared to deflect the rope by hand to
avoid injury.
C. Diving
Recognize and respect diving flags (Fig. 1.10.1).
Keep at least 30 meters (100 feet) away.
Sport Divers Flag — Red flag with diagonal
white stripe marks a diver in the water.
Code Alpha Flag — Blue and white pennant
designates boat being used in dive operations.
| DIVERS FLAGS
(FiG. 1.10. 1 e
SPORT DIVER'S
FLAG FLAG
CODE ALPHA
\, J
IN GENERAL
When engaged in water sports, be safe and
courteous to others sharing the water:
Be considerate to fishermen.
Do not water ski in congested areas.
Keep the boat and skier away from navigation
markers.
e Stay well clear of other boats and skiers.
ASSISTING OTHER BOATERS
М. A
All boaters have a legal obligation to help other
boaters who are in distress, as long as rendering
assistance does not endanger you, your passengers
or your boat.
Na J
15. EMERGENCY SITUATIONS
Prevention is the safest approach. We hope that
you are never involved in an emergency situation.
If you are involved in an emergency situation, it is
Imperative that you know how to react, in order to
protect the lives in your care.
A. MEDICAL EMERGENCY
You may be far from professional medical help when
you are boating. At least two people on board your
boat should be CPR certified, and should have taken
a first aid course. Equip your boat with a first aid kit.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
B. WATER RESCUE
A person who has fallen overboard will die from
hypothermia in water temperatures below 70°F if
not rescued quickly. Water rescue consists of three
steps: returning to the victim, making contact with
the victim, and getting the victim back on board.
RETURNING TO THE VICTIM
* Immediately make everyone aware of the
incident and keep the victim in sight.
e Slow the boat and keep pointing toward the
person overboard. At night, direct the best
available light source at the person.
* Throw a life preserver, even if the person is
wearing a PFD. It will serve as another marker.
MAKING CONTACT
e Stop or slow the boat and circle toward the
victim.
Try to approach heading into the wind or into
the waves.
Keep the victim constantly in sight.
* When almost alongside, stop the engine in gear
to prevent propeller “windmilling.”
GETTING BACK ABOARD
Tryto reach the victim with a pole, or by throwing
a life preserver. Do not swim to rescue the victim,
except as a last resort.
Assist the person in boarding the boat. The
person should normally be brought in over the
stern.
e Ifthe person is injured or cannot get into the
boat, a rescuer should put on a PFD with a safety
line attached to the boat and enter the water to
assist the victim.
Handle the victim with care. Spinal injuries may
have occurred.
C. FIRE
Fire is a serious boating hazard. Boats will burn
quickly. Do not remain on board and fight a fire for
more than a few minutes. If the fire cannot be
extinguished within a few minutes, abandon the boat.
Have fire extinguishers handy. À small fire can be
extinguished quickly with the right size and type of
fire extinguisher.
e Extinguish smoking materials, shut off blowers,
stoves, engines and generators.
Throw burning materials overboard, if possible.
If the fire is accessible, empty the contents of
fire extinguishers at the base of the fire.
e [Ifthe fire is inthe engine compartment and you
have an automatic extinguisher for the engine,
wait 15 minutes before opening the
compartment. Have a portable extinguisher
ready in case the fire flares up.
e Signal for help.
Grab distress signals and survival gear. Put on
PFDs. Prepare to abandon ship.
D. FLOODING, SWAMPING AND CAPSIZING
In the event of flooding, swamping or capsizing:
* Try to shut off engines, generators and blowers,
before leaving the boat.
* Have everyone put on Personal Flotation
Devices (PFD's).
e Account for all who were on board.
If the boat is floating stay with the boat. Hang
on, or climb on the boat and signal for help.
e Only as alast resort should you attempt to swim
to shore - itis further away than it looks and you
can tire and drown.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
E. COLLISIONS AND LEAKING
In the event of collision and leaking:
* Slow down or stop to reduce water intake, unless
maintaining speed will keep the hole above
water.
e Switch on bilge pumps.
Operate the manual bilge pump if the powered
bilge pumps can’t handle the water flow.
Account for everyone on board and check for
injurys.
* Have everyone put on PFDs.
e Stay with the boat.
e Signal for help.
If a leak patch is attempted, it should be done
from the outside.
|n the event of a collision, you are required to
file an accident report. Contact a state
enforcement agency or the nearest Coast Guard
office. If you are boating outside of U.S. waters,
consult the nation you are visiting for accident
reporting requirements.
К. GROUNDING
In the event of running aground:
Check for leaks. If water is coming in, stop the
intake of water before attempting to get the boat
free.
e Inspect for damage to the hull, propulsion and
steering systems.
* Determine if the tide, wind and current will drive
the boat harder aground or will help to free it.
* Determine the water depth all around the boat,
and the type of bottom (sand, mud, rocks, etc.).
If it can be done without exposing persons to
risk of injury, the boat should be moved away
from hard obstructions and toward open water
with soft ground.
Do not attempt to have your boat towed by other
than a trained and competent service, such as
the Coast Guard or a salvage company.
Recreational craft are not designed to tow other
recreational craft.
G. PROPULSION, CONTROL OR STEERING
FAILURE:
If the drive train fails, or controls or steering do not
respond properly at all:
e Shut off engine.
Put out the anchor to prevent drifting.
* Determine whether or not you can repair the
problem yourself. See the proper manuals for
assistance in troubleshooting the engine,
steering and engine controls.
е |f you are not sure you can fix the problem, or if
conditions are adverse, signal for help.
16. SAFETY HOTLINES
The safety information in the preceeding pages
gives only the general areas of concern for
boating safety. It is not intended to be, nor can
it be, exhaustive. You must take a boating safety
course, and get hands-on instruction in the
proper and safe operation of your boat from
experienced persons before cruising.
The U.S Coast Guard offers many pamphlets on
safety and other information not covered in this book.
Contact your local Coast Guard unit or call the toll-
free safety hotlines below for information.
* U.S. Coast Guard 1-800-368-5647
e (Canadian Coast Guard 1-800-267-6687
In other countries, ask your marine dealer for
information on how to contact the national boating
law enforcement agency.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
17. INTERNATIONAL REQUIREMENTS
This vessel andits systems have been constructed
in accordance with standards and specifications in
effect at the time of manufacture as published by
the various regulatory authorities listed below.
1. Ministere De La Mer - France
2. Registro Italiano Navale - Italy
3. Det Norske Veritas - Norway
4. Securite des Nauires - Canada
5. J.C.l. (Japan Craft Inspection) - Japan
6. N.K.K. (Nippon Kaiji Kyokai) - Japan
7.B.S.1. (British Standards Institute) - England
8. Ministerio Obras Publicas Y Transportes - Spain
9. EC Recreational Craft Directive - European
Community.
Further information concerning these requirements
may be obtained from Sea Ray? Customer Service:
1-800-SRBOATS.
18. NAUTICAL TERMS
Abeam — object 90 degrees to center line on either
side of boat.
Abaft — a point on a boat that is aft of another.
Aft — toward the rear or stern of the boat.
Beam — the width of a boat.
Bow — the fore part of a boat..
Bow Eye — Bolt with looped head mounted on
extreme forward part of bow.
Bulkhead — vertical partition in a boat.
Chine — meeting juncture of side and bottom of boat.
Chock — deck fitting, used as guides for mooring or
anchor lines. Also, a wedge to stop wheels from
rolling.
Cleat — deck fitting with arms or horns on which
lines may be made fast.
Cockpit — an open space from which a boat is
operated.
Deck — upper structure which covers the hull
between gunwales.
Draft — depth of water required to float boat and its
propulsion system.
Fathom — six feet.
Fenders — rope or plastic pieces hung over the side
to protect the hull from chafing.
Freeboard — height of exposed hull from water line
to deck.
Ground tackle — general term referring to anchors,
anchor lines, etc.
Gunwale (pronounced gun’l) — meeting juncture of
hull and deck.
Hatch — an opening in deck to provide access below.
Head — toilet or toilet area in a boat.
Headroom — vertical distance between the deck
and cabin or canopy top.
Helm — steering console.
Hull — the basic part of a boat that provides
buoyancy to float the weight of the craft and its load.
Keel — the major longitudinal member of a hull; the
lowest external portion of a boat.
Knot — unit of speed in nautical miles per hour.
Lee — the side that is sheltered from the wind.
PFD — Personal Flotation Device; life preserver.
Port — term designating left side of the boat.
Rudder — Movable fixture at the stern used for
steering.
Scupper — hole permitting water to drain overboard
from deck or cockpit.
Sheer — curve or sweep of the deck as viewed from
the side.
Snub — to check or tighten a line suddenly.
Starboard — term designating right side of the boat
Stern — the aft end of a boat.
Stern drive — outboard unit of an inboard/outboard
(1/0) engine installation.
Stringer — longitudinal members fastened inside the
hull for additional structural strength.
Transom — transverse part of stern.
Wake — disturbed water that a boat leaves behind
as a result of forward motion.
Windward — toward the direction from which the
wind is blowing.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 1 * SAFETY
19. 480 MY WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
Save Our Seas
It is illegal to dump plastic trash anywhere into the ocean or navigable waters of the
United States. Violation of these requirements may result in civil penalty up to
$25,000, a fine of
PLASTIC - Includes but is not
limited to: plastic bags,
styrofoam cups and lids,
sixpack holders, stirrers,
straws, milk jugs, egg cartons,
synthetic fishing nets, ropes,
lines, and bio or photo degrad-
able plastics.
GARBAGE - Means paper,
rags, glass, metal, crockery
(generated in living spaces
aboard the vessel-what we
normally call trash), and all
kinds of food, maintenance
and cargo-associated waste.
“Garbage” does not include
fresh fish or fish parts, dish-
water, and gray water.
$50,000 and imprisonment for up to five years.
DUNNAGE- Material used to
(and in U.S. Lakes, Rivers, block and brace cargo, and is
Bays and Sounds) considered a cargo associ-
PLASTICS ated waste.
DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING
MATERIALS THAT FLOAT
ANY GARBAGE EXCEPT DISHWATER/
GRAYWATER/FRESH FISH PARTS
DISHWATER- Means the lig-
uid residue from the manual
or automatic washing of
dishes and cooking utensils
3 TO 12 MILES which, have been pre-cleaned
PLASTICS to the extent that any food
РОММАСЕ, НМММС АМО РАСКИЧС = articles adhering to them
with the operation of auto-
THAN ONE SQUARE INCH Lo
matic dishwashers.
12 TO 25 MILES
GRAYWATER - Means drain-
PLASTICS age from a dishwasher,
DUNNAGE, LINING AND PACKING shower, laundry, bath, and
MATERIALS THAT FLOAT washbasin, and does not in-
clude drainage from toilets,
urinals, hospitals, and cargo
12 TO 25 MILES
PLASTICS spaces.
BEHIND CABINET DOOR
480 Motor Yacht
19. 480 MY Warning Label Locations
и
WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
(Fic. 1.15.1)
SHORE POWER
WARNING
To minimize shock hazard, connect and disconnect cable as
follows;
1. Turn off boat's shore power switch.
2. Connect cable at boat first.
3. If equipped with polarity indicator which activates,
- DO NOT LEAVE BOAT UNATTENDED WITH THE
DOCKSIDE WATER HOSE CONNECTED.
- DOCKSIDE WATER SHOULD BE CONNECTED
DURING PERIODS OF HEAVY WATER USE ONLY.
MRP 852616 SR-124
a
DO NOT CLIMB UPON OR STORE
EQUIPMENT ON HARDTOP
MRP 1017375
DOOR MUST BE SECURED WHILE UNDERWAY.
MRP #852640
DO NOT USE SUN PAD WHEN BOAT
IS UNDERWAY.
MRP # 852258 SR - 140
480 Motor Yacht
MA
disconnect and connect polarity. и
4. Disconnect at shore outlet first.
5. Close inlet cover tightly.
DONOT ALTER SHORE POWER CABLE CONNECTORS 1
— =
— — = N D
3 NN
| NN
NA
S |
x. |
I~ =~
| ! | H
TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY OR | | , |
DEATH SHUT OFF ENGINE WHEN NEAR | | LU
SWIMMERS OR PRIOR TO USING SWIM Г — — /
PLATFORM AND BOARDING LADDER. | | V, /
MRP 1112879 SR-214 | % 7
Z 4
A
=F = |
I
в
TRANSOM DOOR MUST BE
CLOSED AND SECURE WHEN
ENGINE IS RUNNING
MRP 811000 SR-102 IMPORTANT SAFETY AND OPERATIONAL INFORMATION!
MRPZ 1199363 SR-218
YAUHT CERTIFICATION
SIN COMPLIANCE WITH MUMA AEQUIDEMENTE IN Er:
TRE DATE OP CERTIFICATIDN 18 VESIPIEO. MANUFACTURE
AESPONSIMLE FOR FAODUCTION CONTROL
TIONAL BATHE MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION
AY COMPLIES WITH US COAST GUARD SAF
RDS 1M EFFECT ON THE DATE DE CERTIFICAT
CA HAY BOATS INC, MERRITT ISLAND,
WARNING
—READ THE INSTRUCTIONS BEFORE OPERATING
THE WINDLASS.
—KEEP HANDS AND FEET AWAY FROM GYPSY AND
CHAIN AT ALL TIMES.
—WHEN WINDLASS IS NOT IN USE OR BEFORE
USING THE HANDLE, TURN OFF THE WINDLASS
AT THE MAIN SWITCH.
—ENGAGE THE CHAIN STOPPER AFTER ANCHORING.
WINDLASS MUST NOT BE USED AS SOLE MEANS
OF SECURING ANCHOR IN BOW FITTING. ANCHORS
MUST BE INDEPENDENTLY SECUREDTO PREVENT
ACCIDENTAL RELEASE.
—BE SURE THE CLUTCH AND THE CHAIN STOPPER
ARE WELL ENGAGED BEFORE SAILING.
DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON
THIS AREA SERIOUS INJURY
COULD RESULT.
MRP % 113562 SR-216
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
MRP # 921759 SR - 162
UNDERSIDE OF HATCH
.15
480 MY Warning Label Locations
и
WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
(16. 1.16.1)
STAY CLEAR OF MOVING PARTS
MRP # 921759 SR - 162
PRIOR TO TOWING VESSEL:
e LOCK PROPELLOR SHAFT(S) TO PREVENT
DAMAGE TO SHAFT SEAL AND TRANSMISSION
BEARINGS.
* CLOSE SEACOCKS ON NON-OPERATING
ENGINES TO PREVENT SEA WATER INGESTION.
| MRP # 1089242 SR - 203
=
THIS BOAT IS EQUIPPED WITH
AN OPTIONAL DIRECT OVERBOARD
DISCHARGE VALVE. DISCHARGING
OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD
IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY
(MRP 955278 SR-118
1
CHECK BATTERY CELL FUEL
LEVEL APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4
WEEKS AND MORE OFTEN IN
SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.
| MRP # 914341 SR-139 |
DISCHARGE OF OIL PROHIBITED
THE FEDERAL WATER POLLUTION CONTROL ACT PROHIBITS THE
DISCHARGE OF OIL OR OILY WASTE INTO OR UPON THE NAVIGABLE
WATERS OF THE UNITED STATES OR THE WATERS OF THE CONTIGUOUS
ZONE IF SUCH DISCHARGE CAUSES A FILM OR SHEEN UPON OR A
DISCOLORATION OF THE SURFACE OF THE WATER OR CAUSES A
SLUDGE OR EMULSION BENEATH THE SURFACE OF THE WATER.
VIOLATORS ARE SUBJECT TO A PENALTY OF $5,000.
MRP # 258509
INSIDE COMPARTMENT
1
A CAUTION
THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.
THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A
COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUSS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.
TO MAINTAIN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE
NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED
AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ONBOARD THE VESSEL.
UNDER BUNK BY MAIN SHORE BREAKER PANEL
J
LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD
INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH
MRP 852566 SR-135
INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE
A CAUTION
THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.
THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A
COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUSS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.
TO MAINTAIN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE
NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED
AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ONBOARD THE VESSEL.
TURN OFF COFFEE MAKER
BEFORE CLOSING DOOR
MRP 852616
SR-134
INSIDE CABINET
INSIDE CABINET :
KEEP CABINET DOORS OPEN
AND EXHAUST FAN ON WHILE
APPLIANCES ARE IN USE.
MRP 1640176 SR-278
INSIDE CABINET
12VDC - 15A MAX
LEAVING WINDOW OPEN COULD
INDUCE EXHAUST FUMES
INTO CABIN RESULTING IN SEVERE
PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH
MRP 852566 SR-135
iL
||
Г
AN
7
E
X
L\
Ae
1.16
480 Motor Yacht
480 MY Warning Label Locations
WARNING LABEL LOCATIONS
(Fic. 1.17.1)
LEAKING FUEL IS A FIRE AND
EXPLOSION HAZARD, INSPECT
SYSTEM REGULARY. EXAMINE
FUEL TANKS FOR LEAKS OR
CORROSION AT LEAST ANNUALLY.
MRP # 852632 SR-151
BATTERIES
CAUTION
* BATTERIES ENCLOSED
SERVICE WEEKLY
* REPLACE COVER WHILE UNDER WAY
N E
CHECK BATTERY CELL FLUID LEVEL
APPROXIMATELY EVERY 4 WEEKS AND MORE
OFTEN IN SUMMER AND HOT ZONES.
ON TOP OF BATTERIES
A DANGER
UNPLUG SHORE POWER AND
TURN OFF GENERATOR
BEFORE REMOVING COVER
MRP # 852582 SR - 154
ON ALL J-BOXES
A CAUTION
THIS VESSEL IS EQUIPPED WITH SHORE LINE ISOLATION TRANSFORMERS.
THE NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS ARE CONNECTED ON A
COMMON NEUTRAL/GROUNDING BUSS AT THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL.
TO MAINTAIN THE ELECTRICAL SYSTEM INTEGRITY THE
NEUTRAL AND GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED
« AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ONBOARD THE VESSEL.
ON GENERATOR HIGH VOLTAGE LINE
480 Motor Yacht
17
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
1. DocKING/LIFTING/STORAGE
Do Not use cleats for lifting.
A. Bow AND STERN CLEATS
Cleats must not be used for lifting the boat, they are
intended for docking or mooring use only.
f NN
CLEAT LOCATIONS
(FiG. 2.1.1) @ a
CLEAT
/ TRANSOM
DETAIL
J
=
VA
€ STARBOARD SIDE SHOWN - PORT SIDE TYPICAL J
When lifting the boat always keep the bow higher
than the stern to drain the exhaust lines and to
prevent water from running forward through the
manifold and into the engine where it can become
trapped. It may seem expedient to lift only the stern
when changing a propeller, but this can result in
water entering the engine cylinders, causing
hydrostatic lock and resulting in possible engine
failure. Even a small amount of water in the engine
can cause rust and is to be avoided.
With fiberglass boats, severe gelcoat crazing or
more serious hull damage can occur during
launching and hauling if pressure is created on the
gunwales by the slings. Flat, wide belting-type slings
and spreaders long enough to keep pressure from
the gunwales are necessary. Cable-type slings
should be avoided. Do not place the slings where
they may lift on the propeller shaft or other
underwater fittings. The slings should be placed
directly over the sling tags imprinted on the deck to
assure the least amount of stress on the hull.
Never hoist the boat with an appreciable amount of
water in the bilge. Fuel and water tanks should
preferably be empty, especially if of large capacity.
PROPER LIFTING AND STORAGE OF THE 480 MY
(Fıc. 2.1.2)
A
SLING STRAPS
A
SLING TAG
SLING TAG
7 4 3/16"
Na
13’ 10 9/16”
480 Motor Yacht
2.1
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
B. SUPPORTING THE BOAT
A cradle is the ideal support for the boat whenever
it is not in the water. Properly designed and
constructed, it will provide support at the proper
points, which is essential to avoid stress on the
hull.
Boat placement on the cradle should line up as
closely as possible to the sling tags on the side of
the deck (See Figure 2.1.2). Do not rest boat on
underwater fittings.
| PROPER SUPPORT OUT OF WATER
(FIG. 2.2.1)
INCORRECT SUPPORT
(GAP CREATES UNDUE
STRESS BETWEEN HULL
CORRECT SUPPORT
(NO GAP BETWEEN
HULL AND CRADLE)
Boat motion can be erratic.
You can fall overboard or be injured by hitting
something in or on the boat.
All persons must be in cockpit area or cabin and be
prepared for sudden boat movement.
Use front or bow deck area only during anchoring,
mooring or emergencies.
J
AND CRADLE)
2. PASSENGER LOCATIONS
1. When the boat is moving, all passengers must
be in the cockpit area or in the cabin and must
be on seating provided or, if standing, holding
on firmly (See Figure 2.3.1).
While the person at the wheel must alert
passengers before any sudden or erratic boat
movement, such as crossing wakes, rapid turns,
sudden acceleration or deceleration, etc., an
emergency action may be necessary before
passengers can be warned. All passengers must
be prepared for rapid boat movement and be
able to hold on to prevent loss of balance.
When persons are on the working deck area,
for anchoring, mooring or in emergencies, they
must be holding on and be positioned so as to
prevent falling. In bad weather and/or rough
water, if it is essential to be on deck, persons
should be closely tied to cleats, railing
stanchions or other securely fastened boat
hardware.
Engines must be turned off if the boat is near
swimmers or persons are on the swim platform
or the swim ladder.
2.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
PASSENGER LOCATIONS (COCKPIT & DECK)
(FIG. 2.3.1)
WORKING DECK
(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION
DURING ANCHORING, MOORING AND
FWD EMERGENCY OPERATION ONLY)
ACCOMODATION DECK
(DECK AREA INTENDED FOR OCCUPATION
DURING NORMAL OPERATION)
PORT STBD
DO NOT STAND OR WALK ON THIS AREA.
SERIOUS INJURY COULD RESULT.
DO NOT USE SUN PAD WHEN BOAT
IS UNDERWAY.
PERSONAL INJURY
HAZARD
When underway, keep occu-
pants clear of areas not de-
signed for riding. Especially
N >>
hazardous areas include
seat backs, bow, gunwale,
transom platform and fore
and aft decks.
N
N
SLIPPING HAZARD - Wet
decks are slippery. Wear
proper footwear and use ex-
treme caution on wet sur-
| faces.
NN
TTS
NS
DO NOT CLIMB ON OR STORE
EQUIPMENT ON HARD TOP.
|
>
SD
-_—
—]]—
— —
—
—
—
| /
| 7 |
NS -— Л TO AVOID RISK OF SERIOUS INJURY
AL NEAR SWIMMERS OR PRIORTO USING
A SWIM PLATFORM AND BOARDING
7
480 Motor Yacht 23
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
3. FLOOR PLAN
f A
LOWER LEVEL
(Fıc. 2.4.1)
(A) V-BERTH
V-BERTH HANGING LOCKER
(©) STBD STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER
(D) DINETTE (UPPER LEVEL)
(E) UTILITY ROOM (RAISE STEPS TO ACCESS)
(E) STBD SALON OTTOMAN
(G) SALONTV/VCR
(H) AFT STATEROOM TV/VCR
(1) AFT STATEROOM SHOWER
(J) AFT STATEROOM VANITY
(K) AFT STATEROOM BUNK
(D) AFT STATEROOM HEAD
(M) AFT STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER
(N) AFT STATEROOM STAIRWAY
(©) MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(P) SALON/COCKPIT STAIRWAY
(Q) PORT SALON OTTOMAN
(R) COFFEE MAKER
o (S) GALLEY SINK
(T) STOVE
(U) MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN
(V) REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
(W) WASHER/DRYER (IN UTILITY ROOM)
(X) V-BERTH SHOWER
(Y) V-BERTH HEAD
(Z) V-BERTH SINK
GA V-BERTHTV/VCR
2.4 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
FLOOR PLAN
1
Na
COCKPIT
(Fıc. 2.5.1)
poema
|-
e
(A) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR
COCKPIT WET BAR
(©) COCKPIT STEREO
(D) STBD DECK ENTRY DOOR
(E) REFRIGERATOR/ICE MAKER
(F) TRANSOM DOOR
(G) TRANSOM FRESH WATER SHOWER
(H) COCKPIT SEATING
(1) PORT DECK ENTRY DOOR
(J) COCKPIT CD CHANGER (INSIDE CABINET)
(K) SALON ENTRY
480 Motor Yacht
2.5
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
4. HARDTOP
HARDTOP
(FIG. 2.6.1)
©
(A) VHF ANTENNA
DIGITAL SATELLITE SYSTEM (DSS)
(OPTIONAL)
(C) STERN NAVIGATIONAL LIGHT
(D) TV ANTENNA
(E) GPS ANTENNA
(F) RADAR (OPTIONAL)
(G) MAST LIGHT
Na J
5. COCKPIT WET BAR
COCKPIT WET BAR (A) SYSTEMS MONITOR SCROLL SWITCH
(Fıc. 2.6.2) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR ADJUSTMENT SWITCH
(C) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR
(D) CUPHOLDERS
(E) COCKPIT STEREO
(F) A/C OUTLETS
(G) COCKPIT A/C CONTROL
(H) CD CHANGER (INSIDE CABINET)
(1) FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(D WATER LINE FEED
(€) WATER LINE TO ICE MAKER
(D WATER LINE TO WET BAR FAUCET
(M) WINDSHIELD WASHER SENSOR
(N) WATER LINES TO WINDSHIELD WASHERS
| (0) GENERATOR GUAGES
(P) GFI RECEPTACLE
(Q TV ANTENNA RECEPTACLE
US/METRIC
©
2.6 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
0. FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HUuLL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS
STARBOARD THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(FIG. 2.7.1)
(A) STARBOARD FUEL VENT
HOLDING TANK VENT
; (©) WATER HEATER VENT
| (D) CHAIN LOCKER DRAIN
(E) HATCH DRAIN
| —— += YF = с _ Lo
я В
N J
f \
PORT THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(FIG. 2.7.2)
(A) CHAIN LOCKER DRAIN
DRYER EXHAUST
(С) WASHER VENT
(D) PORT FUEL VENT
CHAIN LOCKER
DRAIN
DRYER
EXHAUST WASHER
FUEL VENT
\. J
480 Motor Yacht 27
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
FUNCTION AND LOCATION OF THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS AND CUTOUTS
1
THROUGH-HULL FITTINGS
(FIG. 2.8.1)
(4) PORT SHAFT LOG
PORT ENGINE SEACOCK — (6) GENERATOR SEACOCK
(C) HEAD DISCHARGE
(D) SPEED TRANSDUCER
(E) DEPTH TRANSDUCER
©
(F) A/C SEACOCKS
(H) STARBOARD SHAFT LOG
(M) STARBOARD RUDDER POST
(J) PORT RUDDER POST
2.8
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
7. BASIC BOAT DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES
1
Boat DIMENSIONS AND CLEARANCES
(FIG. 2.9.1)
«a
8. PROPULSION SYSTEM
Standard equipment on your yacht consists of twin
Cummins (6cta 8.3) engines.
The inboard engines on your 480 MY are the heart
of your Sea Ray”. Proper attention to and
maintenance of your engines will assure you of many
hours of pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent
unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore,
become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the
engine's proper operation outlined in the Engine
Operators Manual. A general maintenance program
consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of the fuel
HE 46’ 11”
| 50’ 5”
Overall Length ------------- 46’ 11” 14.30m
w/Std. Swim Platform ----- 50’ 5” 15.38m
Beam 153 4.66m
Draft 47” 119cm
Dry Weight (Ibs.) ----------- 39,500 17,917kg
Fuel Capacity (gal.) ------- 500 1892.5 (liters)
Water Capacity (gal.) ----- 120 454.2 (liters)
Holding Tank (gal.) -------- 60 227.1 (liters)
Dead Rise 15° 15°
Height Dimensions
Keel to Top of Hardtop --------- 16’ 4.9m
Keel to Top of Mastlight -------- 194 5.9m
Waterline to Top of Hardtop -- 13’ 6” 4.2m
Waterline to Top of Mastlight - 16” 10” 5.2m
1
STANDARD PROPULSION
(FIG. 2.9.2)
ill.
CUMMINS 6CTA 8.3
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
filters, fuel lines and air filters. When washing
down, or any other time, take care that water
does not enter the air inlets. Water entering the
air inlets when the engines are not operating may
go directly into the cylinders, resulting in rust and
possibly internal engine damage.
The engines are warranted directly by the engine
manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”.
Sea Ray” strongly urges you to fully comply with
the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.
Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty
schedule in your Engine Operators Manual included
in the owners packet. Engine abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect the claims made
under the independent warranty provided by the
engine manufacturer.
OPTIONAL PROPULSION AVAILABLE AT TIME OF
PRINTING
о CAT3196TA Caterpillar® (T-640 hp - 477 kW)
e Volvo TAMD 74P EDC (T-460 hp - 343 kW)
e QSM-11 Cummins (535 hp - 399kW)
A. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
Each of your engines have been equipped with an
engine gauge package . This package is provided
as a safety feature in the event of an electrical
malfunction resulting in the helm gauges becoming
inoperative.
A. LOCATION
The engine gauge package is located on the inboard
side of each engine.
| ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
(Fic. 2.10.1)
Gauge packages may differ with different engine
options. Refer to your Engine Operator's Manual
for proper gauge readings and gauge package
location.
9. PROPELLERS
Your Sea Ray® has been equipped with propellers
which our tests have shown to be the best suited
for general use under normal conditions and load.
Under no circumstances use a propeller which
allows the engine to operate at higher than maximum
RPM for your engine.
REFER TO ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR
MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.
10. MAJOR CONTROLS
A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
Standard on the 480 MY are dual hydraulic gear
shift and throttle engine controls. However, your
yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric
throttle control(s). There are different functions and
operating and maintenance instructions which must
be followed. Read and understand the information
in the Owner’s Manual Packet for your yacht model's
gear and throttle control.
f в
Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.
Shift only when engine is at IDLE.
Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/
swamping due to water being pushed over the
transom.
\ J
f =
Shift quickly; easing into gear can damage the
transmission.
Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE
positions should always be in full travel extremes in
either direction for positive engagement and
| minimum wear. |
2.10
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
| ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS (HYDRAULIC)
(Fic. 2.11.1)
PORT STBD
FORWARD UN Ra
3
NEUTRAL
REVERSE
“o
ENGINE GEARSHIFTS
\.
Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety’s
sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the
gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the
throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting
the engines.
B. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
(HYDRAULIC)
The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever controls
on port side of the control station) has three positions:
FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control
lever must be inthe NEUTRAL (center) position when
starting the engine(s). A positioning indent can be felt
when the control is in exact NEUTRAL. FORWARD
and REVERSE positions should always be in full travel
extremes in either direction for a positive engagement
and minimum wear.
The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard
side of control station) regulate the RPM of the
engines. Periodically check and seasonally lubricate
the linkage with medium weight oil.
NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE
and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.
FULL THROTTLE
VARIABLE
IDLE
ENGINE THROTTLES
A. OPERATION
1. Throttle Levers:
Forward motion - increases Throttle
Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle
Gearshift Levers:
Forward Position - FORWARD
Center Position - NEUTRAL
Aft Position - REVERSE
B. MAINTENANCE
The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of
anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy
water solution should be used. DO NOT use an
abrasive compound.
NOTE: Refer to your engine Owners Manual to
operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
480 Motor Yacht
2.11
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
ENGINE SHIFT & THROTTLE FUNCTIONS
(Twin Disc® ELECTRIC OPTION)
(Fic. 2.12.1)
PORT STBD
ENGINE
ENGINE
FULL
THROTTLE
FORWARD FORWARD
FORWARD GEAR © FORWARD GEAR
NEUTRAL (IDLE)
REVERSE GEAR: :
|
REVERSE
NEUTRAL (IDLE)
- REVERSE GEAR
|
FULL
THROTTLE
REVERSE
PORT STBD
ENGINE ENGINE
C. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
(ELECTRIC OPTION - Twin Disc”)
Your boat may be equipped with Twin Disc” electric
gear shifts and throttle controls as optional
equipment (Figure 2.12.1). They are located on the
control station. Electric controls offer many
advantages, including ease of shifting, no
mechanical linkages, and much more. Sea Ray®
recommends that you read the Owner’s Manual for
electric control options on your 480 MY to take full
advantage of this option.
NOTE: Prior to starting engines (diesel):
e Shift throttle and gear levers into the NEUTRAL
position.
e Ensure that the boat's DC power is ON.
Follow the engine START sequence according
to the Engine Owner's Manual. Also see Section
3-Using Your Boat, Pg. 3.4.
A. OPERATION
1. The port lever operates the gear and throttle for
the port engine and the starboard lever operates
the gear and throttle for the starboard engine.
2. Moving the lever forward to the first indent
engages the forward gear. Moving the lever
backwards to the first indent engages the
reverse gear.
Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.
Shift only when engine is at IDLE.
Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/
swamping due to water being pushed over the
| transom. )
3. Moving the levers further forward or backwards
Increases throttle and boat speed.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
f в
MANEUVERING/CONTROL HAZARD
Ensure continuous visibility of other boats,
swimmers, and obstacles during bow-up transition
| to planing.
D. ENGINE SYNCHRONIZERS
When the engine synchronizers are in operation, any
engine speed differential is immediately sensed and
automatically corrected. A single throttle movement
is all that is necessary to ensure that both engines
maintain identical RPM.
The standard helm for the 480 MY is equipped with
Glendinning synchronizers and hydraulic gearshift and
throttle controls. The optional helms offer
synchronizers that accompany the electronic gauge
and electric gearshift and throttle controls package
(i.e. Twin Disc®). If you have this option, refer to your
Owners Manual Packet for the correct operating
instructions for your yacht engine synchronizers.
2.12
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
A. GLENDINNING SYNCHRONIZERS:
1. Have both engines running and advance speed
slightly above idle.
2. Turn ON synchronizer switch located on the
control station switch panel (See Figure 2.15.1)
3. Move slave (starboard) engine throttle lever to
maximum speed position. Since the
synchronizer is now controlling the slave engine,
the lever is “limp” or noneffective. Advancing the
slave engine lever eliminates the synchronizer
of undue strain in moving the entire control
system.
E. HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
The trim tabs on your Sea Ray® are operated with a
rocker type momentary switch at the control station.
They are protected by a circuit breaker on the control
station breaker panel (See Figure 6.5.1) which must
be ON to use the trim tabs .
To trim the bow of your boat down, push the top
halves of BOTH rockers down in momentary bursts.
If you hold the rockers down, you will over trim the
boat and the bow will dig in. To correct over-trimming,
push bottom halves of BOTH rockers to obtain
desired planing angle.
f A
HYDRAULIC TRIM TABS
(FiG.2.13.1)
(A) TRIM PLANE SWITCH (AT HELM)
HYDRAULIC RAMS
(©) TRIM PLANE ZINC
(D) STBD TRIM PLANE
(E) PORT TRIM PLANE
(F) RESERVOIR FILL
(©) TRIM TAB PUMP
4 A
RUNNING
ATTITUDE LIST PUSH
BOWUP |... TOP OF BOTH ROCKERS
BOW UP PORT TOP OF STARBOARD ROCKER
BOW UP STARBOARD TOP OF PORT ROCKER
BOW DOWN PORT BOTTOM OF STARBOARD ROCKER
BOW DOWN STARBOARD BOTTOM OF PORT ROCKER J
A
The trim tabs on the transom of your boat can also
be used to trim the list of your boat (See chart above)
that may be caused by improper storage of gear,
too many people on one side or a strong cross wind.
Operation of the rocker switch should be momentary
bursts to achieve proper attitude of the hull.
When running wide open, most boats do not require
any trim unless heavily loaded.
In heavy following seas or when running in an inlet,
best maneuverability is obtained with a bow high
attitude. To be sure the tabs are full up in the zero
position, push the bottom halves of BOTH rockers
for several seconds.
The trim tab pumps are located on the aft bilge
bulkhead, mounted on the inside of the transom. To
service the units, remove the tinted plastic cover to
gain access to reservoir fill plug and motor parts.
Hydraulic trim tabs use Type A Dexron || automatic
transmission fluid, which should be filled up to the
FULL mark on the pump base. Add fluid with the
trim tabs in the up position only.
Your boat is designed to plane at a particular speed
and weight distribution. As speed decreases or
weight increases, the stern will settle lower in the
water and the hull will create and push a hill of water,
Increasing drag and requiring more power to move
through the water.
Hydraulic trim tabs are adjusted independently of
each other, enabling adjustment of bow attitude up
and down as well as to correct for side to side list.
Trim tabs can also be used to provide attitude
adjustment at lower speeds.
480 Motor Yacht
2.13
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
A. A PROPERLY TRIMMED BOAT:
Operates at a correct running attitude of a 3 to
5 degree angle to the water (bow slightly up).
Reduces drag and increases fuel efficiency.
Preserves good forward visibility.
e Increases safety.
Use short bursts of rocker switches to adjust trim tabs.
Pushing switches too far at once may cause sudden
steering problems. Adjusting one trim tab mare than
the other will adjust list caused by improper equipment
storage, too many people on one side or a strong cross
wind.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
EFFECTS OF TRIMMING
(FIG. 2.14.1)
BOW-DOWN (“PLOWING”)
_ —|
2 —
(SE
BOW-UP (“PORPOISING”)
EFFECTS OF PORT AND STBD TRIM TAB ADJUSTMENT
555
7
PORT TAB DOWN BOTH NEUTRAL STBD TAB DOWN
PORT STERN UP NO CHANGE IN LIST STBD STERN UP
STBD BOW DOWN PORT BOW DOWN
2.14
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
11. CONTROL STATION GAUGE AND SWITCH LAYOUT
| CONTROL STATION
(F16. 2.15.1) O
(A) GAUGE PANEL
a COMPASS
> (©) A/C OUTLET
(©) DEPTH AND SPEED MONITOR
(E) SE RAY® NAVIGATOR (OPTIONAL)
(F) A/C OUTLET
(G) SYSTEMS MONITOR
(H) SWITCH PANEL
(1) THROTTLE CONTROLS
(J) BOW THRUSTER
(K) STEREO REMOTE
© FUSE BLOCK AND BREAKER
PANEL ACCESS
(M) TRIM TABS SWITCH
(N) SPOTLIGHT CONTROL
(©) GEAR CONTROLS
(P) AUTOPILOT
@ VHF RADIO
(R) RADAR (OPTIONAL)
(S) 12 VOLT ACCESSORY PLUG
(M) ENGINE ROOM FIRE EXTINGUISHER
INDICATOR AND OVERIDE SWITCH
(D NOTE: ELECTRONICS ARE SUBJECT TO CHANGES IN LOCATION
AND EQUIPMENT WITHOUT NOTICE. THIS INFORMATION
(J) WAS CORRECT AT TIME OF PRINTING.
\. J
| CONTROL STATION SWITCH PANEL
(FIG. 2.15.2)
@
РЕЗО ЕЕ
ЕО e Ap ue Nes Mt BR LD
jot A
©
Г
оне A
©
IT HT
AuTOPILOT COCK?
VENT
WASHER D ©
rana al 0 _
ия! mm ET
— jan о
mr ws
—
—_— — SE
À ————
— ANCHOR DIMMER 24V BOW MAIN
ap NIGHT SPOTLIGHT RUNNING THRUSTER wi
OVERH LIGHTS
ELECT
sTBD
т
РОК ¡PERS
Accy FWD AFT AFT
BILGE PUMPS PUMP Sow
ESS
EL
ST
BLOWER SP START/RUN
С
PORT IGNITION EMERG в
START TART/RUN
STBD IGN;
©
5
STop
TION HORN
N J
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
GAUGE PANEL
(Fic. 2.16.1) 5
PORT ENGINE
o PORT ENGINE TACHOMETER
PORT ENGINE QUAD GAUGE
MONITORING
SYSTEM (EMS) WITH
HOURMETER
\.
12. IMPORTANT (GAUGES
A. ENGINE MONITORING SYSTEM (EMS)
Your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar® Engine
Monitoring System (EMS) which incorporates three
individual gauge units per engine (See Fig. 2.16.1).
They are:
Main EMS Gauge
Quad Gauge
Tachometer
Refer to the Owner's Manual Packet for more
information about your gauge display operation and
Instructions.
MAIN EMS DISPLAY
EMS is an electronic monitoring system designed
to display various engine/transmission parameters.
~
MAIN EMS GAUGE UNIT
(Fic. 2.16.2)
©
BH
Es
© e
kPa RPM SERV CODE
o BONN"
9 SS
O
RUDDER
POSITION
INDICATOR
2.16
STBD ENGINE
TACHOMETER STBD ENGINE о
QUAD GAUGE STBD ENGINE
MONITORING
SYSTEM (EMS) WITH
HOURMETER
J
The main EMS gauge has ten (two rows of five
Indicators to display system related diagnostics. A
digital LCD is functional to scroll through the different
engine/transmission parameters monitored. A port
and starboard scroll switch is located on the
stbd control station switch panel (See figure
2.6.2).
| SCROLL SWITCH
(Fic. 2.16.3)
© ©
PORT
SCROLL SCROLL
US/METRIC
O ©
\. J
The parameters monitored by the EMS include the
following functions:
Engine Overspeed (Main and Back-up Speed
Sensors)
Engine Oil Pressure
Engine Coolant Temperature and Coolant Level
Transmission Oil Pressure and Oil Temperature
Percent Load (Actuator)
Fuel Rate (Throttle)
Engine Hours
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
B. HOURMETER
The hourmeters measure cumulative hours of
operating time. There are hourmeters on top of each
Caterpillar® engine and an hourmeter readout on
the main EMS display (See Figure 2.17.2) by
method of scrolling. They should be used to keep a
careful log of engine maintenance as well as
performance data and fuel consumption. Do not
leave ignition key on with the engines off, as this
will increase the engine hours on the hourmeter.
The generator hourmeter is located on the generator
gauge panel (See Figure 9.21.2).
C. TACHOMETER
The tachometer
Indicates the
revolutions per minute
(RPM) of the engine. (It
does not indicate the
speed of the boat.) Your
Engine Operator’s
Manual indicates the
maximum full throttle
TACHOMETER
(Fic. 2.17.1)
RPM at which your \ J
engine should operate.
This must not be exceeded or serious engine
damage will occur. The tachometer should also be
used to determine the most comfortable and
economical cruising RPM.
РЭ. O1L PRESSURE, WATER TEMPERATURE,
VOLTMETER AND FUEL GAUGES
Your yacht is equipped f )
with a quad gauge unit 21 UNIT
which displays, in o
analog format, engine ZN
oil pressure, water OX \
temperature, voltage [o var a EY
and respective port and E
starboard fuel tank van
levels. N— 7
Il Fa FUEL
AN 1 12
FUEL GAUGE
The fuel gauge indicates
the amount of fuel in the
fuel tank. The most
accurate reading of the fuel
gauge is at idle speeds
when your boat is in an
approximately level |
position. At slow plane, \ J
when your boat is in a bow
up position the gauge will read inaccurately because
the fuel in the tanks travel to the rear of the tanks
and away from the fuel sending unit. Because gauge
readings are approximate, they should be compared
to the hours of use versus known fuel consumption
(GPH).
(FiG.2.17.3)
VOLTMETER
| (Рю. 2.17.4)
The voltmeter gauge
Indicates battery bank
voltage. Each engine
operating voltage will range
between 12.0 to 16.5 volts
when the alternator is _
charging. Significantly * 7
higher or lower readings
indicate a battery problem, alternator ‚malfunction
or heavy battery drain.
On PRESSURE GAUGE
The oil gauge is often the
best indicator of engine
problems or difficulties.
Maximum pressure is
controlled by a preset valve
in the oil pump. Note the
reading which this gauge \ 5
records after the break-in-
period, as it is the “norm” which can be used as
reference during the life of the engine. IF A
COMPLETE LOSS OF OIL PRESSURE
OCCURS, TURN ENGINE OFF AT ONCE.
Continued running after loss of pressure will cause
engine damage. First, manually check the oll level.
If low oil level is not the cause, consult your Sea
| (Ето. 2.17.5)
480 Motor Yacht
2.17
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
Ray® dealer. DO NOT RESTART THE ENGINE
UNTILTHE PROBLEM HAS BEEN CORRECTED.
Slight fluctuations in gauge readings are not
uncommon during operation and may be due to the
characteristics of the lubricating oil. Greater
fluctuations should be investigated. The cause may
be a clogged oil filter element which should be
replaced with every oil change.
WATER TEMPERATURE GAUGE
The water temperature
gauge indicates
temperature of the cooling
water circulating inside the
engine. Your engine is
equipped with a thermostat
so a predetermined engine —
| (Ето. 2.18.1)
WATER 240 | |
80/ /
120 У
temperature should be “ /
reached soon after starting
the engine and maintained thereafter while the
engine is running. Refer to your Engine Operator's
Manual for proper gauge readings. If the
temperature approaches above normal on your
gauge, shut down engine at once.
E. MAGNETIC COMPASS
Your compass (See Figure 2.15.1), properly
corrected, will indicate magnetic North (not true
North). A compass must be adjusted by a qualified
person. The reason for this is that nearby
Instruments or objects containing magnets or
current-carrying electrical wires will influence the
compass reading. This is especially true if you add
electronic devices to the helm station.
After your compass has been professionally
adjusted. You will be given a deviation card or chart
Indicating the correction to be applied when laying
out a compass course or making navigational
calculations. Keep this correction card or chart
at the helm.
NOTE: The compass adjustment is only good for
the equipment arrangement that existed at the time
of the adjustment. If you place different equipment
or remove equipment from the vicinity of the
compass, you cannot rely on the compass reading.
The compass must be readjusted by a qualified
person after equipment is added or removed from
the vicinity of the compass.
NOTE: The compass roses shown on navigational
charts have both true North and magnetic North
directions superimposed. Make certain you plot
course compass directions from the magnetic North
compass rose.
When not in use, the compass should be protected
from excessive and prolonged sunlight. If your
compass becomes sluggish or erratic, it should be
serviced by an authorized repair station.
To keep the plexiglass dome free from scratches,
remove salt deposits and dust with a damp cloth.
An occasional treatment with paste wax will help
preserve the dome surface.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
F. SYSTEMS MONITOR
The Systems Monitor consists of a Display Control
Module (DCM) located at the control station and a
Bilge Interface Module (BIM) located on the bilge
SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY CONTROL
Monitor (DCM)
(F16.2.18.2)
f в
SYSTEMS MONITOR
O
AUDIBLE RESET
ALARM SELECT
TE
Na A
2.18
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
component boarD. The DCM and BIM are connected
to each other by a coax cable and the BIM is
continuously looking at all inputs for an alarm
condition.
The Systems Monitor is connected directly to the
12 volt battery bank through a circuit breaker and
continuously monitors two emergency high water
pumps, two bilge pumps and the bilge heat detector.
The engine and generator functions are only active
when ignition voltage is turned on. The circuit
breaker is on the main DC breaker panel located on
the bilge component board (See Fig. 4.5.1).
The BIM collects signals from critical engine
functions, generator oil pressure, bilge pumps, high
water emergency bilge pumps and bilge heat
detection and transmits that information to be
displayed on the DCM.
The features of the DCM include a two line LCD
display with backlighting of the display, audible alarm
and an Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button
switch.
The LCD display will read in two lines. For example,
at normal operation it will read:
SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
NOTE: Some functions only read on one line. See
page 2.21 (DCM functions) for all DCM display
readouts.
Backlighting of the LCD is achieved by turning ON
the navigation lights switch. Intensity is controlled
by the electronic dimmer control. Both are located
on the control station switch panel.
AUDIBLE ALARMS
An audible alarm will sound to alert the operator to
look at the DCM and determine the high level fault.
Only high level faults such as critical engine
functions, generator, emergency pumps and bilge
heat detector will have an audible alarm. The forward
and aft bilge pumps do not have an audible alarm,
instead the DCM will display those functions.
Never ignore an alarm.
AUDIBLE RESET/ALARM SELECT
The Audible Reset/Alarm Select push button
switch on the DCM is a dual purpose switch. It
enables the operator to reset an audible alarm or to
manually scroll the display during multiple alarms.
The Audible Reset is used to temporarily quiet an
alarm that is displayed on the LCD. If that function
IS not corrected within 30 seconds, the audible alarm
will sound again. Pushing the switch again will
permanently quiet (turn off) the audible alarm for
that function. The LCD will still display that fault until
It is corrected.
The Alarm Select is active only during multiple
alarms. For example, if the engine oil pressure,
forward emergency pump and transmission
temperature had faults at the same time, the
systems monitor would sound an audible alarm and
would display the alarm with the highest priority.
Each push of the switch will show the new alarm
and then the LCD will automatically scroll through
the multiple alarm functions approximately every
three (3) seconds. By pushing on the switch, the
operator will be able to manually scroll the LCD for
faulting functions.
To monitor critical engine functions and generator
oil pressure:
1. The 24 volt main battery solenoid switches must
be energized either at the main DC breaker
panel on the aft port engine room component
board or the DC distribution panel on the port
side just aft of the galley.
2. Atthe DC distribution panel, turn the port and
starboard master ignition key switches to the
ON position.
480 Motor Yacht
2.19
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
3. At the control station, locate the port and
starboard START/RUN switches. Without
starting the engines, push the START/RUN
switches to the RUN position. The Display
Control Monitor (DCM) will display:
SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
NOTE: The generator and engines will have an
alarm as soon as ignition is turned on.
4. Start the engines per the engine start
instructions in Section 3, page 3.4.
5. Start the generator per the generator start
instructions in Section 3, page 3.8.
With the main engines and generator engine
running, the yacht's Systems Monitor is fully
activated. When the engine and generator engine
ignition is turned OFF, approximately five (5) minutes
later the LCD will go into a “Sleep Mode” and the
display will be blank. Engine and generator functions
are disabled because they are unnecessary,
however, the bilge heat detector and all pumps are
still being monitored.
The following DCM Function Table will name each
function, describe the function and show how it is
displayed on the DCM.
If your Systems Monitor does not operate or display
functions correctly per the instructions provided,
recycle the circuit breaker by pushing the circuit
breaker to the OFF position and then pushing it to
the ON position. Use a small tool that will fit through
the hole to push the breaker to the OFF position.
2.20
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
13. DISPLAY CONTROL MODULE (DCM) FUNCTION TABLE
1
Function
Description
DCM
Normal Operation
BIM Coax Cable to DCM
Forward Emergency *
Aft Emergency *
Forward Bilge
Aft Bilge
Oil Pressure *
Water Temperature *
Transmission Temperature *
Exhaust Temperature *
Generator Alarm *
CAT Diagnostics *
Caterpillar Electronic
Engines Only
No Alarms
Cable Connection Fault
Forward Emergency Pump Under the
Master Stateroom Hatch is Running
Aft Emergency Pump in the Engine
Room is Running
Forward Bilge Pump in the Engine
Room is Running
Aft Bilge Pump in the Engine Room
is Running
Engine Oil Pressure Too Low
Engine Cooling System Too Hot
Transmission Cooling System is Hot
Engine Malfunction, Exhaust Too Hot
Generator Oil Pressure is Low
Generator Stopped Running
For CAT Diagnostic Engines
SEA RAY BOATS
ALL SYSTEMS NORMAL
DATA LINK FAILURE
ALARM SYSTEM OFF-LINE
PUMP ALARM
FORWARD EMERGENCY
PUMP ALARM
AFT EMERGENCY
PUMP ALARM
FORWARD BILGE
PUMP ALARM
AFT BILGE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
OIL PRESSURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
WATER TEMPERATURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
TRANSMISSION TEMPERATURE
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
EXHAUST TEMPERATURE
GENERATOR ALARM
(No Second Line Reading)
PORT (OR STBD) ENGINE ALARM
CAT DIAGNOSTIC
N.
The CAT Diagnostic feature is for Caterpillar electronic engines and will refer the operator to look at the port
or starboard Caterpillar Engine Monitoring System (EMS) on the gauge panel at the helm. See Fig. 3.1.1 for
EMS gauge location and Fig. 3.9.1 and text for more information on the EMS gauge unit.
* function has an audible alarm.
480 Motor Yacht
2.21
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
14. NAVIGATION AND ANCHOR LIGHTS
Navigation lights MUST be on while underway from
sunset to sunrise or in conditions of reduced
visibility. “Underway” means the boat is not docked
or at anchor. Trolling or drifting with engine off is
considered “underway” and navigation lights must
be used.
If you are anchored in open water, i.e. where other
boats can approach yours, you must display your
anchor light: a white light that can be seen from all
possible directions, i.e. 360 degrees.
Read the “Federal Requirements and Safety Tips
for Recreational Boats” provided in your kit.
To OPERATE THE RUNNING LIGHTS:
Push RUNNING switch on control station switch
panel to the ON position.
To OPERATE THE ANCHOR LIGHTS:
Push ANCHOR switch on control station switch
panel to the ON position.
A. CONSOLE DIMMER
There is a DIMMER control switch located on the
control station switch panel (See figure 2.15.2)
which controls the intensity of the gauge and switch
panel lights. The gauge and switch panel lights are
energized when the navigation running lights are
turned on.
If you opt to install additional equipment on the hard
top, it then becomes your responsibility to reevaluate
your lighting situation to make certain the navigation
lights on your boat meet government navigational
lighting requirements. You will most likely have to
raise the mast light. Consider the weight of the
equipment you install; be certain it is not to heavy
for your sport spoiler or optional hard top.
1
NAVIGATION LIGHTS
(FIG. 2.22.1)
NAUTICAL MILES)
NAUTICAL MILES)
GREEN LIGHT
(VISIBLE 2
MILES)
ALL-ROUND LIGHT,
WHITE LIGHT
(VISIBLE 3
NAUTICAL MILES)
2.22
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
15. SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT
f A
A
(A) ACCENT LIGHTING
120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
ST (©) VALANCE LIGHTS
(=)
©) TASK LIGTS
a (E) ACCENT LIGHTS
(F) VALANCE LIGHTS
N (©) STATEROOM LIGHT
(H) A/C CONTROL
(1) GALLEY LIGHT
(J) GALLEY POWER VENT
(K) GFI RECEPTACLE
(1) HEAD LIGHT
(M) HOLDING TANK MONITOR
(N) HEAD POWER VENT
N
и
DO NI
FLUSH
bm — — — =
oun (=) Ez ®
== т == == ==
Æ
oot
MANUAL == MODE мия. = мою
Ero ES
Na À
480 Motor Yacht 2.23
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT
Г N
(A) OVERHEAD LIGHTING
VALANCE LIGHT
(C) ACCENT LIGHTS
(©) FORWARD SALON LIGHTS a
(E) GALLEY LIGHTS
(F) ACCENT LIGHTS
(G) UTILITY ROOM LIGHTING
(H) 120 VOLT RECEPTACLE
(1) SHOWER
(J) VALANCE
\ |
(K) ACCENT LIGHTS O
x — — — —
AY
(R) STBD OVERHEAD LIGHTS a
(S) VALANCE LIGHTING | a
(7) 12 VOLT RECEPTACLE
(U GFI RECEPTACLE ==
(M) HEAD LIGHTING | =~
(N) HOLDING TANK MONITOR e
(©) POWER VENT | == | Q © ®
(P) OVERHEAD LIGHTS \ = NZ | #
© A/C CONTROL > 2 —
A
DA
|| №
INSIDE CABINET ®
e
ШИ
[HT
5
CS
ZN
|
==>
`. J
2.24 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
SWITCH AND RECEPTACLE LAYOUT
\.
(A) ACCENT LIGHTING
COCKPIT LIGHTS
(C) SALON LIGHTS
(©) STBD DECK ENTRY LIGHT
(E) TRANSOM STEPS OVERHEAD LIGHT
(LOCATED ON CEILING)
(F) TRANSOM STEPS LIGHT
©) GFI
(H) COCKPIT A/C CONTROL
(1) PORT DECK ENTRY LIGHT
(J) 12VOLT RECEPTACLE
MANUAL => MODE
480 Motor Yacht
2.25
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
10. LIGHTING LAYOUT
IN
UTILITY
ROOM
IN
BILGE
J
480 Motor Yacht
2.26
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
LIGHTING LAYOUT
BULB REPLACEMENT
XELOGEN 24V 10W
BI-PRONG
BULB REPLACEMENT
XELOGEN 24V 10W
BI-PRONG
J \`
BULB REPLACEMENT
XELOGEN 24V 10W
BI-PRONG J
RED FOR
NIGHT
VIEWING
Na
480 Motor Yacht 2.27
SECTION 2 * GENERAL BOAT ARRANGEMENT
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
2.28 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
1. PREPARING TO DEPART
As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® yacht, you
are responsible for the safe operation of your boat
and the safety of your passengers. Always be sure
that required documents, navigational equipment
and Coast Guard required safety equipment is
aboard and in proper working order.
GENERAL
1. Weather forecast - Safe conditions existing for
length of trip.
2. Passengers/Crew - Instructed in duties for
getting underway and fitted for a correct size
PFD. One (1) PFD for every person aboard.
3. Tool Box - Stocked with a variety of appropriate
tools.
4. Lines, Fenders and Anchor - Ready for use.
5. Float Plan - shared with friend or relative not
on trip.
6. Navigation Charts - Available for trip.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Equipment - Make sure all equipmentis stored
properly.
2. Radio and Navigation Equipment - Check for
proper working condition.
3. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/
engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge
blowers for at least Four (4) minutes. Confirm
air flow through hull vents.
4, Bilge Pumps - Assure that all bilge pumps
function properly.
5. Shore Power Cable - Disconnected from
dockside power inlet.
6. Trim Tabs - Full range of motion. No excessive
play or binding.
7. Fresh Water Tank - Filled and sanitized.
8. Head System Holding Tank - Empty
9. Seacocks - Open (handle parallel to hose).
ENGINE
1. Fuel - Be sure that you have sufficient
recommended fuel for the trip.
2. Fuel System - Check for leaks.
3. Racor Fuel Filters - Check that filters are clean,
tight and free of water.
4. Fluid levels - Check engine oil and steering fluid
levels.
5. Coolant Drain Plugs - Secured
6. Batteries - Fully charged (Check water cell
levels).
7. Battery Switches - Check for proper working
condition.
8. Fuel valves - Open
9. Engine Alarm - Test. Should sound after a few
seconds.
10. Gear Shift and Throttle Controls - Full range
of motion. In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.
2. WHILE UNDERWAY
GENERAL
1. Passengers/crew - Safely seated with PFD’s
on or immediately accessible. Keep passengers
safe.
2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Safely stowed.
3. Opeation - Gradual acceleration/deceleration
and turning.
4. Surroundings - Be aware of other boats,
swimmers, floating debris, etc. at all times.
5. Carbon Monoxide (CO) - Operate so as to
prevent buildup.
6. Weather - Monitor frequently.
7. Navigation - Adhere to navigational aids in the
water and on shore.
480 Motor Yacht
3.1
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
8. Fuel - Check consumption regularly.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Trim Tabs - Bring boat to “On Plane”.
2. Navigation lights - On at night or in reduced
visibility.
ENGINE
1. Tachometers - Engines operating in safe RPM
range (refer to the Engine Owners Manual for
your specific engine).
2. Engine Gauges - Monitor continually.
3. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen
for abnormal noises and visually check the
engine compartment while underway.
3. RETURNING TO PORT
GENERAL
1. Passengers/crew - Instructed in duties for line
handling.
2. Lines, fenders and anchor - Ready for use.
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Anchor Light - ON if necessary.
2. Bilge/Engine Compartment - “Sniff” the bilge/
engine compartment for fuel odor. Run the bilge
blowers if necessary. Check for water in the
bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary.
ENGINES
1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls - Bring to
NEUTRAL and IDLE positions.
2. Tachometers - Idle the engines for five (5)
minutes to cool down.
3. Ignition - Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP
switches on the helm switch panel when engines
are cooled down.
4. Engine Operation - Check idle and shift. Listen
for abnormal noises.
4. SECURING THE BOAT
GENERAL
1. Shore Power Cables - Connected to dockside
power inlet.
2. Fenders and Lines - Fenders in place, lines
tied securely to dock.
3. Equipment - Dry and stored.
4. Float Plan - Notify person who had float plan
that you have returned.
5. Canvas - Properly install canvas covers
6. Hull - Inspect for damage
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Seacocks - Closed (handle perpendicular to
hose).
2. Helm Switch Panel - All switches in the OFF
position.
3. Gearshift/Throttle Controls - In the NEUTRAL
and IDLE position.
4. Navigation Lights - Turned OFF.
ENGINES
1. Ignition - Switched in the OFF position (lights
off) and master ignition keys removed from DC
distribution panel.
2. Battery Switches - In the OFF position.
3. Fuel Valves - Closed (handle perpendicular to
hose).
5. FUELING THE BOAT
| NOTICE |
RECOMMENDED FUEL:
#2 Diesel Fuel
Certain precautions must be carefully and
completely observed every time a boat is fueled,
3.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive
but it will burn.
A. GENERAL
Fuel during daylight.
Fire extinguisher — close at hand.
Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier.
Crew — at least one knowledgeable person
present.
Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat.
Engines — stopped.
Electrical equipment, including blowers — power
off.
Close all hatches, doors and keep engine
compartment closed to prevent fumes from
entering the cabin or cockpit areas.
Smoking material — extinguished.
Inboard tanks — grounded.
Filler pipe — marked DIESEL.
Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent
static sparks.
Avoid spills —fill less than rated capacity of tank;
allow for fuel expansion.
Trim — fuel weight distributed equally.
B. FILLING THE TANK
Check the fill plate label to ensure that fuel is
placed ONLY in the fuel tank. The fuel fill plates
are located on the port and starboard deck
walkways (Figure 3.3.1).
Know your fuel capacity and consumption.
Record the amount of fuel used since your last
fill up, and compute the engine's hourly fuel
usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct
the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank
capacity.
| FUEL FILL LOCATIONS
(FIG. 3.3.1)
ZA >
Le I's — |
Y
Ma n
| ALL
hg! | cs = Ë
il! e Un
va Y N
},
7 mm x
PORT FUEL FILL fil = | STBD FUEL FILL
|| 7
| hit 1/1
| Ue 1 |
Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for
trip out, one-third for return and one-third for
reserve.
Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when
operating in rough seas.
Listen as the tank fills and stop adding fuel before
it spills from the fuel fill opening.
C. AFTER FILLING
Windows, doors, hatches - open.
DO NOT wash spilled fuel overboard. Wipe up
any spill with rags or paper towels and dispose
of them properly on shore.
Sniff test - if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers
until fumes are gone.
Fuel tank - secure filler cap.
6. BOARDING
DO NOT overload the boat. Refer to builder's
plate located near the helm (See Figure 1.6.1).
Load to less than capacity in adverse conditions.
480 Motor Yacht
3.3
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
Wet decks are slippery.
You can be seriously injured if you slip and fall.
Wear slip-resistant footwear secured to your feet and
hold onto rails or boat structure.
J
Board one person at a time and give assistance
as needed.
Transfer gear and equipment by handing it from
a person on the dock to a person on board. You
can lose your balance and be injured if you
attempt to board while carrying equipment or
gear.
e Distribute the weight of equipment and
passengers as evenly as possible to keep the
boat balanced.
e Stow gear and equipment so that it is accessible,
but everything is to be stored in places so as to
prevent it from flying about if the boat encounters
rough water or weather.
7. PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES
(PFD’s)
* Operator must instruct all passengers on
location and use of PFD's (See Section 1-
Safety, page 4 for type and usage).
e Children less than sixteen (16) years of age and
all non-swimmers, adults as well as children,
must wear properly-sized PFDs at all times when
aboard.
e ALL passengers should wear PFDs. By the time
someone falls overboard, it can be to late for
them to put on a PFD and fasten it properly.
This is especially true in colder waters, below
70°F, where survival time, before hypothermia
sets in, is measured in minutes.
о If there are passengers not wearing PFDs, the
PFDs must be readily accessible. “Readily
accessible” means out of the storage bag and
unbuckled.
e All throwable flotation devices (cushions, rings,
etc.) must be right at hand.
8. PASSENGER INSTRUCTION AND
LOCATION
*e Everyone on board must be told about the boat's
behavior from starting to getting up on plane.
* Before the operator does any high-speed
maneuvers or rapidly accelerates or decelerates
the boat, passengers must be warned to sit and
hold on and must heed the warning.
* The operator may have to make rapid changes
in speed and/or direction to avoid a problem,
with little or no time for alerting passengers. Itis
critical that all passengers be seated in the
designated seating areas and holding on to
prevent falling overboard or getting knocked
about in the boat at all times when the boat is
underway.
9. STARTING THE ENGINES
The engine operation and maintenance manual
furnished with your boat describes pre-start and
starting procedures. The following notes are basic
reminders and not intended to cover every detail of
starting. We urge you to thoroughly read and
understand your engine manual.
1. Check battery solenoid
switches for ENERGIZED
position. Battery solenoid
switches are located on the
main DC breaker panel in the
DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the
possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
a J
3.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
engine room and the DC distribution panel
located behind an access door in the port aft
salon. (see Section 6 — Electrical System, Fig.
6.8.1).
2. Check the fuel tank levels.
3. Check the oil and coolant
levels. See your Engine
Operators Manual for proper
readings.
4. Check engines for coolant
drain plug installations.
5. Check seacocks for open
position
6. Make sure strainers are clean
and water tight (see Section
2 — Bilge and Underwater
Gear, page 2.12).
7. Check the bilge for fuel fumes or liquid. Do not
start the engines until the source of fumes
Is determined and corrected and the bilge
area is safely ventilated.
8. Turn on the master key
switches located on the DC
distribution panel (see
Section 6 — Electrical System,
MASTER IGNITION
EN EN
(@ (1)
NZZ NZZ
PORT STBD
pg. 6.16). Listen for alarms
which indicate ignition power.
NOTE: Ignition switches on the control station must
be in the RUN position.
NOTE: If your yacht is equipped with the Caterpillar®
EMS (Engine Monitoring System), the Caterpillar®
gauges on the control station gauge panel will
undergo an automatic self-test on power-up. While
executing this internal test, the display will also
provide a visual indication by ramping gauges and
displaying all digits to the operator that the panel is
(or is not) functioning properly. Refer to your Engine
Owner's Manual in the Owner's Manual Packet.
NOTE: Electric Twin Disc® shift and throttle controls
require that the STATION SELECT button be pushed
twice: once before the start of the port engine and
again before the start of the starboard engine, or
vice versa (refer to the Original Equipment Manual
in the Owners Manual Packet).
11. Afterignitlon poweris verified,
check the gear shift lever(s) in
the NEUTRAL position and
the throttle lever(s) at IDLE.
N > mo
12. Push on the top of the ignition
switches until the engines
start. Do not operate starter
for more than 10 seconds
without allowing starter to
cool for two (2) minutes. This
will also allow the batteries to
recover between starting
attempts. Once engine has
started and sufficient oil
pressure is achieved, alarm
buzzer will stop.
Important: Check engine RPM on tachometer
as soon as engine starts. Do not allow RPM
to exceed 1,500. Move throttle lever down to
decrease RPM.
Note: Alarm will sound when:
* Engine oil pressure is too low.
* Engine temperature is too hot.
* Transmission oil is too low.
* Transmission temperature is too hot.
* Engine stalls.
* Exhaust temperature too high.
480 Motor Yacht
3.5
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
12. Check the oil pressure and
look at exhaust port to assure
that engine is pumping water.
13. Let the engines warm up at
idle and check for leaks. |!
engine is cold, run for a short
period of time at fast idle
speed that does not exceed | ==
1500 RPM.
14. Shut down the engines and recheck fluid levels;
top off if necessary.
NOTE: For general operation of the boat, its
instruments and the engine, follow detailed
instructions on “Engine Break-in” in the Engine
Operators Manual.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
10. SHIFTING To DRIVE THE BOAT
Standard on the 480 MY are dual hydraulic gear
shift and throttle engine controls. However, your
yacht may be equipped with hydraulic or electric
throttle control(s). There are different functions and
operating and maintenance instructions which must
be followed. Read and understand the information
in the Owner's Manual Packet for your yacht model's
gear and throttle control.
Your yacht has start in-gear protection. For safety's
sake and as a good habit to get into, always put the
gear selector in the NEUTRAL position and the
throttle selector in the IDLE position before starting
the engines.
A. GEAR SHIFTS AND THROTTLE CONTROLS
The gear shift lever for each engine (twin lever
controls on port side of the control station) (See
Figure 2.15.1 & 2.15.2) has three positions:
FORWARD, NEUTRAL and REVERSE. The control
lever must be in the NEUTRAL (center) position
when starting the engine(s). A positioning indent
can be felt when the control is in exact NEUTRAL.
FORWARD and REVERSE positions should always
be in full travel extremes in either direction for a
positive engagement and minimum wear.
The throttle controls (twin lever controls on starboard
side of control station) (See Figure 2.6.1) regulate
the RPM of the engines. Periodically check and
seasonally lubricate the linkage with medium weight
oil.
f A
Shift selector(s) to NEUTRAL before starting engines.
Shift only when engine is at IDLE.
Reversing at high speeds can cause flooding/
swamping due to water being pushed over the
transom.
easing into gear can damage
transmission.
Hydraulic controls FORWARD and REVERSE
positions should always be in full travel extremes in
either direction for positive engagement and
minimum wear.
Cockpit can fill with water if boat is moving forward,
when it is put into reverse.
Before shifting into reverse, shift to neutral, wait for
the boat to stop moving forward, then shift into
| reverse. J
NOTE: Prior to starting engines, put throttles at IDLE
and gearshifts in NEUTRAL.
B. OPERATION (HYDRAULIC) (FIG. 3.7.1)
1. Throttle Levers:
Forward motion - increases Throttle
Aft Motion - Decreases Throttle
2. Gearshift Levers:
Forward Position - FORWARD
3.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
ENGINE SHIFT AND THROTTLE FUNCTIONS
(HYDRAULIC)
(FIG. 3.7.1)
PORT STBD PORT STBD FULL
FORWARD / >, 7 > Ma > / > THROTILE
NEUTRAL |
vol ФК
уст 774
`
REVERSE + ' |
IDLE
ENGINE GEARSHIFTS
ENGINE THROTTLES
Center Position - NEUTRAL
Aft Position - REVERSE
MAINTENANCE
The clutch and throttle lever bodies are made of
anodized aluminum. To clean them, a warm soapy
water solution should be used. DO NOT use an
abrasive compound.
NOTE: Refer to your engine Owners Manual to
operate the throttle arm by hand for maintenance.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
11. STOPPING THE ENGINES
5. Press STOP
CIE STOP
STBD IGNITION
STOP Ts
PORT IGNITION
MASTER IGNITION
EN EN
@ ©)
DEIA DEIA
PORT STBD
6. Turn master key switches to
OFF.
12. STARTING THE GENERATOR
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the
manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The
generator is warranted separately by the
generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the
recommended maintenance and warranty schedule
in your Generator Operators Manual included in the
Owner's Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect claims made under
generator manufacturer separate warranty.
д в
NOTICE
a A
Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there
Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started
underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker
is OFF and there is no load on the generator before
starting it.
DO NOT run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is the
possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
1. Bring throttle controls to IDLE
position. с ;
2. Bring gear shift controls to A 7
NEUTRAL position. ` !
3. Secure mooring lines.
4. Idle for five (5) minutes to cool the engines.
\. J
(Remote control switches are located on the main
distribution panel or local switches on the generator.)
1. Check fuel tank levels.
2. Check oil and coolant levels.
See Generator Operator's
Manual for proper readings.
3. Check generator for coolant
drain plug installation.
480 Motor Yacht
3.7
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
4. Open the generator seacock.
5. Runthe bilge blowers
for at least four
minutes before
starting and any time
the generator is
running. If fuel
fumes are detected, do not start the
generator until the source of fumes is
determined and corrected and the bilge area
is safely ventilated.
6. While holding the
PREHEAT switch
depressed, depress
the START switch.
The starter motor will
run, thereby cranking
the engine. As soon as the engine runs, release
the START switch, but continue to hold the
PREHEAT switch depressed for 2 or 3 seconds.
This bypasses the Low Qil Pressure shutdown
until the engine’s oil pressure rises to it's normal
running pressure. Release the PREHEAT
switch when the oil pressure reaches
approximately 20 psi.
7. Check generator exhaust port (stbd) to verify
that water is flowing. If not, shut generator down
and refer to your Generator Operators Manual.
NOTE: To start the Westerbeke® generator from the
generator mounted controls, a bypass switch,
located on the side of the generator mounted control
box, must be turned ON. The bypass switch must
be OFF to start and stop the generator from the DC
main distribution panel.
READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE
OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR
GENERATOR MODEL.
13. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO
GENERATOR POWER.
Turnall AC systems and [7 : ; е
branch circuit breakers SE DU
‚|| = = Cas «Ее
OFF. Turn both main me Ш
. me [pas Сена.
breakers on the main || Oe Oe
distribution panel OFF. = =, a
Р SN EE
и = В a
ES «ее сс
Start the generator.
Slide the source select or — SHORE
shuttle mechanism on
the main distribution
panel to expose the
GENERATOR
breaker(s) and turn it
ON.
Turn the individual system breakers ON.
14. STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1.
Prior to generator shut |
down turn OFF all AC Se E EE
equipment and breakers ES отв
including main breakers || ое
and allow the generator al) = ВЕ
to run a few minutes to = E E
cool down. If desired, L
transfer to shore power.
Stop the generator by
switching START/ EE me ma SE
STOP switch on DC | |
distribution panel to
STOP position or
holding stop switch
on generator until generator stops.
Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in
the stop position when generator is not in use
to prevent overheating electric fuel valve.
Note: After the generator stops, the multiplex
system must reset for 20-30 seconds and then may
be restarted at any time.
3.8
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING YOoUR BOAT
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
15. STEERING SYSTEM
HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING SYSTEM
(Fıc. 3.9.1)
STEERING RAM
STARBOARD RUDDER POST (PORT SIDE TYPICAL)
The hydraulic power steering system uses the
boat's engines to provide the “power” for the
steering system, via a mechanical or electrical
motor driven hydraulic pump.
A manual hydraulic steering system, consisting
of a helm and a hydraulic cylinder (fitted with an
integral servo cylinder and a power steering
valve), supplies the “control” portion of the
steering system.
Under normal conditions, with engines running, a
hydraulic oil supply is in a standby mode, ready
to be directed to the steering cylinder as dictated
by the steering wheel, servo cylinder and power
steering valve. Turning the steering wheel left or
right makes the system go from “standby” into
“operating” mode and move the steering cylinder
accordingly.
In the event of a power source failure, hydraulic
oil from the steering helm is automatically diverted
into the servo and steering cylinder, providing the
helmsman with manual backup steering.
An oil reservoir located on the aft component board
in the bilge allows easy fill and assists the in-line
cooler in cooling the hydraulic oil. An in-line oil filter
helps to protect the steering system components
against contaminants.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
16. ANCHORING
To anchor, bring the bow into the wind or current and
put the engine in neutral. When the vessel comes to
a stop, lower the anchor from the bow. The anchor
line should be 5 to 7 times the depth of the water.
A. ANCHORING ARRANGEMENT
The 480 MY is equipped with a windlass and an
anchor chute (see Fig. 3.10.1). Stow the anchor in
the chute when not in use.
NOTE: Before using the anchor, be sure the anchor
safety hook is removed from the anchor, the chain
stop is released from the chain and the anchor is
secured to the windlass chain.
B. ANCHORING
ANCHOR ARRANGEMENT
(Fıc. 3.9.2)
V-BERTH
WINDLASS HATCH
STBD
\
NA CHAIN LOCKER
| NS —
PORT
CHAIN LOCKER
ANCHOR IN
CHUTE
CHAIN STOP WINDLASS
FOOT SWITCHES
Ne J
Proper anchoring requires knowledge of RODE and
SCOPE. Read this section carefully, understanding
the relationship between rode, scope and anchor
performance.
The rode is the line connecting the anchor to the
boat. The 480 MY utilizes an all-chain anchor rode.
480 Motor Yacht
3.9
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
SINKING HAZARD - Anchor from the bow if
using one anchor. A small current can make a stern-
anchored boat unsteady; a heavy current can draga
stern-anchored craft under water.
COLLISION HAZARD — Anchor only in areas
where your boat will not disrupt other boats. Do not
anchor in a channel or tie up to any navigational aid.
It is dangerous and illegal.
NOTICE
Use the safety hook supplied to ensure that
the anchor is held in place should the windlass fail.
Do not use the safety hook to support the anchor in
a stored position. The windlass should always
support the anchor and ensure that it is held in the
roller device securely.
The scope is technically defined as the ratio of the
rode length to the vertical distance from the bow to
the sea floor.
Since you want to know how much rode to use when
anchoring, the formula is:
Rode Length = (Bow Height + Water Depth) x Scope
о Scope depends on the type of anchor, bottom,
tide, wind and sea conditions.
e Minimum is 5:1 for calm conditions; norm is 7:1;
severe conditions may require 10:1.
Example:
Rode Length = (3 feet + 10 feet) x 7*
Rode Length = 13 feet x 7*
Rode Length = 91 feet
* Scope factor may range from 5 to 10 or
more. Less than 5, the anchor breaks out
too easily.
C. LOWERING ANCHOR
Be sure there is adequate rode.
e Secure rode to both the anchor and the boat.
* Stop completely before lowering anchor.
Rode Length
Bow Height + Water Depth
Scope =
о |f using windlass, refer to windlass operator’s
manual.
* Keep feet clear of coiled line.
Turn on anchor light when at anchor or drifting
(not under power).
D. SETTING ANCHOR
* There is no best way to set an anchor.
Experiment to see how your anchor performs.
* One method is to turn the rode around a bit
and slowly pay out as the boat backs from the
anchor site. When the proper scope has been
reached, snub the rode quickly, causing the
anchor to dig into the bottom.
* Reverse engine slowly to drive the anchor in and
prevent it from dragging.
Close chain stop (see Fig. 3.12.1).
E. WEIGHING ANCHOR
* Run the boat slowly up to the anchor, taking in
the rode as you go.
The anchor will usually break out when the rode
becomes vertical.
Be careful that trailing lines do not foul in the
propeller.
NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the
port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker
after haul-in .
F. CLEARING A FOULED ANCHOR
A fouled anchor can test your patience and ingenuity.
One of the best methods of breaking free is to set a
tripline (see Fig. 3.11.2) before you lower anchor.
3.10
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
-
ANCHORING — —
(FiG.3.11.1) | A
RODE LENGTH = (BOW HEIGHT + WATER DEPTH) X SCOPE BOW HEIGHT ZII me
WATER DEPTH
RODE
ANCHOR
TRIPLINE ARRANGEMENT pu
(FIG. 3.11.2) FLOAT ‘
LS Sr
TRIPLINE
ANCHOR
e Attach a line to the crown or head of the anchor ЙО
WINDLASS SAFETY LANYARD ANDCHAIN
and the other end to a float. (Fic. 3.11.3)
The line should be just long enough to reach
the surface of the water, allowing for tides.
WINDLASS
A polypropylene line is a good choice because
it is light, strong and floats.
e |fthe anchor snags, pull vertically on the tripline
to lift the anchor by the crown.
G. A FINAL WORD
An anchored boat is affected by wind and sea
conditions. Because there is no headway, there is
no control. Be alert! If leaving the boat, be sure the
anchor will hold under all circumstances.
SAFETY
LANYARD
The windlass facilitates the anchoring of your yacht
by automatically raising and lowering the anchor. To
We suggest you read this section on anchoring again
and fully understand rode and scope and their affect
on anchor performance.
A. TO OPERATE FROM THE HELM:
operate the windlass the WINDLASS MAIN switch
on the control station switch panel must be ON.
17. WINDLASS * Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain
stop are removed from the anchor chain.
The windlass is wired to the 12 volt system through
the 150 amp WINDLASS fuse in the main DC «Turn the WINDLASS MAIN rocker switch ON.
breaker panel which is located on the FWD
component board in the bilge
480 Motor Yacht
3.11
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
J
| WINDLASS CONTROL STATION SWITCH
(F16.3.12.1)
MAIN CONTROL
WINDLASS
\. J
e Push the top of the CONTROL rocker switch
(located beside the WINDLASS MAIN on the
control station switch panel) to raise the anchor.
To lower the anchor, push the push the bottom
of the rocker switch.
B. TO OPERATE FROM THE BOW:
Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain
stop (See Figure 3.11.3) are removed from the
anchor chain.
e Lift protective cap on foot switches at port bow
and depress UP or DOWN switch for the desired
result.
WINDLASS Bow SWITCHES
(F16. 3.12.2)
FOOT
SWITCHES
PE
Keep hands, feet, hair and loose clothing clear of
moving parts. Entanglement may cause severe bodily
injury (i.e. lose of fingers or toes).
NOTICE
lt is important that the windlass clutch is tight for
proper operation and safety. Periodically check the
clutch and tighten if necessary.
To Tighten Clutch:
With the anchor in the stowed position, tighten the
windlass clutch by inserting the emergency handle
into the clutch nut (see Fig. 8.5.2) and turn clockwise.
C. To OPERATE MANUALLY:
Make sure that the safety lanyard and/or chain
stop (see Fig. 3.11.3) are removed from the
anchor chain.
* Insertthe emergency handle (located in the stbd
bow locker) into the clutch nut.
e Turn handle clockwise to retrieve anchor.
D. MAINTENANCE:
Periodically check the motor and control box
electrical connections, remove any residue and
cover the connections with a small coating of
grease.
Make sure that the power is off before any work is
performed on the windlass.
It is recommended at least once a year to
disassemble the windlass and remove any residue
build-up.
* Using the emergency handle ( located under the
stbd bow locker cover), unscrew the clutch nut
by turning the handle counterclockwise.
WINDLASS EMERGENCY HANDLE
(FIG. 3.12.3)
* Remove the drum, upper cone, chain wheel and
lower cone.
* Wash down with fresh water and remove any
residue.
* Coat contact surfaces with a light film of
lubricant.
3.12
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
* Reassemble the unit and tighten clutch by
turning the handle clockwise.
NOTE: Use the fresh water washdown spigot in the
port bow locker to hose down the chain in the locker
after haul-in.
REFER TO WINDLASS OPERATOR'S MANUAL IN
YOUR OWNER’S PACKET FOR DETAILED
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS.
WINDLASS (MAINTENANCE PROFILE)
(Fic. 3.13.1)
EMERGENCY HANDLE
CLUTCH NUT
CHAIN PULLEY
LOWER CONE
18. Bow THRUSTER
The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives the
operator more maneuverability of the bow when
docking or maneuvering the vessel in narrow
channels or where space is at a premium.
To OPERATE THE Bow THRUSTER
Activate the bow thruster by turning the 24V
BOW THRUSTER switch ON. The switch is
located on the control station switch panel (See
figure 2.15.2).
By manipulating the the joy stick also located
on the control station (See figure 2.15.1) the
operator is able to move the bow slowly to port
and starboard.
f в
\. J
f A
Bow THRUSTER
(Fic. 3.13.2)
не
_—
mm
N
N
— ————
WATER LINE
A0
Bow THRUSTER OPERATION
(Fic. 3.13.3) BOW
DIRECTION
Y YN
ta
THRUST =7// THRUST
BOW
THRUSTER TOGGLE
CONTROL
(SEE FIGURES
2.15.1 AND 2.15.2)
Na J
The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal
thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker
protects the motor from overheating. When the
thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will
not operate and must be allowed to cool down for
normal operation.
Refer to Owner's Manual Packet for instructions and
warranty information.
480 Motor Yacht
3.13
SECTION 3 * USING Y OUR BOAT
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
3.14
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
1. BILGE | AFT BILGE Pump & FLOAT SWITCH
(Fic. 4.1.1)
PORT
INBOARD
STRINGER
A. FUEL & OIL SPILLAGE
Regulations prohibit discharging fuel or oily waste
in navigable waters. Discharge is defined as any
action which causes a film, sheen or discoloration TRANSOM
on the water surface, or causes a sludge or emulsion N
beneath the water surface. A common violation is
bilge discharge. Use rags or sponges to soak up >
fuel or oily waste, then dispose of it properly ashore.
. . A . FLOAT SWITCH
If there is excessive amount of fuel or oil in the bilge,
contact a knowledgeable marine service to remove r
it. Never pump contaminated bilge overboard. AFT ENGINE Room BILGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH
(Fic. 4.1.2)
BILGE PUMP
\. J
As a precaution against fuel spillage,fill fuel tank(s)
less than rated capacity. Allow for fuel expansion. PORT
INBOARD
STRINGER
BILGE PUMP
2. BILGE Pumps
FLOAT SWITCH
The 480 MY is equipped with five (5) bilge pumps,
including one (1) emergency high water bilge pump.
Your yacht is also equipped with a gray water sump,
with pump and float switch.
\. J
"Fw ENGINE Room BILGE PumP 4 FLOAT SWITCH
Each of the bilge pumps are equipped with switches (FiG. 4.1.3)
on the control station switch panel. These switches
have MANUAL and AUTO positions. When the WATER
switch is in the MANUAL position, the pump will run FLOAT SWITER
continuously. When the switch is in the AUTO
position, the pump is activated when there is enough
water in the bilge to raise the float switch to its
highest position; and deactivated when the water WATER
recedes. The pumps should NOT be left in the BILGE PUMP
MANUAL mode unless the bilge is being | |
pumped out for servicing.
PORT
INBOARD
STRINGER
NS
a
LC
eee
TA
ce
Л
on
TRANSDUCER FLOAT SWITCH
re TRANSDUCER
| Fwp BILGE PUMP & FLOAT SWITCH
(FIG. 4.1.4)
The emergency bilge pumps and high water float
switches are wired to the systems monitor located — A
on the dash at the control station (see “SYSTEMS A
MONITOR” in Section 2 - page 2.19).
Whenever a bilge pump turns ON, either manually р
or automatically, the systems monitor will display BILGE IN |
which pump is active. Should the high water
alarms become activated, immediate attention
to the area indicated on the systems monitor | J
panel is required.
_ FLOAT SWITCH
480 Motor Yacht 4.1
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
| BILGE PUMP ASSEMBLY
(FIG. 4.2.1)
PUMP HEAD/
MOTOR ASSY
LOCK TAB
IMPELLER
PUMP
DISCHARGE
WATER INLET
SINKING HAZARD - Ensure the bilge pumps are
operating properly.
Run bilge pumps in the manual position only as
long as necessary to remove water. Running bilge
pumps dry can damage the pump motor.
Na A
Each pump is protected by a breaker on the main
DC breaker panel located on the forward component
board in the bilge. (See Fig. 6.4.1).
MAINTENANCE:
Frequently inspect the area under the float switches
to ensure they are free from debris and gummy bilge
oil. To clean, soak in heavy duty bilge cleaner for
10 minutes, agitating several times. Check for
unrestricted operation of the float. Repeat the
cleaning procedure if necessary.
Inspect the bilge pump intakes and keep them
free of dirt or material which may impede the
flow of water through the pump. To clean the
pump strainer, depress the lock tabs on both sides
of the pump and lift the pump motor.
in the bilge (see Fig. 6.4.1) to ensure it has not
tripped.
2. Remove the motor module to see if the impeller
rotates with the power on.
3. Remove any debris that may have accumulated
In the nozzle section or strainer base.
4. Check hose and connection on hull side for
debris and proper connections.
3. BILGE BLOWERS
The two (2) bilge fans (one each port & stbd) in
the forward engine room remove odors and
excessive heat and provide ventilation through the
hull vents. The blowers are wired through circuit
breakers on the DC breaker panel located on the
forward bilge component board and are activated
by a switch on the DC distribution panel on the
port aft salon. The blowers can also be activated
by a switch on the control station switch panel.
Run the blowers when operating below cruising
speed and when vessel is at rest with the generator
running to dissipate heat buildup in the bilge.
BI1LGE BLOWERS
(F16.4.2.2)
TYPICAL PORT AND STARBOARD
7
JON
TROUBLESHOOTING: Bl =
If water does not come out of discharge hose: Je | у в
1. Depress the breaker on the main DC breaker | J
panel located on the forward component board
4.2 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
EXPLOSION/FIRE HAZARD - Run blower at least
four (4) minutes before starting engine or generator.
| Check bilge and engine compartment for fumes.
Do not allow obstructions to interfere with bilge
blower or ventilation intake operation. Engine
| performance may be adversely affected.
MAINTENANCE:
The bilge blowers should be checked periodically
to ensure that all electrical connections are
secured in place and that the blower motors are
operating efficiently.
TROUBLESHOOTING:
If your bilge blowers fail to operate, depress
the breakers on the main DC breaker panel on
the forward component board in the engine
room to ensure that they have not tripped.
4. ENGINES
The inboard engines on your yacht are the heart of
your Sea Ray®. Proper attention to and maintenance
of your engines will assure you of many hours of
pleasurable, safe boating and will prevent
unnecessary engine problems. You must, therefore,
become thoroughly familiar with all aspects of the
engine’s proper operation outlined in the Engine
Operators Manual. A general maintenance program
consists of proper lubrication, cleaning of fuel filters,
fuel lines and air filters. When washing down, or
at any other time, take care that water does not
enter the air inlets. Water entering the air inlets
when the engines are not operating may go directly
into the cylinders, resulting in rust and possibly
internal engine damage.
The engines are warranted directly by the engine
manufacturer, not by Sea Ray”.
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with
the manual provided by the engine manufacturer.
Follow the recommended maintenance and warranty
schedule in your Engine Operators Manual included
in the owners packet. Engine abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect the claims made
under the independent warranty provided by the
engine manufacturer.
A. PROPULSION
The standard propulsion on the 480 MY consist of
twin T-Cummins® 6CTA 8.3M (T-430 hp - 321 kW)
engines.
In addition optional propulsion choices include:
e T-CAT 3196TA Caterpillar® (T-640hp - 477kW)
e T-Volvo TAMD 74P EDC (T-460hp- 343kW)
e T-QSM-11 Cummins (535hp - 399kW)
5. ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
Each of your engines have been equipped with an
engine gauge package. This package is provided as a
safety feature in the event of an electrical malfunction
resulting in the helm gauges becoming inoperative.
Gauge packages may differ with different engine
options. Refer to your Engine Operators Manual for
proper gauge readings and gauge package location.
=
| ENGINE GAUGE PACKAGE
(FIG. 4.3.1)
0. ENGINE MOUNTS
The adjustable type engine mounts permit
adjustment sideways as well as vertically. Vertical
adjustment nuts lock up or down on the threaded
480 Motor Yacht
4.3
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
vertical stud, with a slot provided to allow side to
side adjustment on the engine.
ENGINE MOUNT
(FiG.4.4.1)
HEX HEAD BOLTS
W/FLAT WASHERS
0 @ 1)
vo
(Ц
PLASTIC CAP
W/URETHANE
CAULK
STRINGER
TORQUE ESNA NUT
100 FT. LBS.
\. — J
IMPORTANT: The large adjustment locknuts on
these mounts must be tightened properly to
retain alignment. It is also advisable to spray a
protective coating on the studs and nuts to
prevent corrosion.
7. MARINE GEARS
A. REDUCTION GEARS
A reduction gear reduces the rotating speed of the
propeller shaft in relation to the engine RPM. This permits
the use of a larger propeller while allowing the engine to
attain its rated RPM, thereby increasing efficiency.
B. REVERSE GEARS
The reverse gear incorporates the clutch and
controls the rotation of the propeller. The position
of the clutch control or shifting lever indicates the
motion which the clutch and reverse gear are
transmitting. The center position of the lever
indicates neutral. Engine RPM should never
exceed 1000 when engaging or disengaging the
clutch. Higher RPM will result in unnecessary
wear and shortened life of the unit, and perhaps
breakage.
Marine reverse gears are hydraulically operated,
thereby making it imperative to periodically maintain
and check oil level. If the correct oil level is not
maintained, slippage occurs, causing damage to the
clutch plates. Too much oil will cause foaming and
erratic clutch operation. For additional information
see the Engine Operators Manual.
8. ENGINE EXHAUST SYSTEM
The exhaust system (See figure 4.5.1) on Sea Ray®
boats with inboard engines is designed so that water
from the raw water cooling system enters the
exhaust system through elbows (engine side) where
water and exhaust are mixed. Water and exhaust
are then pumped through the mufflers and then
overboard through the exhaust outlet. Make sure
water is flowing from the exhaust outlets while
the engines are operating. Prior to every boat use,
examine the exhaust system fittings to ensure
tightness.
Hose clamps must be tight at all times to avoid
exhaust leaks.
A drain plug is located on each muffler. When
servicing or winterizing, remove the plug to drain
the water out of each muffler. Replace the plug after
all water has drained from the muffler.
9. ENGINE REMOVAL
Should the removal of an engine become necessary,
see your Sea Ray® dealer or an authorized
service representative of the engine
manufacturer. The following is only a generalized
procedure to follow.
Shut off the fuel lines and close the engine seacocks.
Remove all electrical wires, fuel lines and raw water
intake hoses from the engine. Unbolt the engine
coupling from the shaft coupling and slide the shaft
and coupling back from the engine. Detach both
throttle and shift connections. Cap off hoses to avoid
hydraulic fluid loss. Do not bend or twist the
hoses, as damage may result. Remove the
mounting bolts for the engine and lift the engine out,
leaving the mounts bolted to the stringer caps.
4.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
480MY ENGINE EXHAUST
(F16.4.5.1)
PORT
EXHAUST HOSE
EXHAUST
OUTLET
\.
To reinstall, reverse the above procedure. Check
the coupling and shaft alignments, as well as water
hoses and wiring connections. Also check for fuel
and exhaust leaks and make sure seacocks are
open before starting engines.
10. VIBRATION & CAUSES
Some vibration is to be expected in your boat
because of the action of the engines and the
propeller. But excessive vibration indicates
conditions which must be promptly corrected to
avoid damage. Contact your Sea Ray® dealer
immediately if you are experiencing severe vibration.
The following are some conditions which may cause
vibrations.
A. FOREIGN OBJECT INTERFERING WITH
PROPELLER ACTION
Weeds, ropes, fishing lines or nets can become
wrapped around the propeller and/or shaft, causing
vibration and loss of speed. Always stop and then
PORT EXHAUST SHOWN, STARBOARD EXHAUST TYPICAL. GENERATOR EXHAUST FEEDS INTO STARBOARD EXHAUST SYSTEM
PORT
MUFFLER
EXHAUST HOSE
J
reverse the propeller after going through a weedy
area to unwrap and clear away any weeds which
may have accumulated. Although reversing will
sometimes help to unwrap lines and nets, they are
difficult to remove without hauling the boat.
Always check for loose or trailing dock lines before
getting underway. When towing a dinghy, remember
that a long line may easily become entangled with
the propeller when backing down.
B. BENT PROPELLER AND/OR SHAFT
A badly damaged or distorted propeller or shaft is
an obvious cause of vibration. Even when the
propeller appears to be perfect, make sure it has
not been pulled off-center by the propeller key.
C. ENGINE AND SHAFT OUT OF ALIGNMENT
Although the shaft is properly aligned when it leaves the
factory, after transit and after the boat has been in the
water a few days, the alignment should be rechecked.
The shaft coupling is the connecting point between the
480 Motor Yacht
4.5
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
shaft and the engine and the alignment should be set at
.005 or less. Refer to SHAFTS (pg. 4.9) in this section
of this Owner's Manual.
D. CouPLING OUT or TRUE
Although an extremely unlikely condition, check the
couplings if other efforts to correctthe vibration fail.
Check the engine half of the coupling (with dial
indicator on the face) to see that it runs true with
the shaft coupling. Also check the coupling keys.
They must fit correctly to prevent forcing the
couplings off center.
E. ENGINE PART HITTING BOAT STRUCTURE
Engines are flexibly mounted to reduce transmission of
vibration to the hull structure. If some part of the engine,
such as the oil pan, reverse gear or reduction gear
housing, contacts a stringer, brace or part of the hull,
vibration will result. The flexible shaft log allows a limited
side motion of the shaft, but an excessive “whip” can
cause the shaft to strike the sides of the shaft hole or
the shaft log with resultant vibration.
F. OTHER POSSIBLE CAUSES
Other causes of vibration include the following:
engine out of tune, a bent rudder, a worn strut
bearing, a component of the exhaust system
vibrating against the hull or improper contact
between shaft taper and the propeller hub bore.
11. FRESH WATER COOLING SYSTEM
The fresh water cooling system is a closed system
which helps protect engines from internal corrosion
and provides more even distribution of engine
temperature. Change the coolant annually.
A. CooLANT RECOMMENDATIONS:
The standard mixture of water and coolant is a
mixture of 30% environmentally safe, non-toxic
antifreeze and 70% water, which protects to 0°F
(-18°C). This will allow the coolant to expand
properly and maintain normal operating engine
temperature. In colder climates, the coolant level
should be increased to 50/50, which protects to -
34°F (-37°C), for proper coverage. To find engine
coolant requirements for the specific engine on
your yacht, refer to your Engine Owner’s Manual
in the Owner’s Manual Packet.
12. OIL EXCHANGE SYSTEM
The oil change system, located on the inboard port
stringer, center of the port engine, simplifies
changing the oil in the engines, transmissions and
generator. The pump is self-priming and pumps in
either direction. The oil change pump is protected
by the 24 volt OIL CHANGE PUMP breaker on the
”
OIL EXCHANGE SYSTEM
(FIG. 4.6.1)
FRESH OIL
CONTAINERS
``
PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION PORT
7
4 ON Va
© ©
STARBOARD
ENGINE
STARBOARD ENGINE
(1
TRANSMISSION
OPEN/CLOSED
VALVE MANIFOLD =
DRAIN/FILL
SWITCH HOSE
À
4.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER (GEAR
DC breaker panel on the forward component board
in the engine room.
A. OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS:
(SERVICE ONE (1) ENGINE AT A TIME.)
1. Run engines or generator for several minutes
to warm the oil and mix the sludge.
2. Selectthe first unitto be serviced. Turn the valve
to the open position, in line with valve body.
3. Turn the pump on (switch position indicates the
direction of flow) and pump the old oil into
containers to be disposed of properly.
On CHANGE PUMP (USED OIL)
(Fra. 4.7.1)
STARBOARD
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION N
PORT ENGINE
TRANSMISSION PORT
A ENGINE
STARBOARD
GENERATOR
OLD OIL
Have only one (1) valve open at a time. Make sure
other valves are closed to prevent accidental
4. After oil has been pumped out of unit being
serviced, place the pump discharge hose into
a container of pre-measured fresh oil and
OrL CHANGE PUMP (FRESH OIL)
(Fıc. 4.7.2) PORT
ENGINE
STARBOARD PORT
ENGINE TRANSMISSION
ENGINE
N A
STARBOARD
ENGINE
TRANSMISSION
FLOW
SWITCH
GENERATOR
NEW OIL
\. J
over filling.
Na J
reverse the pump switch to pump the fresh oil
into the engine. NOTE: Fresh oil should be
at least 60° F (16% C).
5. When pumping is complete, shut the pump off
and close the valve leading to the unit being
serviced. Check oil level and adjust if necessary.
6. Repeat for each engine, generator or
transmission to be serviced.
REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
13. UNDERWATER GEAR
A. PROPELLERS
Propellers should be free of nicks, excessive
pitting and any distortions that alter them from
their original design. Badly damaged propellers
should be replaced, but those that are chipped,
bent or merely knocked out of shape can be
reconditioned by your marine dealer.
When doing extensive cruising, it is advisable
to carry extra propellers aboard.
BAsic PROPELLER CHARACTERISTICS
Propellers have two basic characteristics:
e Diameter
e Pitch
Diameter is that distance measured across the
propeller hub line from the outer edge of the 360°
that is made by the propeller’s blade during a single
rotation. Pitch is that distance in inches that a
propeller will travel if rotated one revolution without
any slippage.
For example, a propeller with a 12-inch pitch, when
rotated 360° would, theoretically, advance 12 inches
through the water. Actually, no propeller applied to
480 Motor Yacht
4.7
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
any boat is 100% efficient. No 12-inch pitch blade
will, in a single rotation, advance a boat 12 inches.
This variance is referred to as slippage.
-
PROPELLER PITCH AND DIAMETER
(FIG. 4.8.1)
М \
/
/ \
/ \
/ \
/ \
/ \
/ \
7 N
/ N
~
~
| PITCH — | DIAMETER
\. J
VENTILATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS
7
While often called “cavitation,” ventilation is
really a different effect. At times when a boat
enters or leaves a sharp turn, the propeller
seems to slip and lose thrust and the engine
may over-speed (Figure 4.8.2). This problem
IS normally caused by air or aerated water
entering the propeller. (A damaged propeller
can also cause ventilation.) Ventilation can
usually be corrected by replacing the damaged
or incorrect propeller with the recommended
one.
f PROPELLER VENTILATION
(FIG. 4.8.2)
—
-
——
_
-—
OPTIMUM PERFORMANCE >>. VENTILATION "~~
CAVITATION, ITS CAUSES AND CORRECTIONS
Cavitation is a phenomenon that occurs in all
propeller-driven craft under certain conditions. The
surface of propeller blades are not perfectly flat, and
as water is drawn through the blades to be
discharged aft into the propeller’s slip stream, the
water flowing over the curved surface of the blade
encounters areas of greater and less pressure.
In those areas of reduced pressure, air bubbles are
formed. When they move out of the low pressure
area these bubbles collapse. If they collapse while
in contact with an object, such as part of the propeller
blade or trim plane, the bubbles create such highly
localized forces that they erode the surface of the
object. In the case of the propeller, such damage is
sometimes called a “burn.” It may be caused by an
irregularity in the propeller’s leading edge, and it
should be corrected by reconditioning the propeller
or by replacement.
Cavitation is a normal occurrence in modern sport
boats, and prop inspection should be part of routine
maintenance.
PROPELLER TORQUE AND ITS CORRECTION
Some of the more powerful motors create a
considerable torque effect; that is, a twisting motion
causing the boat to ride with one sheer lower than
the other. This twisting reaction is caused by the
direction of propeller rotation lifting one side of the
boat. This causes an uneven drag, so that a boat's
bow may tend to fall off in one direction or the other
from the intended course given by the wheel.
Torque action may occur when maximum or close
to maximum rated horsepower is applied. Any slight
torque may be offset by shifting passenger or gear
weight laterally to the high side of the boat.
COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS
On twin engine yachts, one propeller turns in a
clockwise direction while the other turns
counterclockwise in order to maintain a straight
course through the water.
When removing or replacing propellers, be sure to
Install the correct propeller on the correct drive.
| COUNTER-ROTATING PROPELLERS
(FIG. 4.8.3)
4.8
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
PROPELLER INSTALLATION (SEE FIGURE 4.10.1)
For proper rotation, the installation of propellers on
Inboard engine boats requires the right hand
propeller to be installed on the starboard side and
the left hand propeller to be installed on the port
side. Install in the following manner:
1. Inspect the key. It must be chamfered so that
the corners of the key do not touch the keyway
fillets.
2. Install the propeller on the shaft without the
key in the keyway. Slide the propeller all the
way on the shaft until it seats. Mark the shaft
on the leading edge of the hub with a felt tip
marker and remove the propeller.
3. Install the key in the keyway and slide the
propeller on the shaft. If the key is not
pinned, tap the key back slightly as the
propeller slides up the taper. This will
ensure that the propeller does not ride the
key up the keyway end radius, thus forcing
the propeller off-center. The propeller is
properly seated if the hub is in the same
position as previously marked.
4. Install a board (2 x 4) against the hub
perpendicular to the keel and rotate the propeller
clockwise until one blade rotates against the
Jam Nut
Shaft Thread | Prop Torque | Torque
Diameter Size Nut Ft. Lbs. | Ft. Lbs.
1" 3/4" Bronze | 100-125 100
11/4" 7/8" Bronze | 150-175 100
11/2" 11/8" | Bronze | 250-275 100
1 3/4" 1 1/4" | Bronze | 275-300 100
2" 11/2" | Bronze | 325-350 100
21/2" 13/4" | Bronze | 400-425 100 J
r \
NOTICE
If the jam nut and prop nut are installed properly,
the propeller should not loosen. If you tighten both
nuts holding only the propeller blade, the nuts
could possibly thread back on the shaft to the
cotter pin. It is important that the above procedure
be followed.
J
board. Do not put a board between the strut
and the rudder.
Install the large bronze prop nut on the propeller
shaft and seat the propeller with the correct
torque as listed on the table below.
Install the jam nut and torque to 100 ft. Ibs.
Install the cotter pin.
A
TOP RADIUS IN KEYWAY
SHOULD BE 1/2 THE
FILLET RADIUS WITH NO
SHARP EDGES
PROPELLER INSTALLATION
(Fic. 4.9.1)
IMPROPER
CHAMFER ON KEY CHAMFER ON KEY
WILL RESULT IN KEY SHOULD BE LARGER
RIDING UP IN THAN FILLET IN
KEYWAY
KEY SHOULD SEAT IN
KEYWAY
CORRECT FIT
KEY RIDING UP IN KEYWAY
INCORRECT FIT
ILLUSTRATION #1
PROP NUT
PROP
ILLUSTRATION #3
ALL CORNERS OF KEY SHOULD BE CHAMFERED
>
ILLUSTRATION #2
\.
7
2 X 4 WEDGE
BLOCK
ILLUSTRATION #4
480 Motor Yacht
4.9
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
B. SHAFTS
The shaft coupling is the connecting point
between the shaft and the engine (Figure 4.10.2).
The alignment should be set at a maximum of
.005" (0.13mm). A slight misalignment will cause
loss of power, excessive wear, noise and
vibration and should not be tolerated. When
checking for parallel coupling faces (the proof of
proper alignment), use a feeler gauge not more
than .003 to .005 of an inch thick (0.08 —
0.13mm).
With coupling faces brought together by hand —
not bolted — the feeler gauge should be tightly
gripped at all points around the edges of the
couplings. Next, hold the engine coupling flange
stationary and rotate the shaft coupling flange
90 degrees in either direction. The feeler gauge
should still be tightly gripped at all points around
the edges of the couplings.
| SHAFT MISALIGNMENT
(F16. 4.10.1)
TRANSMISSION
SHAFT
COUPLING
LA
ef
| ЗНАЕТ Гос & STRONG SEAL
(F16.4.10.3)
WATER
INJECTION
FITTING
HOSE CLAMPS
SHAFT LOG TUBE
CARRIER SEAL KIT
MAX .005—*
SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL”
The shaft log is a fiberglass tube which provides
an opening through the bottom of the boat for
the propeller shaft. The Strong Seal” is
connected to it by a short length of special
\. J
flexible hose which serves to absorb normal
shaft vibration. The Strong Seal™ prevents
water from leaking around the shaft and into
the boat. Shaft alignment and straightness
must be correct to assure proper operation of
the Strong Seal™. Refer to the Strong Seal™
information for the seal carrier kit in the Owner’s
Manual packet.
C. CARRIER SEAL KIT
Your 480 MY is equipped with spare carrier seals
located on the port and starboard engine shafts.
Seal failure can be corrected by replacing the seal
with the spare seals provided.
To REPLACE THE CARRIER SEAL:
1. Clean any accumulated dirt and scale from the
exposed shaft. MAKE SURE THERE ARE NO
SHARP EDGES OR BURRS ON THE SHAFT.
2. Separate the two halves of the Carrier Seal Kit
housing by removing the screws. If there are
two lip seals in the carrier kit, move the
forwardmost one forward on the shaft until out
of the way.
| SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” ASSEMBLY
(F16. 4.10.2)
HOSE CLAMPS
WATER
INJECTION FITTING SEAL CARRIER KIT
TT
\ W /
/
SHAFT LOG
FLEXIBLE HOSE
STAINLESS STEEL
BANDS STRONG SEAL"
J
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
| CARRIER SEAL KIT
(Fic. 4.11.1)
SCREW
NC CARRIER SEAL
SEAL Y
HOUSING
SHAFT LOG &
STRONG SEAL
PROPELLER SHAFT
Ne J
3. Remove the retaining ring from the Strong
Seal™ using a small screwdriver (for a
spiral ring) or snap-ring pliers (for a snap
ring). Work the retaining ring around the
new lip seal and move the ring forward out
of the way.
4. Re-assemble the empty Carrier Seal Kit
housing onto the shaft just forward of the
new lip seal with the small diameter facing
aft. Leave the screws loose enough that the
housing can move along the shaft. The
Carrier Seal Kit housing is now ready to
be used as a lip seal installation tool.
5. Push needle-nose pliers or a hook into the
exposed body of the lip seal and pull it out of
the Strong Seal™ housing. Cut the old seal off
the shaft with wire cutters. BE CAREFUL NOT
TO SCRATCH THE SHAFT.
6. Inspect and clean the inside of the Strong
Seal™ housing and the newly exposed area
of the shaft that was under the old lip seal.
7. Push the new lip seal and installation tool aft
until the lip seal contacts the Strong Seal™
housing. Using a rubber mallet, tap the face
of the installation tool until the lip seal is
seated within the Strong Seal™ housing. You
will know the lip seal is fully seated when the
retaining ring groove is exposed.
8. Remove the Carrier Seal Kit housing from
the shaft. Re-install the retaining ring into its
groove in the Strong Seal™ housing.
9. If the Carrier Seal Kit came with two lip seals,
position the remaining lip seal back onto a
convenient location on the shaft at least 2"
forward of the Strong Seal™. Re-assemble the
Carrier Seal Kit housing around the lip seal with
the smaller diameter facing forward. Tighten the
screws and make sure the assembly is firmly
secured on the shaft.
NOTE: As the Carrier Seal Kit is turning with the
shaft and the Strong Seal™ is not, it is important
that the two do not touch.
D. STRUT
The strut is the bronze casting fastened to the
bottom of the hull to support and form a bearing for
the propeller shaft. A replaceable rubber bearing is
inserted to minimize wear and protect the shaft
where it passes through the strut hub. During lay
up periods, squirt castor oil into this bearing to keep
it from freezing to the shaft. Never use machine
oil or grease on rubber bearing. Periodically check
all strut fastenings to assure that they are secure.
N
| STRUT
(Fic. 4.11.2)
7
>
BEARING
7 LOG
у
< ="
Ne 77
PROPELLER SHAFT
14. RUDDER & RUDDER STUFFING
Box
The rudder is the vertical flat surface aft of the
propeller that pivots about a vertical axis and
changes the direction of the boat through the
water. The rudder stuffing box prevents water
=
-
RUDDER 62 RUDDER STUFFING Box
(FIG. | e 1 1 3)
< ( Fa
y >
JAM NUT
| № RUDDER POST
PACKING
RUDDER
STUFFING BOX
480 Motor Yacht
4.11
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
from leaking into the boat where the rudder post
enters the hull. Spot check for leaks before and
after using your boat.
15. SEACOCKS & STRAINERS
Seacocks and strainers provide cooling water to the
engines, generator and A/C units located throughout
the bilge area.
f в
As a safety measure, close all seacocks when
leaving boat for any length of time to impede water
| ingress in the event of water hose failure.
To open the seacock, turn the handle in line with
water flow (vertically). To close, turn the handle
against water flow (horizontally). The strainers
should be inspected frequently and cleaned out
when plugged. If operation of the air conditioning is
excessive it is important that the A/C unit strainers
are inspected more frequently than other strainers.
The seacock body should be inspected and
lubricated annually.
SEACOCK & STRAINER
(Fic. 4.12.1) SD
[] CAP
STAINLESS STEEL
SCREEN
STRAINER
HANDLE
(OPEN POSITION)
SEACOCK
f в
STRAINER MAINTENANCE
(F16.4.12.2)
a=
ADJUSTABLE SPANNER
WRENCH (SUPPLIED)
= J
TO CLEAN THE STRAINER
e Close the seacock by turning the handle against
water flow direction (horizontally).
NOTE: Some seacocks are equipped with
locking tee handles which must be loosened
before operating the handle
4
STRAINER MAINTENANCE
(F16. 4.12.3)
STRAINER
Loosen strainer cap with the adjustable spanner
wrench provided. It is stowed on the forward
component board in the bilge.
Rotate strainer cap clear of strainer housing.
Pull upward on stainless steel screen basket
handle.
4.12
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
16. HYDRAULIC POWER STEERING
POWER STEERING
CONTROL (Fic. 4.13.1)
POWER
The hydraulic power steering ram ensures identical TEE РАМ
positioning of the port and starboard rudders. Check
that rudder arms are tight and free of play. Ensure
that fluid resevoir is up to level and filter is clean.
The fluid reservoir and filter are located on the aft
component board in the engine room (See figure
4.15.1) along with the optional auto pilot pump. Sea
Ray® recommends Sea Star hydraulic steering fluid
or Dextron 3 auto transmission fluid for the power \
steering system.
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
17. 480 MY BiLGE LAYOUT
480 MY BILGE
(F16.4.14.1) - > = -
1 : == — = : '
FWD f 5
pi ZT E. — 5
1 NAT
1
3
1 1
— т
—
|
= = 3 >
B
О N - !
M L
K
(A) PORT TRIM PLANE (1) GENERATOR EXHAUST
CABLE MASTER © STBD COMMON DRAIN
© PORT COMMON DRAIN ® TRIM TAB PLANE
©) PORT ENGINE EXHAUST © FRESH WATER PUMP
® ENGINE ROOM AFT BULKHEAD © STBD RUDDER POST
® FRESH WATER TANK N) POWER STEERING RAM
©) GRAY WATER DRAIN ©) PORT RUDDER POST
® STBD ENGINE EXHAUST
4.14 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
480 MY BiLGE LAYOUT
1
480 MY BILGE H
(Fic. 4.15.1) E 3
wo
" TY
O
oo
eo
(H) BOW THRUSTER BATTERIES (©) FIRE EXTINGUISHER
п !
E 1 | re i
= € =
a 0 | 0 |
| | N |
— = NEIL |
ax ;
° | | N |
© o ;
LT || TT - |
AT |
7 de
a EH | +3 Ne
т 0
e
| | Li |
| 0 of | E Nilo {0
|
\
t t
Y
Z T R Q
® © и 5
X
(A) OIL EXCHANGE SYSTEM (1) GENERATOR STRAINER (P) OIL & ANT FREEZE SUPPLY — (M) SUMP
PORT FUEL TANK (J) FWD ENGINE ROOM JUGS (X) PORT ENGINE
©) HEAD VACU-GEN® BILGE PUMPS (Q) STBD EXHAUST MUFFLER STRAINER
(5) MACERATOR (K) HOLDING TANK FILTER (R) STBD ENGINE EXHAUST (¥) AFT ENGINE ROOM
BILGE PUMP
A/C STRAINERS POWER STEERING
© PORT BILGE BLOWER © © RESERVOIR AND FILTER (2) PORT ENGINE
(M) STBD BILGE BLOWER
(D MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES (7) STBD ENGINE STRAINER EXHAUST
(N) STBD FUEL TANK
(G) DC BREAKER BOX STBD ENGINE SEACOCK PORT ENGINE
(0) HEAD VACU-GEN* O MUFFLER
480 Motor Yacht
4.15
SECTION 4 * BILGE & UNDERWATER GEAR
480 MY BiLGE LAYOUT
480 MY BILGE ()
(Fic. 4.16.1)
FWD f
E
(A) FWD BILGE PUMP (G) WATER HEATER
WASHER/DRYER (1) GENERATOR
(IN UTILITY ROOM) (J) GENERATOR FUEL
(C) GRAY WATER DRAIN FILTER
(©) BOW THRUSTER (K) DC BREAKER BOX
BOW THRUSTER OIL (U) MAIN ENGINE
RESERVOIR BATTERY BOX
(F) STBD BILGE BLOWER (M) PORT BILGE BLOWER
4.16 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
1. FUEL SYSTEM
Section 3 - Using Your Boat contains important
fueling information. Take time to read all the fuel
related information in the owners manual.
Fuel lines, filters and all fuel system components
should be checked at the start of each season and
periodically thereafter, particularly after any work
has been done aboard the boat which might have
affected any part of the system. Be certain that all
are in proper condition and that the entire system is
fuel tight. Each fuel tank has manual shut-off valves
on the top of the tank to close off the fuel system in
case of leakage or line failure.
A. FUEL TANKS
Your 480 MY has two (2) aluminum fuel tanks with
a capacity of 250 gals. (946.25 liters) each, for a
total capacity of 500 gals. (1892.5 liters). The fuel
tanks are connected to the engines through a
selector panel which allows the operator to select
the fuel draw between the port and starboard
tanks and/or shut the system off (See figure
5.2.1). The fuel selector panel is located behind
an access door on the mid stair riser leading to
the salon from the control station.
Fuel is supplied to the generator from the
starboard tank.
480 MY FurL TANKS
(FiG. 5.1.1)
PORT ENGINE
FUEL SUPPLY
STARBOARD
FUEL TANK
Na
PORT ENGINE
FUEL RETURN
STARBOARD
FUEL VENT
AS,
LA
PORT
FUEL FILL
PORT
FUEL VENT
PORT
FUEL TANK
TI
N
о
STARBOARD
FUEL FILL \
„=
N
A STARBOARD
<< ENGINE FUEL
SUPPLY
rd
~~
STARBOARD ENGINE
FUEL RETURN
GENERATOR
FUEL SUPPLY
480 Motor Yacht
5.1
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
FUEL SELECTOR BOARD
(FIG. 3.2.1)
PORT ENG STBD ENG
PORT TANK STBD TANK
STBD PORT
TANK O OFF TANK
Na A
B. FUEL FILL INLET
The fill inlets for the fuel tanks are located on the
starboard and port deck walkway forward of the
deck entry doors.
C. FUEL VENT
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with a fuel tank vent
for each tank which serves as a pressure/vacuum
release and safety overflow. The through-hull
FUEL FILL & VENT WITH SCREEN/FLAME ARRESTER
(FIG. 3.2.2)
NOTE: STARBOARD SIDE SHOWN -
PORT SIDE TYPICAL
SCREEN/FLAME
ARRESTER
fitting has a flame arrester, making it imperative
that you keep the screen clean and in excellent
repair. Replace the screen immediately if it
becomes damaged or displaced. Periodically
check the vent to assure that it is not clogged.
2. FUEL RECOMMENDATIONS
The quality of the fuel is very important for
satisfactory engine performance and long engine life.
Fuel should be clean and free of contamination. Your
fuel tanks should be kept full of fuel whenever
possible. This will reduce the amount of water
condensation and reduce the possibility of
contamination.
A. RECOMMENDED FUEL: #2 DIESEL FUEL
NOTE: In rough seas, allow approximately 15%
reserve when planning fuel consumption.
3. FUEL FILTERS: (DIESEL)
Primary and secondary fuel filters are located on the
engines installed in your yacht. To help keep the
fuel as clean as possible, Sea Ray® strongly urges
you to fully comply with the recommended
maintenance program consisting of proper
lubrication and cleaning of the fuel filters, fuel lines
and air filters provided by the engine manufacturer.
Engine abuse or improper maintnenance may
adversly affect the claims made under the
independant warranty provided by the engine
manufactureer.
NOTE: Use of any methanol, gasohol or alcohol
based fuel additive will damage the fuel filter.
A. GENERATOR FUEL FILTER
A Racor®fuel filter located on the forward component
board in the bilge (See figure 5.3.1) provides clean
fuel to the generator.
B. FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
A major cause of poor starting or power loss is the
result of a clogged filter element or a fuel system air
5.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
GENERATOR FUEL FILTER
(FIG. 5.3.1)
GENERATOR
GENERATOR
RACOR*
FUEL FILTER
f \
leak. Check that the filter lid and drain plug are
properly tightened.
Inspect or drain the collection bowl of water daily.
TO DRAIN WATER:
1. Shut down the engine.
2. Loosen the T-handle on the top lid to break the
vacuum within the filter.
| RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
(FIG. 5.3.2)
LID
T-HANDLE
TURBINE
SEE-THRU BOWL
HEAT
DEFLECTOR
DRAIN PLUG
3. With a suitable collection container in place,
remove the drain plug and allow water and
contaminants to drain.
4. Replace the drain plug and, if necessary, prime
the filter by removing the lid and filling the filter
with clean fuel.
5. Replace the lid and tighten the lid T-handle by
hand only. Do not overtighten.
Replace the filter element at regular intervals or if a
power loss is detected.
TO REPLACE THE FILTER:
1. Shut down the engine.
2. Remove the lid.
3. Remove the old rubber lid seal and dispose of
the old seal properly.
4. Apply a coating of clean fuel or motor oil to the
rubber lid seal supplied with the new element.
Place the new seal in position on the lid.
Remove the filter element by holding the
molded handle and slowly pulling upward with
a twisting motion.
7. Insert the new filter element with a slow
downward twisting motion.
8. Fill the filter with clean fuel, then replace the
lid. Tighten the lid T-handle by hand only. Do
not overtighten.
RACOR® FUEL FILTER MAINTENANCE
(FIG. 3.3.3)
LID
RUBBER LID SEAL
FILTER ELEMENT
Na J
9. Start the engine and check for any leaks.
10. Correct any leaks with the engine shut down.
It is recommended that spare filter elements be carried
aboard as contaminated fuel can easily plug a filter.
REFER TO THE ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR MORE DETAILED INFORMATION.
480 Motor Yacht
5.3
SECTION 5 * FUEL SYSTEM
4. FUELING PRECAUTIONS
Certain precautions must be carefully and
completely observed every time a boat is fueled,
even with diesel fuel. Diesel fuel is nonexplosive
but it will burn.
A. GENERAL:
Fuel during daylight.
Check fill plate label to ensure fuel is placed
only in fuel tank. Fuel fill plates are located on
the port and starboard deck walkway forward of
the deck entry doors (see Fig. 5.2.1).
Avoid spills.
Know your fuel capacity and consumption.
Record the amount of fuel used since your last
fill up, and compute the engine’s hourly fuel
usage. As a fuel gauge backup check, deduct
the average hourly fuel usage from fuel tank
capacity.
Observe the “Rule of Thirds”: one-third fuel for
trip out, one-third for return and one-third for
reserve.
Allow an additional 15 percent fuel reserve when
operating in rough seas.
B. BEFORE & DURING FUELING —
CHECKLIST:
Fire extinguisher — close at hand.
Mooring — boat tied securely to fueling pier.
Crew — at least one knowledgeable person
present.
Passengers — unnecessary people off the boat.
Engines — stopped.
Electrical equipment, including blowers — power
off.
Windows, doors, hatches — closed.
Smoking material — extinguished.
Inboard tanks — grounded.
Filler pipe — marked DIESEL.
Fuel nozzle — in contact with filler pipe to prevent
static sparks.
Fill level — fill less than rated capacity of tank;
allow for fuel expansion.
Trim — fuel weight distributed equally.
C. AFTER FUELING — CHECKLIST:
Windows, doors, hatches — open.
Sniff test — if fuel fumes remain, operate blowers
until fumes are gone.
Fuel tank — secure filler cap.
Spills — wipe; dispose of rags ashore.
5.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1. DC SYSTEM
The 12 volt direct current (DC) electrical system
derives its power from the batteries, which are kept
charged by an engine-driven alternator and/or AC
converter. The battery voltage is indicated by the
voltmeter on the main distribution panel and control
station instrument panel. Each battery bank can be
checked with the battery voltage test switch only
on the DC distribution panel. The batteries supply
power to the circuit breakers on the main DC breaker
panel in the bilge, then to the control station breakers
and DC distribution panel breakers in the salon. The
12 volt dash systems are protected by the
ELECTRONICS (12V) and CONTROL STATION
MAIN (24V) breakers on the main DC breaker panel
on the forward bulkhead of the bilge. The 24 volt
functions on the salon DC distribution panel are
protected by the “CABIN MAIN” breaker on the main
DC breaker panel.
The negative terminal of each bank of batteries is
attached to the main DC negative buss ground studs
of the propulsion engines and the generator. This
“negative ground system” is the approved system
for marine DC electrical systems.
2. BATTERIES
The batteries in your boat have been selected for
their ability to furnish starting power based on engine
and generator starting requirements as well as their
ability to supply power to the DC system.
The following table describes the recommended
marine cranking batteries to install in your boat.
Application | Group | Volts | CCA*|Reserve | Qty.
Engines 8-D 12 1400 435 2
Bow Thruster 31 12 800 200 2
*COLD CRANKING AMPS
The main engine cranking batteries consist of one
(1) 12 volt battery for each engine. There are two
(2) 31 series, 12 volt marine batteries connected in
series to create the 24 volts required for operation
of the bow thruster.
Recommended batteries are available through your
local Sea Ray dealer.
A. To REMove THE BATTERY CABLES:
1. Turn OFF all items drawing power from the
batteries.
2. Turn OFF the “CONVERTER?” breaker at the
main distribution panel.
3. Turn OFF battery solenoid switches.
4. Remove the positive cable first, then the
negative cable. To replace the cables, reverse
the procedure.
| BATTERIES
(Fıc. 6.1.1)
\.
® STBD MAIN ENGINE BATTERIES O) PORT FUEL TANK
BOW THRUSTER BATTERIERIES © FWD ENGINE ROOM BULKHEAD
© PORT MAIN ENGINE BATTERY
480 Motor Yacht
6.1
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
f A
* Never use an open flame in the battery
storage area.
* Avoid striking sparks near the batteries.
e A battery will explode if a flame or spark ignites
the free hydrogen given off during charging.
Na
B. BATTERY MAINTENANCE:
Check the fluid level in the cells approximately
every 4 weeks, and more often in summer and
hot zones.
* The fluid level must be between the lower and
the upper markings.
Only replenish with distilled water. Do not use
metal funnels.
* Coat battery terminal clamps with silicone
grease. Keep battery clean and dry.
Only use a battery charger designed to charge
automotive/marine type batteries when batteries are
disconnected from the boat's electrical circuit.
f A
While the engine or generator is running, the
battery terminal clamps must not be loosened or
detached nor should the battery solenoid
switch(es) be turned off. The alternator and other
electronic units will be damaged.
Ne A
3. MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
The main DC breaker panel (Figure 6.4.1) is
located on the forward bulkhead in the bilge at
the bottom of the bilge steps. The breaker panel
contains switches for various equipment plus the
main battery solenoids.
Always disconnect battery cables before doing any
work on the engine's electrical system or alternator
wiring to prevent arcing or damage to the
\. J
The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps, bilge
blowers, engine event recorder (Caterpillar
equipped only), stereo memory and systems
monitor remain energized at all times and
CANNOT be turned OFF with the battery
solenoids. The entire remaining DC system CAN
be turned OFF with the battery switches.
f R
Use ONLY Marine Rated parts to replace such
items as starters, distributors, alternators,
generators, etc. Do not use Automotive Parts
because they are not ignition protected and could
cause a fire or explosion.
4. MAIN BATTERY SWITCHES AND
SOLENOIDS
The main engine battery switches are located on
the Main DC Breaker Panel in the bilge (See figure
6.4.1) and the DC distribution panel in the port
salon (See figure 6.8.2).
a NN
MAIN BATTERY SWITCHES
(FIG. 6.2. 1) MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS
O O)
GEN
PORT ENERGIZE STBD
O DE-ENERGIZE O)
N J
The battery solenoids are located in the Main
Battery Solenoid Access Panel on the forward
engine room component board (See figure 6.4.1).
When the switches are in the OFF position all 24/
12 volt current to the engines and accessories
are turned off except power to the bilge pumps
and other line side circuits (i.e. systems monitor,
blowers, etc.). The battery switches must be ON
to start the engines or generator. Turn battery
solenoids OFF when leaving boat for extended
duration.
6.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
LATCHING SOLENOIDS
(FIG. 6.3.1)
(A) STBD BATTERY SOLENOID
PORT BATTERY SOLENOID
O WINDLASS LATCHING SOLENOID
Na A
NOTE: The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps
and stereo memory CANNOT be turned OFF with
the battery solenoid switches. The entire remaining
DC system CAN be turned OFF with the battery
solenoid switches.
A. WINDLASS SOLENOID
The latching solenoid for the windlass is located in
the DC breaker box located on the forward
component board in the engine room.
B. Bow THRUSTER SOLENOID AND
CHARGER
The latching solenoid for the bow thruster is located
on the aft component board in the utility room which
can be accessed by lifting the stateroom
companionway steps.
Bow THRUSTER LATCHING SOLENOID
(FIG. 6.3.2)
BOW THRUSTER
SOLENOID
480 Motor Yacht
6.3
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
” A
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
(FiG. 6.4.1) ©
N о
AN
AN E
AN NE DD D (A EMERGENCY START SOLENOID
L > A STBD BATTERY SOLENOID
` AS NN ANY <> ©
& 8 ВЫ 8 £ à, = © PORT BATTERY SOLENOID
- M | "a à N (O) BATTERY SOLENOIDS FUSE HOLDER
e ; A QS
R J К < № © (® WINDLASS FUSE (150 AMP)
A id (F) WINDLASS SOLENOID
© ; A 5 © CABIN MAIN TERMINAL
` Л TT (9) BLOWER MODULE
> > (D CONTROL STATION TERMINAL
[i o (J) EXTINGUISHER MODULE
7 ® TERMINAL STRIP
(1) ELECTRONICS TERMINAL
(M) MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS
N (M SWIM PLATFORM FUSE (150 AMP)
S (© GENERATOR MAIN SOLENOID
O O O O)
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
PORT 12 VDC STBD
CABIN MAIN о [|] о o [| | o CONTROL
IGNITION о o [|] o IGNITION
CABLEMASTER O oO [|] O ELECTRONICS
“esta o of | о нах ринь
ACCESSORY o of | Jo “a
O ACCESSOR Y O O |] O ACCESSORY O
FWD EMERGENCY o SE RUE o [| 7 o EMERGENCY BILGE
BILGE PUMP o [|] o ® O [|] o SUMP PUMP
AFTEMERGENCY O [|] о о [| 7 о BILGE PUMP
AFT PUMP O [| | O © [| O SYSTEMS MONITOR
memony OIL | Jo of | o mor
BLOWER #7 © LU] o MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS о [| | O BLOWER#
— === fr AR N Kr ZZ
© ONE oT о [осени 0) | о [| Jo remuer ©
ma O | Jo o | do thames
BATTERY CHARGER O [| | O O 1 | I © BATTERY CHARGER
O DE-ENERGIZE O
\ J
IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING
ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED
O O O o
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment.
Ч J
6.4 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
5. CONTROL STATION BREAKER
PANEL
The control station breaker panel is located behind
an access door under the helm at the control
station.
In the event one of the breakers trip, determine
and correct the fault, then reset by depressing
the tripped breaker.
| Fuse BLock, TypicAL
(FIG. 6.5.3)
12
1
A
LT a
a NN
CONTROL STATION BREAKER PANEL
(FIG. 6.5.1)
fo O
LIGHTING NAV SPOT TRIM PORT STBD WINDSHIELD
LIGHTS LIGHT TABS WIPER WIPER VENT
© © ©
HORN HELM 12V STEREO ENGINE ACCY ACCY
SEAT RECEPT SYNC
О О O ©
12 о)
\_ J
0. ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FUSE BLOCKS
& BREAKERS
Fuse blocks utilizing automotive type blade fuses
are used to provide overload protection.
The electronics fuse block is located next to the
breaker panel behind the access door under the
helm at the control station.
ELECTRONICS FUSE BLOCK AT CONTROL STATION
(FIG. 6.5.2)
—
©
—
©
4 CHART PLOTTER
1 VHF 2 GPs
3 DEPTH/SPEED
5 RADAR 6 AUTOPILOT
dl |
e »1— 1]
7 CELLULARPHONE 8 B&GNETWORK
9 ACCESSORY 10 ACCESSORY
f A
«a A
= = J
There is also an accessory fuse block on the
accessory board located behind the distribution
panel in the salon.
In the event it becomes necessary to replace a
fuse or an electrical breaker, REPLACE THE
FUSE OR BREAKER ONLY WITH A FUSE OR
BREAKER OF THE SAME RATING. The amperage
is marked on the fuse or breaker.
If a fuse or breaker is replaced with one of lower
amperage, it will be insufficient to carry the electrical
load of the equipment it is connected to and cause
nuisance tripping or blowing.
Conversely if a fuse or breaker is replaced with
one of higher amperage, it will not provide
adequate protection against an electrical
malfunction and could create a possible fire
hazard. Some of the various types of breakers
used on your boat are as follows:
N
This type is an in-line fuse
holder and uses an
automotive-type blade fuse.
(FiG. 6.5.4)
This type of breaker is found
on the control station DC
breaker panel located behind
the access panel below the
control station switch panel.
These breakers protect the
trim tabs, wipers, windshield \ J
vent, navigation lights, hatch
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
lift, spot light, engine synchronizer, horn, instrument
lights, 12V receptacle and accessories.
This type of breaker is typically
found on the main distribution
panel. It selects the electrical
power source, either from the
generator or from shore
power.
| (Ето. 6.6.1)
This type of breaker is found
on the main DC breaker panel.
It is used to protect the bilge
pumps, sump pumps, bilge
blowers, control station main,
electronics, systems monitor,
oil change pump, stereo
memory and accessories. This
is a manual reset breaker. It
can be turned off by inserting
a small screwdriver in the slot
on the toggle switch.
(FiG. 6.6.2)
SLOT FOR
DE-ENERGIZING
This type is a current limiting
fuse which is used to isolate
faults in battery operated
systems and equipment
(motor circuits, panel feeders,
etc.).
7. 12 VoLT SYSTEM
A 12 volt converter in the bilge supplies power to
the 12 volt equipment on board (i.e. control station
electronics).
A. 12 VOLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE
The 480 MY is equipped with a 12 volt accessory
receptacle located at the control station (See
figure 2.15.1). The receptacle is to be used with
any 12 volt accessories using this type of plug.
f 12 VoLT ACCESSORY RECEPTACLE
(FIG. 6.6.4)
\. J
8. EMERGENCY START SYSTEM
The emergency start system utilizes a momentary
switch located on the control station switch panel and
an emergency start solenoid located in the DC main
breaker panel. Holding the switch energizes the solenoid
which parallels the batteries to assist in starting.
Use the emergency start system when the charge of
one bank of batteries is insufficient to start its
corresponding engine.
To engage the engine emergency start system, start
whichever engine has sufficient battery power, then hold
the emergency start switch while starting the other
engine.
9% ELECTRONICS CIRCUIT
The 50 amp electronics circuit utilizes a circuit
breaker on the main DC breaker panel on the
forward component board in the bilge to energize
the electronics fuse block at the control station.
There is a static ground buss located at the control
station for connection of electronic equipment static
grounds only, not for current carrying grounds.
10. AC SYSTEM
The 480 MY's AC standard electrical system
operates on a 240V/60 cycle, 50 amp shore power
system.
Take time to become familiar with the Main
Distribution Panel in the port salon.
f A
EXTREME HAZARD - Swimming near a boat
operating on AC electrical system can lead to severe
shock and death. Never swim or allow swimming
when AC system is in use.
\. J
6.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
NOTE: Actual usage of equipment will depend on
the amperage output of the power source available.
Line voltage from the generator or shore power is
shown by the voltmeters on the AC main distribution
panel. The ammeters indicate amperes being drawn
through the selected power source’s circuit breakers
on the main distribution panel.
The main breakers located on the main distribution
panel are equipped with a source selector slide to
prevent the generator and shore power from being
energized at the same time and damaging the
electrical system. Both breakers must be in the OFF
position before switching to an alternate power
source.
The 240 volt system wiring consists of four (4) color-
coded wires. The black and black/red wires are the
“hot” feeds, the white is the common, or neutral,
and the green wire is the safety ground. The shore
main circuit breakers protect the black hot feed
wires. All branch breakers and switches for AC
equipment are installed on the “hot wires. The green
conductor of the shore power is connected directly
to the shield of theisolation transformer and is not
grounded on the boat.
Never operate 240 volt shore power at less than
220 volts.
The 120 volt wiring installed on Sea Ray® boats
consists of three (3) color-coded wires. The black
wire is the “hot” feed, white is the common, or
neutral, and the green wire is the ground. All branch
breakers and switches for AC equipment are
installed on the “hot” wire. The green conductor of
the shore power is connected through the galvanic
isolator and then connected to the AC grounding
buss bar behind the main distribution panel.
The main breakers may trip if there is a surge in
line voltage, an electrical storm or an onboard
system overload. The main breaker interrupts both
Never operate 120 volt shore power at less than 110
volts.
the neutral and hot feeds in the AC circuit to prevent
equipment damage due to internal overloads and
external surges.
11. SERVICING THE MAIN
DISTRIBUTION PANEL
NOTE: Servicing should be referred to a qualified
electrician.
A. To REPLACE A FAULTY COMPONENT ON
THE MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL:
Turn all breakers OFF.
Make sure the generator is OFF.
Unplug the shore power.
Remove screws from all sides except the hinged
side of panel. The main distribution panel is
hinged to swing open for servicing.
5. Reverse the procedure for closing the panel.
SS © № >
12. DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
Your boat is equipped with a DC distribution panel
located on the port salon. The breaker panel
contains switches for various equipment
throughout the boat plus the 24VDC battery switch
and generator switch.
The bilge pumps, emergency bilge pumps,
blowers, engine event recorder, CO monitors,
stereo memory and engine ECM remain energized
at all times and CANNOT be turned OFF with the
battery solenoids. The entire remaining DC system
CAN be turned OFF with the battery switches.
480 Motor Yacht
6.7
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DC MAI DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(FIG. 6.8.1)
(
O
STBD
16 20 24 20 30
0? | æ > se
DCVOLTS DC Amperes
BATTERY GENERATOR BILGE
VOLTAGE TEST PREHEAT START/RUN BLOWERS
PORT
STOP
SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR
OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS
O
PORT
GEN
ENERGIZE
O)
STBD
oO DE-ENERGIZE
O
=
IF SWITCH IS TURNED OFF
WHILE ENGINE IS RUNNING
ALTERNATOR WILL BE DAMAGED
O
12 VOLTS DC ©
WATER LEVEL
O
O MASTER HEAD
о
о
GUEST HEAD
O
O DISCHARGE PUMP
POWER VENTS
O
BORDO
||
O
STEREO
O REFRIGERATOR/
FREEZER
O
O
O ACCESSORY
WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL
FULL
DO NOT FLUSH
EMPTY
POWER
WITH SWITCH ON:
INDICATOR ON - NORMAL
INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK
DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD
IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY.
NERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES
FWD LIGHTING
о
о
O
AFT LIGHTING
O
о
BILGE/COCKPIT
о
о
FRESH WATER
PUMP
SATELLITETV
SYSTEM
O
O
12V RECEPTACLE
о
LECCE
LL J
о
о
O ACCESSORY
MASTER IGNITION
PORT
AN
STBD
2
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades
6.8
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
f A
AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(FiG. 6.9.1)
Го O о o)
MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
POWER POWER 240 VO LTS AC
AC CONDITIONER
PUMP RELAY
400 200 400 200
0 300 Q 300
CONDITIONER O WATER HEATER
GENERATOR SHORE
SALON AIR о AFT AIR
CONDITIONER #1 CONDITIONER
10 20 30 49
=
AC AMPERES
SALON AIR
CONDITIONER #2 о ONO ONER
о = e
O EE о ACCESSORY O ACCESSORY
120 VOLTS AC
GENERATOR SHORE гони — — рии
о | о GALLEY SYSTEMS о о STBD SYSTEMS
ec LS a) le |
o o PORT SYSTEMS o | O AFT SYSTEMS
о CT BATTERY CHARGER o [1] O MICROWAVE
Г ~~ BOW THRUSTER nm "M REFRIGERATOR
о о BATTERY CHARGER o O FREEZER
O [ Je ACCESSORY O CD O WASHER/DRYER
AND BREAKER AT DOCKSIDE RECEPTACLE OR o [ Je ACCESSORY o [ Je ACCESSORY
\ © о о о )
NOTE: Panel layout and labeling are subject to variance due to customized optional accessories and equipment upgrades
\_ J
480 Motor Yacht
6.9
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
13. SHORE POWER
A. ISOLATION TRANSFORMER
Your yacht is equipped with an isolation transformer.
The boat's electrical system and grounding
conductor are not actually connected to the dockside
system. The Isolation Transformer transfers power
from the dockside electrical system to the boat's
electrical system by magnetic coupling. This means
there is no direct electrical connection between the
earth-grounded shore AC power and boat AC power.
Isolating the power this way has several benefits
which are listed below:
1. Eliminates shock hazards to people swimming
around the boat.
2. Prevents reverse polarity due to a miss-wired
shore power pedestal providing futher protection
to people onboard as well as sensitive AC
appliances.
3. Prevents galvanic current corrosion due to the
direct connection to AC shore power.
REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
B. IsoBoosT TRANSFORMER (OPTIONAL)
The IsoBoost Transformer combines a shoreline
Isolation Transformer, described above, with a
voltage sensing and switching circuit providing the
ability to automatically increase the line voltage on
your boat, all in a single unit. The isolation
transformer completely isolates input power from
output power giving you an improved degree of
safety and preventing galvanic current corrosion due
to the direct connection to AChore power. The
IsoBoost increases the boat's voltage when it falls
below 204 volts due to low shoreline voltage. The
IsoBoost gives you the reliability and assurance that
adequate voltage is provided for all the AC
equipment on the boat.
IsoBoosT TRANSFORMER FEATURES:
1. The output voltage is boosted (increased) by
15% if the suppied voltage is to low. This low
voltage commonly occurs when connecting to
marina power sources that are derived from a
208 volt system rather than from a 240 volt
system. The IsoBoost Transformer can extend
the useful life of many electrical components
Installed on the boat.
2. Monitors the incoming voltage and alarms to
warn you that the shore voltage has dropped to
a level outside the boosting range. It will
automatically shut down under conditions of
extreme low voltage.
3. The remote indicator panel (installed at the main
distribution panel in the cabin) allows you to
monitor the operating status of your IsoBoost
Tranformer without having to go physically to the
engine room to look at it. Refer to IsoBoost
manual in owners manual packet for detailed
instructions.
4. Boat system protection: if the boat's voltage
drops below 192 VAC for more than four
seconds, the IsoBoost output is turned off.
Power will not be supplied again until shore
voltage has increased by at least 20 VAC. If the
boat’s voltage exceeds 260 VAC for five seconds,
the IsoBoost output is turned off. Refer to
IlsoBoost manual in the owner's manual packet
for detailed instructions.
If the IsoBoost Transformer turns off for a prolonged
period of time, turn on the generator to supply AC
power. Follow generator operating instructions (See
Section 3 - Using Your Boat, page 3.8).
C. GLENDINNING CABLEMASTER
The 480 MY is equipped with a 50amp240V/60
cycle shore power cord for hookup to dockside
power. The cablemaster system provides
remote control access to automatically
advance/retrieve the power cords (See Section
7 - Accessories and Options) for operation of
the cablemaster system. The power cables are
6.10
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
f =
CABLEMASTER
(Fic. 6.11.1)
REMOTE
SWITCH
\ J
accessed from the port side transom of your
yacht.
D. MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER Box
The 480 MY is equipped with a 240VAC main
shore power breaker box located under the
bunk in the master stateroom.
The breaker(s) must be ON to operate the shore
AC power system.
MAIN SHORE POWER BREAKER Box
(F16. 6.11.2)
E. SHORE POWER HOOKUP
The 240/120 volt main distribution panel distributes
the required voltage for all the boat's AC equipment
and accessories. It is very important to know and
understand where the power originates and how the
Na A
power is distributed to the different voltage
equipment and accessories.
To access the shore power cable, become familiar
with the instructions in Section7 - Accessories &
Options for “Cablemaster With Remote,” then follow
these steps:
1. Slide the source fr
selector over to expose | (F16. 6.11.3)
the SHORE POWER GENERATOR ron
breaker. Make sure the —
shore power breaker | |
and all branch breakers
on the main distribution
panel are OFF. > A
Under no circumstances override the source
select system.
2. Advance shore power
cord to dockside power
box. Ensure dockside
breaker is OFF, then
plug the shore power
cord into the shore
power outlet box on the
dock and turn dockside
circuit breaker ON.
(Fic. 6.11.4)
The use of extension shore power cords is not
recommended. Excessive power cord extensions
can cause a voltage drop and may prevent some
electronic devices from operating correctly.
Shore power cord should be secured or routed to
avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress
on shore power plug and inlet.
It is imperative that the shore power outlet is dry
before plugging into the dock power inlet.
480 Motor Yacht
6.11
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Shore power cord should be secured or routed to
avoid laying or falling into water and to avoid stress
on shore power plug and inlet.
3. Check the POWER
lights on the main
distribution panel. The
DER "on sou == NT
e on. If not have the т —
dockmaster check the Au | | A |
dockside power. o o
\. J
(FIG. 6.12.1)
POWER LIGHT
3. Turn the SHORE POWER breaker ON.
4. Individual breakers and switches can now be
energized.
To USE THE GENERATOR:
1. Start the generator by following the generator
start-up procedures in Section 3 - Using Your
Boat, page 3.8 or in your generator owner's
manual.
2. Make sure the shore SHORE POWER and all
branch breakers on the main distribution panel
are OFF.
3. Slide the source
selector to expose the
GENERATOR breaker
and turn the breaker
ON.
(FIG. 6.12.2)
GENERATOR SHORE
F. MAINTENANCE FOR SHORE POWER
CABLE SET SHORE POWER INLETS
Disconnect the power cable from power source
before performing maintenance.
The metallic parts of your cable set and inlet are
made to resist corrosion. In salt water environment,
life of the product can be increased by periodically
wiping the exposed parts with fresh water, drying
and spraying with a moisture repellent.
A soiled cable can be cleaned with grease-cutting
household detergent. A periodic application of vinyl
protector will help both ends and cable maintain their
original appearance.
In case of salt water spray or immersion: Rinse
plug end and/or connector end thoroughly in fresh
water, shake or blow out excess water and allow to
dry. Spray with a moisture repellent before reuse.
14. BATTERY CHARGERS
The battery charging unit located on the aft
component board in the utility room is fully automatic
and is designed specifically for the marine
environment. The high frequency characteristic has
allowed these chargers to achieve a huge size and
weight reduction over their previously used
equipment. Commonly called high frequency or
smart chargers, these units bring a new
sophistication to the battery charger field. These
units feature a built-in amperage indicator and a
dual color power-on LED. When the charger is on
the LED will be RED, indicating charger is in fast
f =
BATTERY CHARGERS
(F16. 6.12.3)
==
@ MAIN ENGINE BATTERY CHARGER
BOWTHRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER
© BOW THRUSTER SOLENOID
© BOW THRUSTER FUSE (150 AMPS)
Na J
6.12
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
charge mode. After the absorption cycle is complete
(approx. 3 hours) the LED will change to GREEN,
indicating the charger is in float mode. To verify that
the charger is functioning properly, turn on lights or
other load. The ammeter should register and
Increase.
A. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS
Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and
provides the chargers full-rated current to the
battery bank until a predetermined voltage level
of 14.2V to 14.4V is achieved and/or a certain
time has passed.
Absorption Charge - this stage immediately
follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the
battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level,
but gradually decreases the current as the
battery accepts the charge until it reaches a
predetermined current level.
Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold
the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 13.3V)
providing up to the chargers full rated amperage
to accommodate DC load requirements. The
charge will remain in this mode until the AC
power is cycled off and then on again.
B. CHARGING CHARACTERISTICS OF THE
BOW THRUSTER BATTERY CHARGER.
Bulk Charge - this is initiated at power up and
provides the chargers full-rated current to the
battery bank until a predetermined voltage level
of 28.5V to 28.8V is achieved and/or a certain
time has passed.
Absorption Charge - this stage immediately
follows the bulk charge mode. It maintains the
battery voltage at the bulk charge voltage level,
but gradually decreases the current as the
battery accepts the charge until it reaches a
predetermined current level.
Float Charge - this stage is designed to hold
the battery at a safe, low voltage (typically 26.5V)
providing up to the chargers full rated amperage
to accommodate DC load requirements. The
charge will remain in this mode until the AC
power is cycled off and then on again.
Never block air circulation through the unit. Never
store any gear on top of the units.
NOTICE
Leave the converter running at all times to
maintain the 12 volt system voltage.
Na J
REFER TO OWNERS MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
15. XELOGEN LIGHTING
Your 480 MY uses 12 volt Xelogen lights throughout
as the primary lighting system. The system is
powered by the 12volt batteries and is activated by
the lighting breakers on the DC distribution panel
located in the salon (See figure 6.8.1).
f в
XELOGEN BULB
(F16. 6.13.1)
The filament bulbs used in all halogen-cycle
lamps generate intense heat. To avoid the
possibility of fire, do not use lamp at close range
to materials that are combustible or affected by
heat or drying. Halogen-cycle bulbs are
pressurized and could shatter if scratched or
damaged. Glass halogen-cycle bulbs should be
protected against contact with liquids when
operating.
A. CHANGING A BLOWN BuLB
Use appropriate protection, such as a clean cloth
or gloves when handling or disposing of all Xelogen-
cycle bulbs. Wear eye protection. Turn power off
480 Motor Yacht
6.13
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
when installing or before removing lamp. Allow lamp
to cool before removal.
Remove grease or fingerprints from new Xelogen
bulbs with a grease-free solvent before use.
Grab light fixture housing and
pull gently from ceiling or wall. (Fic. 6. 14. 1)
==
Take care when pulling the
housing as itis spring loaded
in the socket and the clips will
snap quickly downward when
released from the ceiling or
(Fi. 6.14.2)
is М 7 PON
wall.
Grab the fixture containing the
bulb and twist counter
clockwise.
Pull the fixture out of the
housing and replace the bulb
with a bulb of equal wattage.
NOTE: The glass face plate in
the housing is very fragile. Be
careful that it remains in place —
and does not fall out, as it will
break easily.
To replace the housing,
reverse the previous
directions. Grab the clips and
hold them upwards until the
housing is placed into its
receptacle in the wall or
ceiling. Push gently to seat the
light housing securely.
B. AC Low VOLTAGE LIGHTING
Some overhead lighting in the V-berth, guest
stateroom, master stateroom and the port and
starboard salon are powered by the generator or
the shore power system. Transformers located
behind the DC distribution panel (Figure 6.8.2)
reduce the voltage from 120VAC to 24VAC supplying
the lighting with a stable, constant power source.
f A
Low VOLTAGE LIGHTING TRANSFORMERS
(FIG. 6.14.6)
16. GROUND FAULT INTERRUPTER
RECEPTACLE (GFI)
Ground fault interrupter receptacles are
located in the galley inside the port cabinet,
master head lower storage cabinet under the
sink, guest head lower starboard cabinet under
the sink, and in the cockpit under the wet bar.
The GFI receptacles are out of sight and wired
In-line with the exposed Vmar receptacles
throughout the yacht. This allows your yacht
to have an elegant exposed receptacle while
still providing protection from shock hazards.
6.14
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Persons with heart problems or other conditions
which make them susceptible to electric shock may
still be injured by ground faults on circuits protected
by the GFIl receptacle. No safety devices yet designed
will protect against all hazards or carelessly handled
or misused electrical equipment or wiring.
\. J
Please read and understand the CAUTION
block above.
The GFI receptacle is designed to protect
people from the line-to-ground shock hazards
which could occur from defective power tools
or appliances operating from this device, or
from down-line outlets protected by it. It does
not prevent line-to-ground electric shock, but
does limit the time of exposure to a period
considered safe for normally healthy persons.
It does not protect persons against line-to-line
or line-to-neutral faults.
NN
СЕ OUTLET
(F1G6. 6.15.1)
« | y
The GFI receptacle does not protect against
short circuits or overloads. This is the function
of the circuit breaker.
A. INTERNATIONAL RECEPTACLE
All readily accessible 220V outlets are protected by
a Residual Current Circuit Breaker (RCCB) . This
current breaker is mounted in an accessible, out-
N
'RCCB OUTLET
(FIG. 6.15.2)
\. J
480 Motor Yacht
of-sight location such as under a cabinet and
includes a test switch to verify proper operation. Its
function is similar, but not identical to the 120V GF.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
17. GENERATOR
Sea Ray® strongly urges you to fully comply with the
manual provided by the generator manufacturer. The
generator is warranted separately by the
generator manufacturer, NOT Sea Ray®. Follow the
recommended maintenance and warranty schedule
in your Generator Operators Manual included in the
Owner's Manual Packet. Generator abuse or improper
maintenance may adversely affect claims made under
generator manufacturer separate warranty.
The generator is located in the bilge at the bottom
of the bilge steps. Generator gauges are located
on the generator and under the cockpit wet bar on
f в
(GENERATOR
(F1G6. 6.15.3) А (В)
(A) GENERATOR
GENERATOR SIPHON BREAK
(© GENERATOR MUFFLER
(D) GENERATOR SEACOCK
© STRAINER
(E) GENERATOR FUEL FILTER
6.15
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
N.
| GENERATOR (GAUGES
(FIG. 6.16.1)
(A GENERATOR GAUGES
HOUR METER
© OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
©) VOLTAGE METER
(E) WATER TEMPERATURE
J
the back wall and can be accessed by opening the
stbd lower door of the cabinet.
A. STARTING THE GENERATOR
(Remote control switches are located on the main
distribution panel or local switches on the generator.)
1.
2.
Check fuel tank levels.
Check oil and coolant levels. See Generator
Operator's Manual for proper readings.
Check generator for coolant drain plug
installation.
Do not run the generator in an enclosed area,
such as a closed boathouse, as there is a
possibility of build-up and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
NOTICE
Pre-start generator prior to getting underway as there
Is a possibility that it will not pick up water if started
underway. Make sure the MAIN GENERATOR breaker
is OFF and there is no load on the generator before
starting it.
Open the generator
seacock. (Fic. 6.16.2)
J
!
E
Dl
À
© >
Run the bilge blowers for
at least four minutes
before starting and any
time the generator is
running. If fuel fumes are
detected, do not start
the generator until the \ J
source of fumes is
determined and corrected and the bilge area
is safely ventilated.
While holding the
PREHEAT switch
depressed, depress the
START switch (Figure
6.8.2). The starter motor
will run, thereby cranking =
the engine. As soon as cata
the engine runs, release
the START switch, but continue to hold the
PREHEAT switch depressed for 2 or 3 seconds.
Release the PREHEAT switch when the oil
pressure reaches approximately 20 psi. This
bypasses the Low Oil Pressure shutdown until
the engine’s oil pressure rises to it's normal
running pressure. Now release the PREHEAT
switch.
(Fic. 6.16.4)
GENERATOR
EHEAT START/RUN
Check generator exhaust port (stbd exhaust
port) to verify that water is flowing. If not, shut
6.16
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
generator down and refer to your Generator
Operators Manual.
NOTE: To start the Westerbeke® generator from the
generator mounted controls, a bypass switch,
located on the side of the generator mounted control
box, must be turned ON. The bypass switch must
be OFF to start and stop the generator from the DC
main distribution panel.
READ THE OWNER’S MANUAL IN THE OWNER'S
MANUAL PACKET FOR YOUR GENERATOR MODEL.
B. SHIFTING FROM SHORE POWER TO
GENERATOR POWER:
1. Turn all AC systems, branch and main circuit
breakers OFF.
2. Start the generator.
3. Slide the source select
shuttle mechanism on
the main distribution
panel to expose the
GENERATOR
breakerand turn it ON.
(Ето. 6.17.1)
4. Turn the individual system breakers ON.
C. STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1. Prior to generator shut down turn OFF all AC
equipment and breakers including main
breakers and allow the generator to run a few
minutes to cool down. If desired, transfer to
shore power.
2. Stop the generator by switching START/STOP
switch on DC distribution panel to STOP
position or holding stop switch on generator until
generator stops.
3. Leave stop switch on main distribution panel in
the stop position when generator is not in use
to prevent overheating electric fuel valve.
Note: After stopping the generator, wait for 20-30
seconds before restarting.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
18. ELECTROLYSIS & ZINC ANODES
Electrolysis corrosion of metals on power boats can
result in serious deterioration. The boat owner must
be aware of the possibilities of galvanic action (the
deterioration of metals due to dissimilar
characteristics when placed in salt water), and/or
electrolysis. It is the owner’s responsibility to check
for and replace damaged parts due to galvanic
deterioration. Refer to your Sea Ray® dealer to
investigate the source of stray corrosive currents.
Zinc plates are installed on the transom and trim
tabs to protect underwater hardware. Zinc, being
much less “noble” than copper based alloys and
aluminum used in underwater fittings, will deteriorate
first and protect the more noble parts.
ZINC PLATE LOCATIONS, TYPICAL
(FIG. 6.17.2)
N
Zinc anodes generally require replacement
about once a year. (In salt water areas, replace
every six (6) months). The needto replace anodes
more frequently may indicate a stray current problem
within the boat or at the slip or mooring. If zinc
anodes do not need replacing after one year, they
may not be providing proper protection. Loose
anodes or low-grade zinc may be the problem.
DO NOT PAINT BETWEEN THE ZINC AND THE
METAL IT CONTACTS, AND DO NOT PAINT
OVER THE ZINC.
When an AC shore power system is connected to
the boat, the underwater metal fittings will, in effect,
be connected through the water to grounded metals
ashore. The zincs will be consumed at a faster rate
unless the marina maintains a protective system to
prevent this. In this case, hanging a zinc in the water
bonded to the metal outlet box on the dock will
reduce zinc loss on the boat. DO NOT connect this
zinc to the boat's ground system.
480 Motor Yacht
6.17
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Replace zinc anodes if they are corroded 50% or
more.
It is extremely important that all electrically
operated DC equipment and accessories be wired
so that the ground polarity of each device is the
same as that of the battery. Sea Ray® boats have
a negative ground system, which is the
recommended practice throughout the marine
industry. All metal items (fuel tanks, underwater
gear, etc.) in the boat are connected to the zinc
anode by the green bonding wire.
Electrolysis can also be caused by “stray currents”
due to a fault in an electrical item, even though
correctly grounded. A galvanic current blocker (zinc
saver) is standard on all Sea Ray® boats. It is
installed between the shore power ground and the
boats AC ground connection to the DC bonding
system. This connection maintains the safety ground
from dockside power while stopping the back-flow
of DC corrosive currents.
19. AC & DC ELECTRICAL
SCHEMATICS & WIRING
HARNESSES
This owner's manual contains electrical
schematics and wiring harness illustrations for
your boat (See pages 6.19 thru 6.53). These
electrical schematics were generated by electrical
CAD designers at the engineering division for
technical reference and service technicians. Sea
Ray® does not recommend that you attempt to
work on the boat’s electrical system yourself.
Instead we recommend that you take your boat to
your authorized Sea Ray® dealer for service. Sea
Ray® reserves the right to change or update the
electrical system on any model at any time without
notice to the consumer and is NOT obligated to
make any updates to units built prior to changes.
6.18
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
о
Oo
=
>
Oo
Ш
O
- СС
[sa] Ш
> СС a
x O Ш т 2
Wu 2 o Wu O &
946 & eE 5
Со < x 262 a
ох = 5 «= WE 27 a Ww
HL SZ0 0a Е не ща сб
— = ur O Ш 5 zL
Sueca rZilis
© Z — Tr >
а = 2 © Е < ра agoPgoa
285% 935k 8 EES LS ZO
= 9 200% x= wn EE not
SESTOSCE 9006000
AN
AR) NY
NS
С
5
у
a
/
= +
LL LL
O O
= N
4 и © 4 ~~ Cu 3 =
Z— o ZN O Ss || 8
x 2 % \ , IIS
< — © = — \ go || =
© = © N = ©
ос x CIE < ©
— Q a — © a =
m= m= со
Nu J N J <I
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
BILGE HARNESS
(F16. 6.20.1)
1
(A) GALLEY STEP LIGHT
WASHER/DRYER RECEPTACLE
© FWD STEP LIGHT
=
©) UTILITY ROOM LIGHT
(© WATER HEATER
DRAWING NO. 09-801 (3 OF 4)
BILGE HARNESS
(Fic. 6.20.2)
1
=
O
E
<
N
—
O
СС
FH
=
O
O
O
FH
WATER PUMP
© TRIM TAB PUMP
(© RUDDER ANGLE INDICATOR
(E) AFT PUMP
® WATER TANK SENDER
DRAWING NO. 09-801 (4 OF 4)
ft
L
&
>
—
O
ft
O
=
©
со
<
6.20
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
ENGINE HARNESS
(F16. 6.21.1)
N
oC
О
FH
O
LL
Z
Z
O
O
o
©
=
=
TO PORT ENGINE
© To STBD ENGINE
© CAT DATA TERMINALS SYSTEM
(E) TO CONTROL STATION
DRAWING NO. 09-812 (1 OF 2)
ENGINE HARNESS
(F16. 6.21.2)
Lu
=
©
2
Ш
FH
Oo
O
a
oO
FH
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL M-7 CONNECTOR
& NEG GROUND BUS
©) TO STBD ENGINE
©) TO CONTROL STATION
(E) CAT DATA TERMINALS SYSTEM
(E) MMDC/CONNECTORS
DRAWING NO. 09-812 (2 OF 2)
6.21
ft
L
©
>
—
O
ft
O
=
©
со
<
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
(A) CONTROLSTATIONCOMPONENTBOARD
ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTION
(С) SHIFT/CONTROLS NEUTRAL SAFETY
©) sensors
THROTILE POSITION SENSOR HARNESS
DRAWING NO. 09-816
1
GENERATOR HARNESS
(F16. 6.22.2)
—
Ш
<=
<
a
=z
o
=
>
o
СС
E
N
a
O
a
O
=
TO GENERATOR REMOTE INSTRUMENT PANEL
DRAWING NO. 09-818 (1 OF 2)
ft
L
©
>
—
O
ft
O
=
©
со
<
6.22
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PORT CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.23.1)
(A) CONTROLSTATIONCOMPONENTBOARD
ENGINE HARNESS CONNECTION
©) SHIFTICONTROLS NEUTRAL SAFETY
DRAWING NO. 09-821 (1 OF 4)
| PORT CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.23.2) A
(К
(A) co MONITOR
FWD HEAD CONNECTOR
(C) SWITCH PANEL
© TO PORT VALANCE LIGHTS
(© TV RECEPTACLE
(E) A/C ECU PANEL
©) PORT TASK LIGHTS & PORT SPEAKER
( PORT RECEPTACLE W/ INDIRECT SWITCH
(D) STBD TASK LIGHTS 8: STBD SPEAKER
(J) A/C UNIT 8 INDIRECT LIGHTS
(K) STBD VALANCE LIGHTS
DRAWING NO. 09-821 (2 OF 4) (D
480 Motor Yacht 6.23
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PORT CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.24.1)
(A) STBD SPEAKER 8 TASK LIGHT
STBD VALANCE LIGHT
© co MONITOR
(D) TO SWITCH PANEL
(E) PORT VALANCE LIGHT
(E) PORT SPEAKER 4 TASK LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-821 (3 OF 4)
Port CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.24.2) (A)
(A) OVERHEAD LIGHTS (2 EA)
OVERHEAD LIGHTS (3 EA)
C) STBD SPEAKER
(D) PHONE RECEPTACLE
© PORT SPEAKER
(E) HANGING LOCKER SWITCH/LIGHT
(G) OVERHEAD LIGHTS (2 EA)
(В) RECEPTACLE
(1) HANGING LOCKER SWITCH/LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-821 (4 OF 4)
6.24 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
FWD StATEROOM HEAD HARNESS
(FIG. 6.25.1)
(A) SHOWER LIGHT
HEAD CONNECTOR
©) WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR WITH SWITCHES
© cri
® OVERHEAD LIGHTS
DRAWING NO. 09-824
| STBD CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.25.2)
(A) STBD NAV LIGHT
SALON FWD A/C UNIT
© SALON FWD RECEPTACLE
©) SALON GFI
(E) MASTER VANITY LIGHTS
(E) MASTER HEAD LIGHTS
© TASK LIGHT
(В) MASTER BUNK SWITCHES
& RECEPTACLES
(D Task LIGHT
(J) PORT NAV LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-827 (1 OF 3)
480 Motor Yacht 6.25
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
STBD CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.26.1)
(A) TASK LIGHT
FWD STATEROOMHANGING LOCKER
SWITCH & LIGHT
©) co MONITOR
(D) cEILING LIGHTS
(E) STBD STATERROM HANGING LOCKER
SWITCH & LIGHT
(E) DINETTE OVERHEAD & AFT
(© COMPANIONWAY LIGHTS
(BA) COMPANIONWAY STEPS AND BILGE LIGHTS
(D RECEPTACLE
(J) FWD COMPANIONWAY LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-827 (2 OF 3) (D
Na A
STBD CABIN HARNESS
(FIG. 6.26.2)
(A) FWD STATEROOM LOCKER LIGH & SWITCH
VANITY SWITCHES & RECEPTACLES
© SALON ENTRANCE SWITCH
(D) MASTER STATEROOM ENTRANCE SWITCHES
(E) SALON AFT SWITCHES
(F) SALON TV RECEPTACLE
© @ SALON AFT RECEPTACLE
(@ SALON OVERHEAD INDIRECT LIGHTS & RECEPTACLE
(D) MASTER SHOWER LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-827 (3 OF 3)
N J
6.26 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(GALLEY HARNESS
(F16. 6.27.1)
G
E)
B
(À) 12VOLT RECEPTACLE
GFI
(C) COFFEE MAKER
(D) TO MDP
(E) STOVE WIRING
(F) REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE
(© MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE
DRAWING NO. 09-831 (1 OF 2) REVISION 2
a J
f RR
GALLEY HARNESS
(FIG. 6.27.2)
o | aA
e— | ®
(À) GALLEY LIGHTS
TO MDP
© TOBLOWER
(©) REFRIGERATOR RECEPTACLE
(© MICROWAVE RECEPTACLE
!
i
!
>
/
!
!
!
|
!
!
DRAWING NO. 09-831 (2 OF 2) REVISION 1
\.
480 Motor Yacht 6.27
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
Na
HARDTOP HARNESS
(FIG. 6.28.1)
(A) HARD TOP HARNESS
STBD COCKPIT LIGHTING
(C) BRIDGE STEREO ANTENNA
(D) STBD FWD LIGHTING
(E) STBD AFT LIGHT
(F) STBD AFT SPEAKER
@ STBD AFT ENTRY LIGHT
(В) STBD AFT ENTRY SWITCH
O STERN LIGHT
(J) TV ANTENNA
® GPS
D RADAR
(V) PORT AFT SPEAKER
N PORT AFT LIGHT
©) PORT FWD LIGHT
(P) PORT COCKPIT LIGHTING
(Q) PORT ENTRY LIGHT
® PORT ENTRY SWITCH
(6) PORT FWD SPEAKER
7D FWD LIGHT
Q NIGHT LIGHT
0 STBD FWD SPEAKER
(W) STBD ENTRY SWITCH
(X) STBD ENTRY LIGHT
DRAWING NO. 09-839 REVISION 1
1
Deck HARNESS
(FIG. 6.28.2)
(A) STBD WIPER
TO CONTROL STATION
©) STEREO
(© PORT WIPER
© WINDSHIELD VENT
DRAWING NO. 09-842 (1 OF 2)
J
6.
28 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
\.
-
SALON CEILING HARNESS
(Fıc. 6.29.1)
A
(6) —
TO MDP COMPONENT BOARD
7
Ш
D
DRAWING NO. 09-845 REVISION 1
SALON ENTRANCE SWITCHES
SALON AC LIGHTS
PORT WIPER
TO AC TRANSFORMER
JUNCTION BOX
PORT SPEAKER
GALLEY AC LIGHTS
COMPANION WAY DC LIGHT
WINDSHIELD VENT
DECK HARNESS CONNECTOR
TO IND. LIGHT JUNCTION BOX &
STEREO AMPLIFIER
STARBOARD SPEAKER
STARBOARD WIPER
SALON AC LIGHTS
SALON DC LIGHTS
DINNETTE DC LIGHTS
OOOO OOOO WEEE
1
\.
WINDLASS HARNESS
(Fıc. 6.29.2)
DRAWING NO. 09-853
(A MAIN WINDLASS BATTERY CABLES
WINDLASS CONTROL SOLONOID MODULE
(О TO CONTROL STATION
(D) TO MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL
& MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUSS
480 Motor Yacht
6.29
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
6.30 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
6050-16 BLU-+>|1 F7
DC WIRING SCHEMATIC 60515 BLK 1 2
6060-6 BLU +> | 3
Е IG 6 31 1 B06L-B BLK +> |4
° ° ° CONTROL STATION 225-6 GRY +> |B
TERMINAL 5TUDS
102-8 BLACK 26-16 GRY/WHT > 6 HARDTOP HARNESS
TO ELECTRONES 103-2 BLK FROM BILGE HARNESS ггв-в вск |[> |7 REF H2
FUSEBLOCK REF SH 3 o 2
101-8 RED/VID 5375-16 RED/VIO =
TO ELECTRONES 1012 RED/VIO FROM HLGE HARNESS 5766 вск т» [а
FUSEBLOCK REF 5H 3 ZE
+>|1
102-8 BLK Blu
TO CONTROL STATION 107-2 BLK FROM BILGE HARNESS CONTROL STATION HARNESS = == == == == CONTROL STATION
BRDUND BUS REF SH 3 REF SH Z - NEGATIVE BUS > 2
100-8 RED/VIO 100-2 RED/VIO FAON BILGE HARNESS 12345679 — re
REF SH 3 AA ) B BLK (1
HORN RELAY FLUG 69 + 16 REYVIO4 |2
591-10 RED > - - 292929223289
> > > > > >
501-2 RED/VID FROM STEN CAEN HARNESS 5 2555837508 16 REDVIOL< [3
1 REF SHZ PEEEFRTOSR 16 BLUT< 14
| #5 32838838 = 5 rept << |B
; - | WIPER CONTROL
168 WHT+< (6 MODULE
592-14 BLk— 6 GRY-<(|7 REF H2
= 16 VID/RED+< |8
WIPER 2 5 18 v0-<|a
{<|10
+<lu
DELAY <
0 a + [12
I 4 en
WINDSHIELD VENT —
1 23 50BZ-16 WHT/BLU +> | À
WINOSHIELD WASHER ] 5963-16 YHT/RED +> | В
3 5054-6 RED 1-> |C вом THRUSTER HARNESS
FVD BILGE FUME Lo. 5065-16 RED/VIO +> |D REF DG 09-615
5066-6 BLK +>|E
AFT BILGE PVP Lo . Sr
AFT PUMP Lo 5
[] F9
Da Z36A-16 RED/VID +> |A SMAATCRAFT
ELECTRONICS 5 199-JB BLK+ | B CAN FOVER
2 3 > с НЕЕ 09-702
AUTOFL OT Lo 5 Slo
< 7 4 476 Sie
= RADAR de 218A-15 RED/VIO+> | F
B 1 E 3 >
—>|5
7Г < ТБ => |H
АУ BOW THRUSTER PE
1 E 3 +> J
> K
L ©
= WINDLASS MAIN | Fe
3 —
| 5855-16 WHT/BLU + | A
DLASS CONTRO- Pp
500-14 ORN/ELK AND N [L273 55616 YHT/RED > |B
LIGHTING | > COCKPIT LICHTS 657-66 RED+> [E
25" = Z 3 ABE-10 RED/VIO +> |D
7 E
NAY LIGHTS [£7 > OVERHEAD LIGHTS 7 3 >
5 L *7 204-14 RED/VIO +> | F BILGE HARNESS
= LGE H
NIBHT LIGHTS LS Je
POLE |, PLUDO7 CAP 67 3 Sle BREN
5 on CPDILIEHT 401U-6 BLK B H
2 3 4020-16 RED ] J
LUS
F< 14 RED/VID 2
TRN TABS |* 2 6 4000-16 WHT +> | K
A 14 RED ; RUNNNG LIGHTS а F424 ORN 15> |L
PORT WIPER É 4 — 10 REDVID 7 540-14 RED/VI0 + |W
— и РЕ NID > —— 576 239-14 BLU+S IN
STEO WIPER É 4 RED/VID 6 ANCHOR LIGHTS 3 240-4 BLK => | D
14 RED/VID 7 2 S
+ P
WINO5HELD VENT > >| a > DIVER [3 273 Elo
>| > 3 R-X UNUSED
HENO О FORT A = CONTROL STATON —
САР O68 PLUG OB we. ST el 3 q TEE 5-0 BED TS Lö
/CAT OPT
HELM SEAT К” — N — — E 1 810 RED 5204
м RED/VIO <a а ZIBA-16 полон ря
12V RECEFT. Me 14 RED/VIO+<|Z EMERGENCY START 3 He
| RED/VIO << |3 2 —
AA 3 L 236A-IB ED/VIO 056
STEREO ST 10 RED/VIO +< | 4 STBD INIT] SE E06 EVD DES
14 RED/VIO +<|5 MANS” — TT = am
AN ИСАТ ОРТ 5ТОР | 3 I 306-12 BRN 1076
ENGNE SYNC < 7 — 14 REO/VIO < 6 L 00 MC 2129-10 BRN/RED a
14 REDO 1 | 7 | <A > am Toa] | BILGE/CABIN HARNESSES
COCKAT | — BILGE BLOWERS 7 3 314-17 BAN 096 ВЕР ЕН 4
REFRD/ (4 >] lel <r 5-10 BRVRED Leo]
FREEZER | B Lo <& me —- Ë—— BRN/RED 910
RIMES WIRING 319-172 BAN +0 LLO
Pan [7
ACCESSON 4 — К OFT > a | 235-10 GRY Hore—
SLOW VESSEL 2 3 —
2325-10 ALK +0136
CONTROL STATION TERMNAL STUD CN = | Bi2-10 RED/VI0 Lema]
L STU 52-10 1 +
BREAKER PANEL 4. EL76 H Hi
EF DIG 09-506 ENGINE SINS y 7 15 50640 YEL REF SH 2
Los us La 9 € 9307-10 RED VIO 16 DECK HARNESS
HRN ES soso BLK Hor7 REF SH 2
[2 9 De
ACCESSORY — т |l | ==
CONTROL
| STATIN
Т NEGATIVE
(5 (er Я В >
Serr — {INVERTER — #8 BK [=
ou — == a [Г
Гунько W/ OPTIONAL == CONDOCE Ï "E =
SYNO-RONZER 16 EAN 577-14 GRN A
1780-14 BLU В г
bere snc — | с 5ТВО САВМ HARNESS
X REF HZ
| — — —dg D
E
F
CONTROL STATION
SWITCH PANEL
REF DG 09-907
NOTES: г 66
D INDICATOR LIBHTS NOT SHOWN. 260-4 BLU +5 |A
ZI ALL_NDICATOR LIGHT BHOUNDS TO BE TIED TOGETHER. A
3 PANEL GROUND TO BE RUN TO CONTROL STATION NEGATE BUS. 51-4 GRN {> |B
2865-18 RED >| E
ZEZ-5 ELK + |D
585-14 RED/VIO E
586M BLK > | F
— 89044 RED VO— dd Ja BUB4-M BLU >> |B
gear] 6085-44 ELK + |H
= BNO. 16 HT + J
CONTROL STATION HT =>
NEGATIVE BUS 1z voc BOR6-14 BLU => | K
TRIM TAB КРАЕ 6087-4 AT? | DECK HARNESS
SWITCH PANEL 59-14 REDVIO > |U | ВЕР ЗН 2
REF DYG 09-910 F 70 F 7e 599-4 BLK 1—> | N
R Г 298-68 RED +>| A B 8
45 6 N TO EXTINGUISHER nein Slr
A | 10 RED/VI0 5 DISPLAY/OVERRDE | 209-18 WHT B |
I T | 12 EL T |= 210-18 BLK C REF 5H 4 = ев = a ao dl
1 9 lb A 10 BLU U REF SH 4 TO SYSTEMS = RED/VID D SS g LA) SN Ё > TR
o o +
HI» GRN у MONITOR DISPLAY 33215 BLK E Sd ZEEE 4 Ва БВ 5
1 +
12 RED Y x << OO TOO Tx о хх © © === === SIT
Po x AAAAN AAAR CONTROL STATIDN >|
M NEBATIVE BUS
Y 589 ABCDEFGHJ M59 AB CDEF 6B H J =v
z 1>|"
. 5TBD ENGINE HARNESS PORT ENGNE HARNESS
D rawil n g N О 09 = 6 О 1 1 of 4 R EV | | N 1 О REF DWG US-BU4 é QO9-Elll FOR SMARTCRAFT FEF DYG 09-804 & de-BIl FOR SNARTECRAFT >| x
=
<
480 Motor Yacht 6.31
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DC WIRING SCHEMATIC
(Fıc. 6.32.1)
LIGHT
=
x
FWD OVERHEAD
6048-16 BLU
6049-16 BLK
STBD FWD
OVERHEAD LIGHT
STED AFT
OVERHEAD
LIGHT CENTER PORT FWD PORT AFT
OVERHEAD OVERHEAD OVERHEAD
- 6050-14 BLU
LIGHT LIGHT
6052-14 ALU Не
ps 8053-14 BLK
y 6054-14 BLU—— 6056-16 BLU—— 8056-18 BLU
CONTROL STATION r 605114 BLK
6055-14 BLK 6057-16 BLK 6059-16 BLK
RED NIGHT LIGHT
SWITCH PANEL r 6060-16 BLU
REF SH 2 - 6061-16 BLK
- 225-14 GRY
226-14 GRY/WHT
- 228-14 BLK
NOUO A Ш ГО п
8-12 UNUSED
¡LIGHT LIGHT
=
N
— X
DECK
HARNESS € |>T 5001-16 GAN -
w
nN
— — WYYYYF I2YYYYYYYF — —-— — +
=
~
Ww
DECK
+ 5001-16 CRN + ——Ä} m m —— 7
- 5000-16 RED +
> 5000-16 RED A
STERN LIGHT
227-14 GRY
229-14 BLK
STRD FWD
7 SPEAKER
(1 5003-16 GAN (+)
5003-16 GRN (-)
STBD AFT
SPEAKER
SPEAKER
5002-16 RED (+)
5002-18 RED С)
PORT AFT
SPEAKER
STED ENTRANCE
LIGHT
STBD
ENTRANCE
SWITCH
A
HARNESS 6062-14 BLU
606314 BLK
6068-16 WHT
6069-16 BLK
8076-14 BLU
6077-14 BLK
6074-16 WHT
00 —1 ©) СЛ ® со
= PT
6075-16 BLK
MIO"
A 577-14
B 578-14
C
D
E
Е
| REF
EN
MIN
LU
Ea
CONTROL STATICN
SWITCH PANEL
REF SH 2
SH |
L —
TO TS-5 1575-14 RED/VIO
576-14 BLK
5095-COAX
REF DNG 09-608
WINDLASS
FOR WIRING SCH.
SOLENOID
VA TO CONTROL STATION CONNECTIONS
WINDLA SS/HCRN
TERMINAL STUDS
150232 BLK FROM PORT CABIN HARNESS
591-2 RED FROM C.S. BREAKER PNL
HORN
|
PART OF STBD
STERN COCKPIT
LIGHT SWITCH
CABIN HARNESS
COMPRESSOR
23116 ORN/RED
252-16 RED/VIO
251-16 ORN/RED
252-16 RED/VIO
253-16 BLK
MODULE
255-16 ORN/GRN
1
2
3
4 253-14 BLK
5
6
7
257-16 BLK
7-12 UNUSED
<
O
- 2600-14 BLU
- 261-14 GRN
r 265-16 RED
|
2
3
4 255-16 ORN/ERN — |]
5 256-168 RED/ VIO |
6
7
8
256-16 RED/VIO
257-14 BLK
5 101
Lo e e e = —
AYINDSHELD
CONTROL STATION - 262-16 BLK
‚ WASHER
SOLENOD
- 585-14 RED/VIO
- 5896-14 EL K
SWITCH PANEL
M 75
REF GHZ
- 6084-14 BLU
- 6085-14 BLK
5-14 RED/VIO
586-14 BLK
| ce
| JO
6088-16 WHT
FELM
- 6086-14 BLU
- 6057-14 BLK
1
2
587-14 RED/VIO 1<|3
4
COCKFIT SEAT 588-14 BLK
LIGHTS
- 598 14-RED/ VIO
- 599 14-BLK
UVOZET FSLIOTMUOW> a
0-X UNUSED
1
>
Ww
BRIDGE
REFRIGERATOR
ENTRANCE
LIGHTS
16 BAN
UNUSED
MULT] - DROP
CONTROLLER
La
MULTI - DROP
CONTROLLER
-16 BRN
re UNUSED
DECK HARNESS
=
75 г —
1 483415
1 2 3
— 16 RED
|
6062-14 BLU
— 16 BLU
HARD TOP r 6063-14 BLK
— — 16 WHT
HARNESS - 6063-16 WHT
—- Ib BLK
r 6069-16 BLK
r 6076-14 BLU
+ 6077-14 BLK
- 6074-16 WHT
+ 6075-16 BLK
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
— AAA - LY Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y YY —
508-10 BLK
REF SHEET 2 506-10 YEL
F 74 | |< 5001146 GRN + —
|
T0 155|20710 REDVIO ———————]
|
COCKFI
LIGHT
16 RED
16 ELU
16 WHT
Son
165 BLK
SIEREO L 51-18 BLU/WHT
509-10 RED/VID
510-10 BLK
STEREO
AMPLIFIER
2 5001-16 GRN - —
HARD TOP 3 |<] 5000-18 RED +—
HARNESS 4 |] 5000-16 RED - —
Drawing No. 09-601 (2 of 4) REVISION 4
STED FWD
50-111 6089-14 BLU
6080-14 BLK
SPOTLIGHT
ODULE
| HELM SEAT SWITCH
REF DWG 09-922
SALON ENTRANCE
SWITCH
_ 6094-16 BLK—— —
6064-16 BLU
6065-16 BLK
6070-16 WHT
6071-16 BLK
STERN ENTRANCE
LIGHT
STERN
ENTRANCE
LH
SWITCH
HARDTOP HARNESS
FORT ENTRANCE
LIGHT
6066-16 BLU
6067-16 ВСК
6072-16 WHT
6073-16 BLK
y
PORT
ENTRANCE
SWITCH
STBD MID
COCKPIT
LIGHT
6076-16 BLU
6079-16 BLK
SPOTLIGHT
CABLE
1
_
PORT FWD
T COCKPIT
LIGHT
6091-14 BLU
6092-14 ВСК
CONTROL STATION
| SWITCH PANEL
| REF SHI
F 109
BILGE HARNESS 2
REF SHS
F
BILGE HARNESS
REF SH 5
10 RED/VIO PRI SRN II SW LINE
STBD AFT
COCKPIT
LIGHT
6080-16 BL
6081-16 BLK
PORT AFT
COCKPIT |
LIGHT
AUX SRN II
1d
0 ELK 2
PWR SUPPLY
M 14!
10 RED/VIO D/S, AUX SRN II SW LINE
1
2
3 10 RED/VIO AUTO PILOT LINE
4 10 RED/VIO D/S, AUX SRN II SW LOAD —
2 10 RED/VIO PRI SAN 1 SW LOAD
6 10 RED/VIO AUTO PILOT LOAD
7 - OO
q
9
16 BLU
16 GRN
14 RED/VIO
1
3
O) O1 +
- LAY MM --- =
112
1
2
3
4
1
— 10 BLK 2
PRI SRN II
PWR SUPPLY
10 RED/VIO AUTO PLOT——
10 BLK AUTO PILOT
12 RED/VIO RADAR
— 12 BLK RADAR
CONTROL STATION HARNESS
(PLANT TO PROVIDE)
AUTO PLOT
COURSE COMPUTER
RADAR/
SRN II RADAR
14 RED/VIO CHARTFLOTTER —
— 14 BLK CHARTPLOTTER
CHART
PLOTTER
14 RED/VIO VHT RADIO
— 14 BLK VH RADIO
ELECTRONICS
FUSE BLOCK
"ОН. Ш МР СВЕН INEM
rey ime
SRN [1 SATELLITE
REF 09-705
6.32
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
1
ll VHES SHALL NOT EXCEED 40 IN LENGTH.
21 VENDOR TO SUPPLY VITHPANEL.
| I G 6 3 3 1 SI LABEL АБ МОСАТЕП.
. . .
CABN MAN N LENGTH WINDLASS
VENOOA TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL.
LABEL AS INDICATED. TERMINAL STLD PORT BATTERY а Ср
SOLENOD
N wo (Серое уг RED 2 RED TO WNCLASS CDNTROL SDLENOID REF D6 096K FE
5 5 E]
104 8 FED/VD 104 2 RED/VIO— [0 BLEE HARNESS BLU (A
oo EN BILGE HARNESS
557-6 REO C REF HA
558-185 RED/VO —> |D
LABEL > E
PORT LOAD
FI
ACCESSORY
ELGE HARNESS
REF SH 4
NAN DC >
NEGATNE BUS
LABEL.
PORT LINE
STED BATTERY
EOLENOO 554-8
SHALL NOT EXCEEO 40” N LENGTH
4DIU-16
June 5-3] LNUSED
= NEGATIVE BUS
г SIM PLATFDRM !
16 WHT /BLU + A
CHARGER SALENDD © м BLU > A |
16 NHT/RED 5 SM PLATFORN
у [or RED +>|C HES |
CONTROL STATIDN - 16 RED/VI n FEF DWG 09-85
VENOOR TO SUPPLY WITH PANEL RED/VIO
LABEL AS INDICATED. 7 TERMNAL. STLD Sle
OD B RED/VD 160 2 FEN/YN — NDT OFFERED |
FOR REFERENCE ONLY
ELECTRONICS |
LABEL TERMINAL STUD
STEO LOAD
DDD DDD DDD DDD == A
© 2 REO/NIO —
EMERBENCY START
SILENDD
FA
BILGE HARNESS
REF 5H 4
LABEL
STEO LINE
BUS
FA
GAN/WHT A
vo 5
BILGE HARNESS
VO7ZIC ReF 54
D
ELK/GAY E
NAN DC
NEGATINE BUS — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
-AD2U-16 F7 A
DO © Eee R
(5N/—0D-16 RED/VIO 5 |
м 4004-16 14 va T
BLOWER
FORT MAIN CONTROLLER RED/VIO y ENGNE HARNESS |
BATTERY MAN DC 14 ya Y — REF DG DA-BD4
SOLENOD NEBATIVE BUS RED/YVIO v
OB RED/VO x |
LL 4 VEL. 14 ya Y
L 4 va |2
14 NEL PENA |
STBD MAN |
DATIERT
SOLENTD CNA FRING
WRINB FOR CUMMINS 6CTA B.3N/VALVO TAND 747/CUNMINS USM-LL
PISTAL. INCLUDED WSTH ENBINE HARNESS |
PLANT TO NSTALL
GENEHATDR REF 09-BD4 FDR ENBINE HARNESS
NAN - LLL LLL LL — 4
SOLENOD
SEN ——
ss 3 Ro )
MAN DC F7 |
NEGATIVE BUS MITEL ESRE Marx v R
FASQAE SATIH RED/VO S
MAIN DC BREAKER FANEL ELK/AEO T |
REF 09-850 RED/VO и
Z3e-# RED/VD ево | у FON HARNESS |
HLGE HARNESS BLK Y
BRN/YEL TO 90 REF SH 4 SEA-FRE ak JS |x
BRN/RED 100 | BALTIMORE Va |
va Y
va Z
ORN REM NERV |
BRN/URN +
BRN/YEL + |
BRN/RED Ho150 eRe VAL WEN ,
OPTIDNAL WRING FOR CAT 312BB/31BB
ЗеВ-6 РЕ0/УЮ y PITAL NCLUDED WITH ENENE HARNESS |
YEL y PLANT TO INSTALL
REF 09-5D4 FOR ENSNE HARNESS 1
BRN/RED + TT TTD TT TT TZ TZ -—-“- + — —
4/0 REO
STED
ENGINE
2 BLK —
FDRT BATTERY GENERATER
/0 BLK:
4/0 aK NAIN DC NEGATE BUSS
aaagga a
| TA 0.490000 у |
| 4/0
4 0
7DO-8 GAN TO AC MDF
7D5- GAN TO FD BONDING BUS
=
Drawing No. 09-601 (3 of 4) REVISION 5
=
<
480 Motor Yacht
6.33
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
a NN
FI G. 6 . 3 . 1 )
4 REF SH 2 REF SH 2 FEF SH 2
FEC SH Ma er) M7 er an ит REF 5H1 We 123456 "234 INST PANEL
ABCDEFGHJKL 0 P D_ RX UNUSED AB CDE RS TU 185 изо ВЕР 048 99-62
ola o 9 o Y Y Y YY Y] Yy Y Y] ABEDE
7 16 5 Ll ao
a se
1? Melee 3 28
uu N ul N 5 5
ss > à 5 BE
55 SS o © 3
к a й
2 | P 29
o
NAIN DIET,
PANEL
REF DG 09-BA
Me Wine
A REF DV6 09-612
8 m
Ч
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL ¢ y
REF SH 3 D N STED NAY FORT NAY
E LIGHT LIGHT
NI М га
1 L
z z
3 3
4 4
5 5
© 5
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL 7 7 DC DISTAIBUTIDN PANEL
REF SH 3 a в FEF DIG 0602
q 401-6 ELK B
10 10
1 400-6 WHT Ц
y 12
a El
M 14
5 5
16 15
17 7
e в
14-31 UNJSED в
N 4
A
S
MAIN DC BREAKER FANEL 7
FER 3 N U RED/VIO
у RED/VIO — DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL
W rEn/vin | REF DV6 09-60Z
x
Y
DISCHARGE PUMP -
Ne с ELK
A =
a]
MAIN DC BREAKER FANEL M2
с SEACOC SY
REF SH 3 о SHOWN W/SÉACCCK -B WHT L
Е IN CLDSED POSITION >
С ;
2 MASTER HEAD BLK/YEL 4
Y ACUUN 5
T=1 GENERATOR 5
e 7 DC DISTRIEUTIDN PANEL
g FEF DAG ©9-602
VACUUN 5
VACUUN
PUR SWITCH D
Ц
12
GROUND BUS 622-14 13
236-100 FED'VIO
MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL BLKAEL + 14
REF 543 15
TZ DD -. -- —- 15
GUEST HEAD 526-6 WT 1<| 17
ACUI 1
TOR 520-8 YEL в
А — — — — — A 53015 в
CL CHANGE | 20
ANP = a
VACULN pe 535-16 YEL < | 22
РОИР 23
EMERGENCY BILGE 53715 24 25-31 UNUSED
PUMP
LE AFT BILBE
PUNP M23
1 4 3 z
2 газ
3 22-10 BLK
ENGINE HARNESS 4
REF DWG 98-504
a FULL FRESH
7 REF DO 09-502 {© NER
a
g ENPTY
o HOLDING TANK
1
26
7 M
950-16 RELMHT 1
SEO BLK/OAY +<| 2 GENERATDR HARNESS
M5 сеанв вокийнт 4<| 3 FEF ONG 09-620
1 52-16 MHT RED | 4
z
3
4 RUDDER ANGLE
= INDKATUR N 28
5 21-18 GAN L
7 PNK/BLK z
a PNK 3 BORG/WARNEA INTERFACE HARNESS
q BLK 4 REF DV6 09-62
10 RED/YIO 5
1 RED/YIO B
7
13
4
5
зв
7
a
19
SYSTEMS NONITOR
REF DVG 09-506 U
г
22
2d
24
25
26
27
28
a 28-18 RED/VIO GRAN:
3 33-18 REDANO GAN
a = =
= MAN DE
NEGATIVE BUS
33
34
35
36
37
39
39
40 329-16 BLK 1
NOTE:
ALL GROUNDS 60 TO MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS
UNLESS SPECIFIED OTHERWISE.
=
Drawing No. 09-601 (4 of 4) REVISION 3
=
e J
6.34
480 Motor Yacht
aN fr
Oo
© о
< =
g ||
- —
= || 3
©
= Z
O
3
CABIN MAN
O TERMINAL STUD
O
N FROM BILGE
— 104-8 RED/VIO 194-2 RED/VIO HARNESS
EN REF DWG 05-691
WATER LEVEL WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL
o VOL TNETER AMVETER - ; 847
р № с H FULL FULL
N (+) 3/4 2 1/7
иг 3 EMPTY = 5
> 14 POWER
о 16 BLK EWP 400L-16 NHT +>
401L-16 BLK +>| zZ
On 402L-16 RED +>| 3
— 5 526-16 BLK/YEL >| 4
O CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS 524-14 DN +>| 5
zZ 505-16 RED +>| 6
00 589-168 BRN +> | 7
IO RED 520-14 RED/NIO +> | 8 BLGE HARNESS
BILGE =H7- |
7 588-16 WHT +>| 10
580-16 RED 4+>| 1
a 5084-16 BRN +>| 12
i- 5220-14 RED/NIO +> | 13
5862-16 BLK/ YEL +> | 14
583-16 NHT +>| 15
527-16 BRN +> | 16
528-16 NHT +>| 17
529-16 YEL +>| 18
530-16 BLK +>| 19
533-16 DORN +—| 20
534-16 BRN >>| 21
535-16 YEL +—>| 22
536-16 BLU ->| 23
537-16 BLK +> 4
BATTERY |= 25-31 UNUSED
VOL TAGE TEST aan GENERATOR a, 7 o 7
ET REMOTE IGNITION ` 27 ON - 7
STED FORT SYSTEM й 5 956-16 BLK 2 |
(OPTICNAL AS Fe (À 9590-18 YEL/RED >| 2
START/STOP — 3 | 5 | 954-16 BLK/GAY >| 3
ALL JUMPERS | 95116 WHT/RED 12) 4 GENÉRATOR
|
14 ANG | 956-16 ОЧМ >| S- HARNESS
957-16 RED/WHT 1=>| 6 REF 09-620
O5-18 VHT/RED >| 7
UNUSED +>| 8
LIORED UNUSED >| 9
— a RED —
IS|R F37
GUEST HEAD ID 5902-10 RED/NIO +> | 5
A 410-14 YEL +>| T
MASTER HEAD ID 50310 BLK +>| U PORT CABIN
{>| v HARNESS
DISCHARGE PUMP 1D 520-12 BLU +5] W REF SHEET 2
14 YEL
62112 BLK +>| X
FONER VENTS >< 42-4 вк |>| у
14 YEL {>| 7
STEREO 25 Ed
REFRIGERATOR/ | m 0 FR
FREEZER 580-16 RED 4+>| |
PV RECEPTACLE H15° 581-6 BLK => 2
+= 3 ABN
- 1 PORT CABI
FWD LIGHTING 20> 583-16 NHT >| 4 LARNESS
54-16 EN +>| 5 REF SHEET 2
AFT LIGHTING 20> 575-168 RED/VIO >| 6
576-16 BLK >| 7
BILGE /COCKFIT LAN . |
LIGHTING 20 530-6 RED/NIO +—>| 8
y 59116 BLK +>| 9
FRESH WATER |/57x_ ] |
PUVP 20 592-16 RED/VIO +>| 10
— 593-16 BLK +—>| ll
TV E - |
SYSTEM 5 5010-14 RED/VIO +>| 12
pay Spl-4 BLK +> | 13
ACCESSORY — XX * 562 16 RED/VIO +>| 14
и SB3-14 BLK =| 15 16-3) UNUSED
ACCESSORY XX + 4 | lll LLL >
10 RED CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS B] р F 40
679-10 BLU +>| S
| | 63712 RED/VIO +>| T
DM AM AR 6010 BLK >| U creo caBN
© 63812 BLK >| V HARNESS
© © 41514 YEL +>| w REF SHEET 2
> 416-14 BLK >| X
51, IR 37 © 6DZ0-12 BLU +>| Y
[ELIA 2 NSTER SF.AN | © © 6021-12 BLK +> Z
WEY so | | | | | SDIZ-I0 RED/NIO FROM
eme ween | 1) E OB 4 5013-10 BLK | GALLEY
| | HARNESS
\/ REF SH zZ
= = = = =
SEE DETAIL А aa
CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS F 4]
— 5311) BRN/WHT DD] |
FORT IGNITION > ES-N-10 RED VIO 5860-16 BLK +>| 2
-— 2165-10 RED/VIO FROM
BILGE HARNESS =| 3 STRD CABIN
218_N-10 RED/VIO |REF DWG 09-60 - -
STED IGNITION y =8816 WHT >| 4 HARNESS
18 RED — EBID RED/VIO 589-16 EN >| 5 REF SHEET2
TT ns 10 10 0 594-16 RED/NIO +>| 6
DETAL A FUSEBLOCK LABELS | 505-6 BLK >| 7
| [B00 — — —= | 596-168 RED/VIO +>| B
OU 5957-16 BLK +>| 9
#—— 1300 MAIN BATTERY SOLENOIDS = = AV \D-a1 UNUSED
| 178 | CABIN DC NEGATIVE BUS
=> 43D |
| | FORT —FZD
L SALON 2 MASTER ST AN 7.4 5,6 54516 WHT/BLU +> | 1
| 3 GLEST ST: RM 4 GEN OUTRS: | E q 544-16 WHT/RED > 2
S AFT STATE RM, E GLEST ST. RM 1/8 E L € | 545-16 RED > 3
PORT
| 7AESTSTAL AMO STA 7 1.200 | + 546-6 RED/NIO +>| 4
| 00 MENTORS | AVE | STBD 547-6 WHT/BLU += 5
OTVANPBAIP ONPLIBSAP 74 El -6 54316 WHT/RED +>| 6
3 549-16 RED +>| 7
| | | 3
3.000 e 12| BILGE HARNESS
| J40 | 550-16 REDO >| 9 ger owe 09-601
=— 250 a = 625 | SEN So
S61-16 WHT/BLU >| |
| 2 4 6 6 10 422 | 7 alps | 15| г
Ш ; 203 16 BLK 3
| | 3 5 7 q — * Po gf 2 SS5=16 WHT/RED +>| 13
L >| 14
| CABIN OC 553-16 RED 4+> | 15
MATERIAL: 010 FOLY CARBONATE NEGATIVE BUS —> | 16
TEXT: J25” WHITE REVERSE SILKSCREEN 554-16 RED/VIO +>| 17
BACKGROUND: BLACK | 1S| %e
pp LL LL LL LLL LL 11 DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL El»
REF DWG 09-965 T
©
co
O1
e
(1°S£'9 DI)
ILLVNAHHOS ONISIIAN IC NIEV)
WALSAS TVORILOATH e 9 NOLLIAS
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
fr N
CABIN DC WIRING SCHEMATIC
(Fic. 6.36.1) = — EEE
[S | GALLEY VENT GALLEY HARNESS |
RS STEREO CAP 47 PLUS 47 SYITCH REF DWG 09-829
S [> 502-10 RED/VIO | 501-16 WHT/BLU 410-14 YEL Ge | GALLEY & HEAD FAD STAM. _
T |>+ 410-14 YEL | : 504-10 RED/VIO 41-14 YEL <|> = | VENT
PORT CABN U [>+ 503-10 BLK i 505-10 BLK 4139-14 YEL <a | A FWD STRM. TASK
HARNESS v > LIGHT SWITCH
REF SHEET | LL
W [>t 820-12 BLU — 6824-16 BLU 625-16 BLU FWD STRM
X > 62-12 BLK = = = = = = = == = == = = = = = = = = = = = = = = 81-16 BLK 626-16 BLK VALANCE LIGHTING
у [>t 412-14 BLK GUEST HEAD GUEST HEAD HARNESS 14 BLUE
> CAP 45 PLUG 45 LIGHT SWITCH REF DIG 09-823 | JUMPER
| || «+ 620-42 BLU 7 |
M 3 622-14 BLU 1<| >| < 622-14 BLU | L— 612-14 BLU Bl4-14 BLU 616-16 BLU 618-16 BLU
— 3|<| 4144 YEL— 26 = 4 613-14 BLK 615-14 BLK B17-16 BLK 619-16 BLK
1 |>1 580-16 RED | 4|<+ 584-18 GRN 1 |
2 [>- 5816 BLK | 5|<+ 583-18 WHT > DO NOT, FLUSH ~~ OK TQ FLUSH | GUEST |
3 > | À X HEAD
5|<+ 58046 RED 3 INDICATOR VENT |
PORT CABIN 5 a yl ul 7 S] 58116 BLK 4 SWITCH
HARNESS Г T DAN = Г 413-14 YEL
TO SATELLITE
REF SHEET | 5 |» 575-16 ВЕО/МО 7 ANTENNA PROVIDED 41-14 YEL +<| g| << 411-14 YEL |
7 |> 576-16 BLK SATELLITE TV y/ SYSTEM | g € 62112 BLK 629-16 BLK —z~ 631-16 BLK 8316 BLK 303516 ВК ye |
8 |>- 590-16 RED/VIO SYSTEM SALON — 623-14 BLK 4<|; || €} 623414 BLK 628-16 BLU “* 630-16 ELU-—*-632-16 BLU #-634-16 ALU
9 [> 591-16 BLK | со VONITOR hast READ LIGHTS | 57.14 BLU |
10 |[>} 502-16 RED/VIO FWD STRM ео с с с с с ос с с — — с — — — — — — —
и |>+ 593-18 BLK CO MONITOR
12 | > 5010-14 RED/VIO MULTI - DROP
13 >- 5011-14 BLK CONTROLLER
| —16 BRN
14 |>-+ 562-16 RED/VIO TV ANTENNA [я UNUSED SALON OVERHEAD
16-31 UNUSED 15 |> 56346 BLK AVPLT ER 6 RED SALON ENTRANCE FWD SALON LIGHTING
> | SWITCH SWITCH
M40 — 16 BK—— 63916 BLK——
< - —] i ,
RO 640-16 WHT————— "|
S |>+ 679-10 BLU — 16 WHT
т |>+ 637-12 RED/VIO —— 16 BLU 645-14 BLU
L sa0- 646-14 BLK
STED CABIN | 07 68040 ELK | GALLEY 12 VOLT
HARNESS У >t 63812 BLK | 5010-14 RED/VIO 4 RECEPTACLE
REF SEETÍO y >E 40544 ЧЕ) 5011-14 BLK 5 GALLEY HARNESS REF DWG OS-B829
X [>t 416-14 BLK MULTI - DROP UNUSED 5 UNUSED р о —a
У |>+ 6020-12 BLU CONTROLLER | ~ man 15-3 | BILGE HARNESS |
UNIEED REF DWG 09-B00
Z |>- 6021-12 ELK 12 GA JUMPERS Da | |
— oo SALON ENTRANCE FWD SALON STEF LIGHTS
M 41 = 16 RED =O | Sema | SWITCH SWITCH | |
< — 16 ELK 2 OA Se BLA - | |
1 |>+ 585-168 RED |
65216 WHT 7
2 |>1 586-16 BLK — 16 WHT | |
3 > —— e BLU *- 657-14 BLU 659-1686 BLU— 6681-16 BLU
STBD CABIN | |
HARNESS 4 [>f 5668-16 WHT - 658-14 BLK—s- 880-16 BLK—- 662-16 BLK |
REF SHEET | 589-168 GRN TT
6 |>! 594-16 RED/VIO GUEST STRM LIGHTS
7 [> 505-18 BLK CO MONITOR | COMPANION WAY
L 596- DO NOT, FLUSH OK TQ FLUSH | MASTER FWD SALON
в 229616 FED "Co MONTOS и # Se HEAD SWITCH SWITCH” — 6768-16 BLU—H 678-16 BLU
10-31 UNUSED 4 e 665-16 BLU 666-16 BLU 16 GA JUMPERS
PTT RORi CABIN HARNESS 7 667-14 BLK 669-16 BLK Nu STBD STATEROOM
| MASTER STATEROOM | REF DWG 09-820 | TASK LIGHTS
GALLEY HARNESS - 5012-10 RED/VIO 1 REFRIGERATOR/ FWD HANGING LOCKER | STAD STATEROOM
REF SHI - 5013-10 BLK — FREEZER | LIGHT SWITCHES
MASTER STATEROOM |
| AFT HANGING LOCKER 670-12 BLU — 672-16 BLU 674-16 BLU
| LIGHT | 671-12 BLK 673-168 BLK— 675-18 BLK
— 11 STBD STATEROOM
690-16 BLU | | 16 GA TEN OVERHEAD LIGHTS
— 694-12 BLU
69116 BLK | 60216 AU | MASTER STATEROOM Da
5905-12 BLK L _ — —6816BK——_ y STEPLIGHTS + 682-416 BLU 684-16 BLU
6022-10 BLU —— MASTER STATEROOM MASTER STATEROOM 633-168 BLA 685-16 BLK
6034-12 BLU — ENTRANCE SWITCHES TASK LIGHTS
E 696-168 BLU | 698-16 BLU NC eid
ACCESSORY ROOM
| BILGE HARNESS | 697-16 BLK + 659-16 BLK 1 ase BLU—"
REF DWG 09-800 o
| | To MAIN DE DD *+—— 6587-16 BLK
| | GROUND BUS = < — 6002-14 BLU *— 6004-16 BLU
| 8035-12 BLK | = 1Q FWD 6003-14 BLK 6005-16 BLK V-BERTH
6035-12 BL SWITCH GRD MASTER SHOWER HANGING LOCKER
| | 688-16 BLU—
BILGE BILGE LIGHT
| COUT #4 CENT #2 | | MASTER VANITY MASTER HEAD 689-16 BLK
FWD, SALON SHITCHES MASTER VANITY MASTER VANITY
| | LIGHT #1 LIGHT #2
_ 6006-14 BLU——/— BOOB-I6 BLU
| 6029-16 BLU 6027-14 BLU | 5007-14 El K 2000-16 В К
| y 6030-16 BLK |
TO MAIN DC | БОБ . _
| NEGATIVE BUS —— 603314 BLK BILGE | q 6016-16 BLU | 6018-16 BLU MASTER HEAD MASTER HEAD MASTER HEAD
BILGE LIGHT #1 6017-16 BLK 6019-16 BLK SWITCHES
| LIGHT #2 | SALON ENTRY
| | SWITCH a: 418-14 YEL
| 6025-16 BLU 6023-12 BLU | B010D-4 BLU — 7 60216 BLU 6014-16 BLU
o 602616 BLK— 6024-14 ак —— | 601-14 BLK 6013-16 BLK 6015-16 BLK
« J
6.36
480 Motor Yacht
MAIN NEGATIVES, GROUNDINGS AND BONDING SCHEMATIC
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Drawing No. 09-603
480 Motor Yacht
(FiG.6.37.1)
PANEL AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS
FACE € GAN AT MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 5 GRN
PANEL DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL S GRN 2 ВК ELECTRONICS GROUND
rs ——8 CRN CAEN DE NEGATIVE BS > ex В GRN CONTROL STATION STATIC GROUND
> BLK CONTROL STATION GROUND BUS
MAIN DC
NEGATIVE BUS 4 GEN GENERATOR
| 2 BLK
PORT © || | STARTER
BATTERY | oa,
@
STBD
BATTERY 4 GAN
© 4/0 BLK 4/0 BLK
— 4/0 BLK— 4/0 GRN- -—— 4/0 GEN
4/0 BLK
PORT STRD
ENGINE ENGINE
[|
FWD BONDING
Ч | BUS >= N
STARTER д STARTER
GRN
MID BONDING
BUS
[|
4
GRN
E 4 GRN STBD BOW RAIL
PORT BOW RAIL 4 GRN 4 GRN MAST LIGHT
6.37
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR SCHEMATIC
(Fra. 6.38.1)
M 54
—
- 91-14 VIO
- 920-114 BLK
Г 914-14 YEL
- 919-14 BRN
®
UI ES OU N
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y |
STBED
ENGINE HARNESS 6
REF DWG 09-604 >
3
- 918-14 YEL/RED 7
- 917-14 YEL/RED
SPLICE POINT B
M 33
- 922-14 GRN/WHT 7 > A
- 92-14 BLU/WHT STBD THROTTLE
B POSITION SENSOR
С
, SA-14 VIO Ne STBD NEUTRAL
SPLICE POINT 9218-14 Vi SAFETY SWITCH
STBD REVERSE STBD FWD
SHIFT SWITCH SHIFT SWITCH
SPLICE POINT B
M 55 N
A
| PORT THROTTLE
| 5 POSITION SENSOR
C
M 34
№7
—
- 96-14 VIO
- 15-14 BLK
- 910-14 YEL
- 91-14 BEN e
UI ES W MN
Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
Г ЭВА МО PORT NEUTRAL
- 913-14 YEL/RED SAFETY SWITCH
916B-14 VIO
- 9-14 YEL/RED
PORT
ENGINE HARNESS 6
REF DWG 09-804 7
3
PORT REVERSE PORT FWD
SHIFT SWITCH SHIFT SWITCH
- 924-14 GRN/WHT
- 9725-14 BLU/WHT NOTES:
1 REF DWG 09-809 FOR ENGINE HARNESSES,
2) REF DWG 09-815 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION.
Drawing No. 09-605
6.38 480 Motor Yacht
A
Oo
©
=
O
—
O
=
>
O
=
—
60€ 9
009-60 "ON Bumesg
TANYA JO LVYOIONT SO LINON SING LSAS
> >
—
==
= =
a
e
>
OT
=
+ MN
omo <
© тп > e
| ==
О = ©
oT <
— WE
E
=
= | 2°
O | >
2 En
E
- О
AJ
(О)
0)
О
py
O
O)
С
O
O
>
>
HO
OU
i
=D
<
<
O
NW
/ ею DU) D+ +> 100 NI>TUNTNNNTI> > MUITO |
UD MA MNO 44 =0O0-400 1= 1E<OOO0F
OO ZU ZNND-4I0 UI IDU I-II
CC CU NOHO OJ, 999991 DA
ZZ De ONN 000) СООО)
55 25 = RANCH THCCNOO=0M MFR m—=00T
<< жеж O>=2mF
== SOM ООН! ОПРОС O
20 MT >
O Do Soo Tg > С) ZA
Y Ol | 1 | | ое ОО NE
ГОГ — m||= (ОЖ | пе И =>-CCZZO=< (120
= OJ Z AI DOT | OSOS | OT
< — Da | MZZ-| Za ¡VU <= | Z=
< [TX Z TT = ZOO | Om T= OIT]
= 20) Go| | Ol oon Vl oot | VU TOU (ho
> IT (7) С) ‚U U)—— —() U << =
VS О) | © TO O To=—| | OF
Z| O =| |Z +0 <= | |
< < © О
О © —
22 -
Г
NT
NY IV |
NWI LOLI LOCO LONI NINN NIN NINN) — rs ms ee —( ОЛ) ©
OOO~OUTA LIN O OOSO OI SNIN- O OMS ISO
AAA
(С) 0)
" С)
y и
= O)
д)
= fm]
О
> <
<
O
>
© 7
Фр
Oz
С)
(16£'9 91)
ILIVNHHOS OLINOJN SNALSAS
WALSAS TVORILOATH e 9 NOLLIAS
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
STOVE 240VAC
STOVE Top SWITCH SCHEMATIC
(Fic. 6.40.1) STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH
NOTES:
) RELAYS SHOWN IN DEENERGIZED POSITIONSWITCH SHOWN WITH
STOVE COVER IN PLACE. с &
2) JUMPER TO BE INSTALLED BY PERSON WIRING THE RELAY.
o |
| |
| |
| A AN |
STOVE BREAKER —® S12 BLK 7 Ya | le BLK
REF DWG 09-631 © — |
—— $—— 12 RED —e 9 12 RED
— A |
SEE NOTE 2 —— | | в” 0 ) 1
| |
| © ) |
| À |
NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS 12 GRN
240VAC/60HZ
STOVE TOP REMOTE MICRO SWITCH
€ <
o |
| |
STOVE BREAKER ZN | —
REF ОМС 09-633 — — Ф Ф— 12 LT, BLU | sa PD я | 12 BLK
| |
| |
NEUTRAL BUS 12 Te 7 > | 12 WHT
| С |
— )
| В |
GROUNDING BUS 12 GRN
220VAC/50H7
Drawing No. 09-607 REVISIÓN 2
STOVE 220VAC
6.40
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
(FiG.6.41.1)
CABLEMASTER REMOTE SCHEMATIC
BILGE HARNESS
DEUTSCH DTPO4-2P
REF DWG 09-501
Drawing No. 09-608 REVISIÓN 1
WITH NEW RELAY ASSEMBLY
A 12VDC REMOTE CONTROL 1S
SUITABLE FOR ALL VOLTAGES.
2) CIRCUIT BREAKER SPECS:
POWER
/ © o \ SWITCH
a CABLEMASTER RELAY ASSSEMBLY N
#04034- (12,24 VOLT DC)
12/24/32v POWER
DC INPUT SWITCH
550-10 RED/VIO C ) | > RED
O || го. + | IO ` REMOTE-RED >
560-10 BLK O | W | E TE
= \ HT ] 7 _
| le. oo —) REMOTE YELLOW —m—m
BLK a ) REMOTE-GREEN
> > \
(REMOTE - BLACK N 410
MOTOR | LMT | )
. | OUTPUT SWITCH 5 (>
ORANGE 10) |foranee | oy BO E Te
С LIMIT € ?
BLACK e BLACK SWITCH 7 O
C >
12 Or” 24vac OUT-LIMIT
MOTOR SWITCH
O LENIN MA FROST ve. 7
\ © о /
PLANT TO PROVIDE //, Syn /
/, m
_ / | ` 7
PURPLE О RA
—
UNUSED TAN A 4 (-) AUXILIARY
(O) FORT
- AN (+)
= | ==
a
|
COCO
TWO CABLEMASTER
CM7-12VDC 20 AMP BREAKER 8-10 RUNNING AMPS OPERATION В
CM7-24VDC 15 AMP BREAKER 5-6 RUNNING AMPS «u
—N 0
CHANNEL *l
REMOTE KEY PAD
OUT
a
ICHANNEL 43
CHANNEL #2
CHANNEL #4,
480 Motor Yacht
6.41
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
a AM
WINDLASS SCHEMATIC
(Fıc. 6.42.1)
| MAIN DC BREAKER PANEL |
| WINDL ASS REF DWG 09-601 5 AMP |
| FUSE FUSES |
CONTROL STATION REF DWG 09-60] ——~—— 2 RED
SWITCH PANEL o 150
|
O TT TZ TZ TZ TZ TZ т |
"M6 BILGE HARNESS O |
WINDLASS REF DWG 09-601 a WINDLASS
| LATCHING |
MAIN | 555-16 WHT /BLU | | SOLENOD |,
| 2 | > 556-16 WHT/RED a
WINDLASS 3 | > 557-16 RED a |
CONTROL 4 558-16 RED/VIO a. |
| |
| a |
MB! ‘re |
|
|
| A|<} 555-16 WHT/BLU |
B|< 556-168 WHT/RED |
Cl<t 557-16 RED |
| DIE 558-16 RED/VIO |
| ОЕ |
|
e В ———— 5020-22 ВЕ 03
| STBD CABIN HARNESS | > BLK TL
А В 714 CAN REF DWG 09-601 | +
- | WINDLASS MAIN DC
er ОВО MOTOR NEGATIVE BUS
- 19 MIS 750-4 GRAN ASE
+.
| | MAIN DC
| NEGATIVE BUS
| |p WINDLASS SON
| =
| |
| |
| |
| |
|
|
| | 5021 5022
| | OS RED 6 RED 6 RED
|
|
| | 5026-6 RED
| | ——— 5024-6 RED
| |
| | 5028
| | a 14 BLK
|
Le = = = = = = = — — — — - B
| :
| Cp & )
CONTROL BOX
Drawing No. 09-610
\_ J
6.42 480 Motor Yacht
SMARTCRAFT ENGINE HARNESS SCHEMATIC
(Fıc. 6.43.1)
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Drawing No. 09-611 REVISIÓN 1
TWISTED PAIR —
WHT/BLU (+) BJA | DATA
BLU/WAT 6 ES
PORT
14 RED/VIO 3 POWER SMARTCRAFT DCM
14 BLK <> REF DWG 09-702
UNUSED —>ÍA
NOTES: 16 PNK/RED ->1B | TANKAGE
I) MARK PORT WITH RED TAPE AND STBD WITH GREEN TAPE UNUSED IC
6" BACK FROM CONNECTOR. —
2) ALL EMPTY CONNECTOR SPACES TO BE PLUGED.
3) REF DWG 09-806 FOR HARNESS CONSTRUCTION.
SPLICE B V7 F7
KR +
10 RED/VIO <<IS
SPLICE A SPLICE C PORT EXTENSION HARNESS 14 VIO ==<|T
REF CUMMINS ENGINE MANUAL 10 RED/VIO +<U MAIN DC
F 59 14 VIO —<V BREAKER PANEL
SC “ 14 RED/VIO A<IW REF DWG 09-601
Al<- 14 VIO 14 RED/VIO L<ll 14 RED/VIO A<IX
Bl<- > ——— 4 RED/VIO -<2 CPLICE K 14 VIO +<Y
PORT C|<+ 14 YEL/RED —<3 I > 14 VIO 7
DI<E SPLICE D 14 VIO +<|4 > —
E<a- 14 YEL/RED — — 14 BLK <b SPLICE > > WHT/BL (+) ==|A CUMMINS FORT ENGINE
= У j4 BLK ZB DS << BLU/WHT (-) +>/B DATA CONNECTOR
CST 14 BLK =<] 7 SHIELD IC REF CUMMINS MANUAL
НЕ 14 МПО -<В =
CONTROL STATION Ле 14 RED/VIQ —<19 1Z RED/VIQ —>|A CUMMINS PORT ENGINE
REF DWG 09-601 < lz BLK > |C
F 58 21 > BLK 12/5 REF CUMMINS MANUAL
<i
AC 14 VIO — 6 LT. BLU EJ PORT TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP SENDER
ТА Че 16 BLU PORT ENGINE EXHAUST TEMP SENDER
El<- 14 YEL/RED
Fiel 16 BRNZWHT ENGINE SHIFT
e 16 BLU/WHT cor END
JS
< 18 GRN El
2 FS
3/7 BILGE HARNESS
16 REF DWO 09-601
SPLICE F 16 GRN RÉ =
— Ug)
SPLICE I 12 ©
4510
SPLICE 6 вт, во |
——— 16 LT. BLU |?
SPLICE E SPLICE H TWISTED PAIR —
STBD EXTENSION HARNESS WHEE 1] A | DATA
REF CUMMINS ENGINE MANUAL Bic
14 RED/VIO +<ll MAP
— POWER SMARTCRAFT DCM
14 RED/VIO Adı 14 BLK <2 `
/ 4 4 REDNID +2 REF DWG 09-702
| 14 YEL/RED —<3 UNUSED -BlA
и ак e 16 PNK/GEN ->18B | TANKAGE
14 BLK +6 UNUSED —IC
14 BLK +17 —
SPLICE M a
4 rel IR TSE WAT/BL (+) -S1A CUMMINS STBD ENGINE
16 BLU —<l0 CN BLUANT (-) +>|B DATA CONNECTOR
a Jen SPLICE L SHIELD —>IC REF CUMMINS MANUAL
PORT NEUTRAL | Kl _
SAFETY SWITCH 2 > 12 RED/VIO —+>|A CUMMINS STRBD ENGINE
Le RED/ VIO 1218 power CONNECTOR
2 BLK 4>(C
PORT REVERSE a 3 1? BLK —>p REF CUMMING MANUAL
SHIFT SWITCH 4 —
L 18 LT. BLU —>|1 STBD TRANSMISSION OIL TEMP SENDER
FORT FWD a я STBD ENGINE EXHAUST TEMP SENDER
SHIFT SWITCH
18 BRN/WHT ENGINE SHIFT
SOLENOID
STBD NEUTRAL 7 |
SAFETY SWITCH 8 4 10 14/10/14 14
PORT FUEL STBD FUEL BLKBLKBLKBLKBLKBLK
STBD REVERSE a g TANK SENDER TANK SENDER
SHIFT SWITCH 10 | | | | | |
MAIN DC
S TED FWD a I NEGATIVE BUS
SHIFT SWITCH 12
480 Motor Yacht
6.43
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
TV & STEREO ANTENNA SCHEMATIC
(Fig. 6.44.1)
SHORE BOAT a
INLET TV ANTENNA |
| DSS SATELLITE SYSTEM |
VA OPTION
| |
SHORE COAX | |
GROUND BARREL | |
ISOLATOR 508] CONNECTOR | EYEE |
AT CT
BRIDGE | a >, |
ANTENNA у | VENDOR — и et |
GAIN _ | SUPPLIED DAT |
A В PANEL 00
OUT = 15 REF DWG 09-602 | |
| |
5080 =! 12VDC POWER FEED | WITH OPTIONAL |
| | BOSE STEREO
ONLY
| |
3090 |
5082 — a
; N OUT IN SALON
PL TER SPLITTER | NT | POWERED STEREO
OUT OUT OUT OUT OUT ANTENNAS
| | — > {1 2 >
5091 |
| |
5092 ——— ——— AUDIO RCAl——— |
5091 | |
S083 | VIDEO IRCA) AUDIO | 5096 5097
RCA |
5085 S080 |
| |
| |
| |
| |
| |
MASTER SALON WD COCKPIT | DIGITAL NSS | SALON BRIDGE
STATEROOM Ty STATEROOM say AUDIO SECE VER | STEREO STESEO
TV TV | MODULATOR |
| |
| |
| |
| |
NOTE: j$çñç‘ñ@ÀÀñññŸçŸççj-ŸŸ_Ÿîçîççççç
1) SCHEMATIC SHOWN WITH OPTIONAL CABLING.
2) DSS ANTENNA COAX CABLE IS A KNOW [IMPEDANCE
CABLE AT CURRENT LENGTH, DO NOT CUT CABLE.
Drawing No. 09-613 REVISIÓN 2
6.44 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Bow THRUSTER SCHEMATIC
(Fi. 6.45.1)
y 4/0 GRAN FROM MOTOR NEG. TO CASE GROUND
— 4/0 BLK +
NOD VENDOR SUPPLIED
BOW THRUSTER VOR |
BATTERIES > | |
BOW | 14 BLU | BOW
Ш: a 4/0 RED THRUSTER | >
(+ MOTOR | 14 RED > — THRUSTER
350 14 BLK 3 > CONTROL
4 MT 21S JOYSTICK
p 4/0 RED 230 7.5 7.5
à, 97 4/0 RED > O
NOTE 3
NOTE |
NOTE 2
5061 5060
10 BLK 10 RED
PLANT TO
INSTALL RES Ro nn -
JUMPERS N | BOW THRUSTER HARNESS o CONTROL STATION |
A | REF DWG 09-854 | SWITCH PANEL |
> | a REF DWG 09-601 |
| M 3 Е 3 M 17 | ı FF 17 /
BOW | A +, |
THRUSTER A|<} 5062-16 WHT/BLU A f
BATTERY | В| <! 5063-16 WHT/RED В |
CHARGER C< 5064-16 RED С
ао | D|<+ 5065-16 RED/ VIO D |
E <+ 5066-16 BLK Е
| << FPS {
| | | |
o | NOTE:
— 816-14/3-5 |
| МОР | 1) MAIN FEED NOT TO EXCEED 72" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED.
REF DIG 09-621 2) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO 350 AMP ANL FUSEHOLDER. FUSE LEAD
OI ; MUST NOT EXCEED 40" AND ENTIRE LENGTH MUST BE SHEATHED.
3) FUSE LEAD ATTACHES DIRECTLY TO SOLENOID AND MUST NOT EXCEED 7°
Drawing No. 09-616 REVISION 1
Na
480 Motor Yacht
6.45
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC
(F1G. 6.46.1)
ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR SCHEMATIC
+
N)
O)
9950-16 RED/WHT —
9599-10 BLK/GRY —
953-16 BLK/WHT —
952-16 WHT/RED —
Y
GENERATOR WIRINS DETAIL
Drawing No. 09-620 REVISIÓN 3
| |
| |
| |
SPLICE POINT A M4
| | || Y PES) MS —
| 5 7 7 A | > 956-16 BLK 0568-16 BLK —<
В > 955-16 YEL/RED—
| 1 C | >t 954-16 BLK/GRY
| —T>
| > 2 5 ID | > 951-168 WHT /RED
E > 958-16 ORN
| 3 e EE 5 F | > 957-16 RED/WHT
| START/STOP ON 1G | > 952A-16 WHT/RED 961-16 BRN/ORA +<
/ PH > UNUSED 962-16 BLU/ORA +<
| SPDT (MOM W/ LAMPS pat À > - > UNUSED a
IZ M 12
| |
| FROM DC DISTRIBUTION PANEL |
HILL _ SPLICE PONT B
M 19 |
| | UNUSED +<
| | <— 960-16 В К 956A-16 BLK +<
| 2 |< UNUSED UNUSED +<
| | —
REMOTE 3 <- UNUSED <
| INSTRUMENTS 4 | <<T— UNUSED
| 5 | <—— UNUSED
| © <—- 963-16 RED/WHT
PANEL SUPPLIED Sled car
| BY ONAN REF GENERATOR 17 |< 981-18 BRN/ORA
OWNERS MANUAL FOR COMPLETE 18 |< 962-16 BLU/ORA
|
EXTINGUISHER MODULE
REF DWG 09-601
BILGE HARNESS
REF DWG 09-601
| |
| |
M 6 F 6 9— |
М 26 DI «- 18 RED/WHT —@— |
> 950-16 SE = <7 16 BLK/GRY ©
> 959-16 BLK/GRY | |
> 953-16 BLK/WHT - |
> 952-16 WHT/RED CT TT TT TTT SYSTEMS MONITOR |
~ REF DWG 09-606
M 5 IF 5 |
I> all EN OIL
|
|
ONAN DIESEL GENERATOR
REFERENCE GENERATOR OWNER'S MANAUL
FOR COMPLETE GENERATOR WIRING DETAIL.
N
— BATTERY NEGATIVE
— SHUT DOWN
— CRANK/START
— BATTERY POSITIVE
— STATUS INDICATOR
- BATTERY POSITIVE RUN
— OIL PRESSURE
— WATER TEMP
AAN
y
N
> BATTERY POSITIVE (RUN)
— EMERGENCY STOP
— CO DETECTOR
— SHUT DOWN ALARM FEED 6)
— SHUT DOWN ALARM (=) NORMALLY OFEN
— SHUT DOWN ALARM ©) NORMALLY CLOSED
AANA
6.46
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Drawing No. 09-621 REVISIÓN 3
480 Motor Yacht
INTERCONNECT DIAGRAM
(FIG. 0.47 .1) CAT INSTRUMENT PANEL A
P&6|P86 P86|P86|P86 GL DATA
JIP o Es sa pa JIS TERMINAL STRIP
F54| M54 M33| STBD THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
F55|M55 M34| PORT THROTTLE POSITION SENSOR
F56/M56
CAT EMS SWITCH PANEL
F57| M57
CONTROL STATION P67|1C67 ES Fes
BREAKER PANEL C68| PES SWITCH PANEL
M59|F59
TO ELECTRONICS C69|[P69
TRIM TAB SWITCHES
PRISAN TÍ |Мин EXTINGUISHER DISPLAY/
D/S, AUX SAN 1 | MHA SYSTEMS MONITOR DISPLAY
GENERATOR
SRN I RADAR J-BOX —| |MiaZ REMOTE INST.
HELM SEAT
Capa vas Fas) GUEST HEAD FOI F75 Fes|[F71|[F16][F17|[HI9|Foo|Fso}F70|F72. [Ps]
INDICATOR PANEL MIO! M75 780 | IS = 7)[MS]v60 = M70|M72] [ce] Mog] [Miz
SETHE DECK HARNESS MIOS
MONITOR | № Fara
HARDTOP ness EN M7374
FM —MLOSMIOS
FAM ==
MAIN DC
BREAKER PANEL LES [M6
Fe || Me
F7] M7 M3][MI5] M26 Mi4
DISCHARGE PUMP, F76 MASTER HEAD
GUEST HEAD VACUUM VACUUM PUMP
PUMP
M23 P24
HOLDING TANK
a PORT CABIN HARNESS GENERATOR
PORT STBD ENGINE
MMDC ENGINE ENGINE HARNESS
P3P P3S MSI
M28|M52) 753
aa DISTRIBUTI EE
mao 720 PANEL
MAI] Fal CAT DATA
TERMINAL STRIP
ZE MASTER HEAD
NO Ma2F42 INDICATOR PANEL
STEED CABIN HARNESS
6.47
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
PHONE CABLE SCHEMATIC
(FIG. 6.48.1)
SHORE PHONE/Z TV
INLET
GREEN
SED
TV COAX REF DWG 09-601
SHORE PHONE / TV
INLET
RED Le
UNUSED TX
UNUSED 2
RED
>—— 501-381"
00 GREEN
MASTER STATEROOM PHONE
UNTERMINATED
SALON PHONE
RED —+60D BE RED
3102-3900" 5017-56"7"
SCREEN «D der SALEN
TT] RED
5100-3777"
DT] — REEN
DD
DM
0 Ol
Drawing No. 09-622
6.48
FWD STATEROOM PHONE
UNTERMINATED
Ll GREEN
15 UNUSED
T UNUSED
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (240/60HZ)
(Fra. 6.49.1)
GENERATOR 5/3 BOAT CABLE
25 KW +6 GAN)
240 VAC NOE ENCLOSURE
‚| бо НА Г) REF SHEET 2 - 8 CRN — —m#A GROUNDING
NOTE 2 | 2100
© (САМ) - 3 GAN MAIN DC NEGATIVE BUS
N (WHT
POWER LI | POWER
E BLK BLK E = Bl >
= GROUNDING
T= RED RED = ZU
VOLTS | NU
| a
NOTE 2
NOTE € CEN | СОА —0A OR AC SOURCE NEUTRAL 8 COMMON
A Ш GROUNDING BUS BAR О
NOTE | PLANT TO о
UMPERS ARE PROVIDE LOAD NEUTRAL BUS BAR
TD] В СА on
AMES 3 RED a
| AMP
OE NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS
14/3 AC PUMP/RELAY 0 SHORE HEE DIVE A
A POWER
14/3 FWD AIR CONDITIONER 5, SENSOR 5 af
— SALON ANP T — 8018-14 BLK/RED—] PART OF BILGE HARNESS
12/3 CONDITIONER #1 = 201A-14 RED—— REF DWG 09-601
12737 SALON AIR An 3 RED
— CONDITIONER #£&— 20 3 BLK I20VAC LOAD
XA ACCESSONT AR ‘20 GALLEY SYSTEMS —12/3
Za
73 STO + — 20 PORT SYSTEMS 14/3
T ) DENOTES SLIDE SHUTTLE, ONLY ONE SOURCE 5 an 7 -
14/3 WATER HEATER CAN BE ENERGIZED AT A TIME. G0 — BATTERY CHARGER 14/3
JO 2) | AMP IN-LINE FUSES. SD ACCESSORY X
14/3 AFT AIR CONDITIONER AR 3) REF DWG 09-961 FÜR PANEL PRINT, —
10 4) AC SOURCE NEUTRALS, AND ALL EQUIPMENT VX ACCESSORY —XX
SAFETY GROUNDS RETURN TO THE AC SOURCE | бл ВНЕ
0/3 BRIDGE AIR CONDITIONE >——20— STED SYSTEMS——14/3
| — E NEUTRAL AND COMMON GROUNDING BUS BAR ON pin
THE AC NEUTRAL /GROUNDING BUS. 20 ART SYSTEMS ———4/3
KA ALLE SOURY хо 5) ALL EQUIPMENT NEUTRALS RETURN TO THE LOAD *—— 15 — MCROWAVE——— 14/3
NEUTRAL BUS BAR ON THE AC NEUTRAL GROUDING BUS. Fon REFRIGERATOR/ aja
6) IMPORTANT: NEUTRAL & GROUND ARE TIED TOGETHER 2 FREEZER :
AT THE AC NEUTRAL /GROUNGING BUS. NEUTRAL & *——20— WASHER/DRYER——1273
VDD GROUNDING CONDUCTORS SHALL BE KEPT ISOLATED OR ACCESSORY xx
AT ALL OTHER LOCATIONS ON BOARD THE VESSEL.
Drawing No. 09-631 (1 of 2) REVISION 6
«a
480 Motor Yacht 6.49
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
AC WIRING SCHEMATIC (240/60HZ)
(FiG. 6.50.1)
MAIN - BOAT CABLE
5/3
I El VA — N
< BLK] + и BLK D SL
| \ С >
CABLEMASTER <— L 2| 2m} | | RED 15 DL?
120/240VAC/50A | <1— 6 СЕМ — GRN D SSH
— C >
/ \ C )
WHT =) CD N
NOTE REF SHEET | | | С >
11 RED e
| | e = can SEC PRI
——— GBN OO ©
— || (BOAT GNDINO)
> TRANSFORMER
BOAT CABLE —— N
8/3, 8/1 240Y PRIMARY
120V/240Y SECONDARY
CONNECTION TO CASE IZKVA
GROUND
[50 BOOST REMOTE CONNECTION
(OFT)
69 GRU
| BRED MAIN OVERRIDE
cd BLK POWER
3 WHT BOOST
4 ORN LOW VOL TAGE
5 BLU COMMON
xa eee
Drawing No. 09-631 (2 of 2) REVISIÓN 1
6.50 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
AC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
(Fra. 6.51.1)
MAIN DIS TRIBUTION PANEL
240 VOLTS AC
0 — — — — — — — GENERATOR
SHORE LINE = ISOLATION 07
BREAKER TRANSF ORMER 5
A/C PUMP AIR CONDITIONER AIR CONDITIONER
—804— S03 —— STOVE —— 8220 — STOVE FORT INDIFECT LT
JUNCTION BOX PUMP/RELAY PUMP/REL AY CECEBTACI E
|
FWD AIR > FWD AIR NM 506
CONDITIONER Ни CONDITIONER WATER HEATER Ho WATER HEATER |
STBD INDIRECT LT SALON LVAC
Ca SALON AIR gyp | | SALON AIR AFT AIR || вод AFT AIR RECEPTACLE LIGHTING
CONDITIONER #1 CONDITIONER #1 CONDITIONER CONDITIONER |
875 305
SALON AIR SALON AIR BRIDGE AIR BRIDGE AR |
a] > |] ae —] SALON LVAC
| CONDITIONER #2 E CONDITIONER #2 CONDITIONER = CONDITIONER SALON AFT 964 — LIGHT TSANSEORMER
SWITCHES
JUNCTION BOX
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY BRIDGE A/C eos 903
SALLEY LVAC GALLEY LVAC PUMP
НТС — 825 — LIGHT TRANSFORMER SALON TV aus | SALON AFT
JUNCTION BOX 50 VOTE AR RECEPTACLE ETATS
вс 343
COFFEE MAKER GALLEY SWITCH/ GALLEY GF! 1 | SALON CFI SALON FWD STBD STATEROOM
RECEPTACLE ни RECEPTACLE AS RECEPTACLE de SALLEY SYSTEMS 216D SYSTEMS 540 3 RECEPTACLE Fas RECEPTACLE
PORT SALON FWD STRM TV GUEST HEAD GF] 1 В MASTER HEAD GFI ASTER STRM VANIT MASTER STRM TV
RECEPTACLE 334 RECEPTACLE AO RECEPTACLE SUS PORT SYSTEMS AFT SYSTEMS 84 398 RECEPTACLE deu RECEPTACLE
|
SI BATTERY MICROWAVE 961
| CHARGER aile BATTERY CHARGER MICROWAVE 519 RECEPTACLE |
FWD STRM PORT MASTER STRM BUNK ее MASTER STRM
omar SOW THRUSTER 47 | | éon THRUSTER REFRIGERATOR, || oc EF RGA TOR HECEPTACLE/SWMITCH ENTEANGE SWITCH
Lo BATTERY CHARGER BATTERY CHARGER FREEZER ГЕРТА E E mu
| | |
FWD STRM INDIRECT ACCESSORY ASHER/DRYER | ——g76— WASHER/DRYER MASTER STRM FORT MASTER STRM LVAC
LT RECEPTACLE ' RECEPTACLE RECEPTACLE LIGHT TRANSFORMER
JUNCTION BOX
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY oe
_805 еб MASTER STRM
0 RECEFTACLE LVAC LIGHTING
NE SIDE
HO
OF OF] ce
COCKPIT GFI
RECEPTACLE MASTER STRM
| BOSE RECEPT, OPT
983
COCKPIT REFRIC
RECEPTACLE
Drawing No. 09-640 (1 of 2) REVISION 1
\_
480 Motor Yacht 6.51
SECTION 6 * ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
AC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
(Fi. 6.52.1)
PORT INDIRECT
LT RECEPTACLE
|
T
STBD INDIRECT
LT RECEPTACLES
| SALON LVAC
abs LIGHTING
SHORE SHORE LINE | | SOLATION | | 832
INLET 350 BREAKER e TRANSFORMER 994 MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL 999 GENERATOR SALON AET SALON LVAC LIGHT
— — — cr SALON AET | pes TRANSFORMER |
SHORE 9) SHORE LINE 2 воз | SOLATION cor 550 VAC 50 HZ | a
INLET BREAKER TRANSFORMER 63
|
GALLEY LVAC LICHT
GALLEY LVAC SALON SALON TV SALON AFT
LIGHTING [—— B25—| ACTION OX —] RECEPTACLE 944 RECEPTACLE 945 RECEPTACLE
824 843
COFFEE MAKER GALLEY SWITCH/ | — GALLEY GF] SALON FWD STBD STATEROOM
RECEPTACLE — Bl4 — — RECEPTACLE 613 — — RECEPTACLE —— B12 —— GALLEY SYSTEMS STBD SYSTEMS 1 840 — SALON GF] B84| — RECEPTACLE — 842 — RECEPTACLE
PORT SALON FWD STRM HEAD FWD STRM HEAD | MASTER MASTER STRM BUNK
OECEPTACIE — 830 a 810 a 809 PORT SYSTEMS AFT SYSTEMS 847 PEAD CFI 851 — RECEPTAGLE SWITCH 858 ——— 9
| MASTER STAM
e ENTRANCE SWITCH
FAR STAM FORT ol IDE = — 815 MICHOVAYE Lig | MICROWAVE WATER HEATER |-— 821 — WATER HEATER | |
| 848 MASTER STRM PORT 977
829 GALLEY 21g || REFRIGERATOR STOVE || 220 STOVE RECEPTACLE MASTER STAM CVAC
| REFRIGERATOR FREEZER | LIGHT TRANSFORMER
FWD STRM INDIRECT MASTER STAM_, JUNCT ON 20%
VANITY RECEPTACLE
1 RECEPTACCE AIR CONDITIONER воз || лс PUNP/RELAY SALON AIR || oo SALON AIR a aba
RELAY CONDITIONER +2 CONDITIONER #2 | |
850
| MASTER STRM
MASTER STRM TV LVAC LIGHTING
RECEPTACLE
LINE SIDE |
OF GF] 909
AIR CONDITIONER SALON AIR || SALON AIR FWD || FWD STATEROOM | | ВСЕ BILGE
PUMP BOX 904 3/1 CONDITIONER 41 3/0 CONDITIONER #1 ATR CONDITIONER 827 AIR CONDITIONER | 8% GFI 923 RECEPTACLE
306
MASTER STRM | AFT AIR an | COCKPIT COCKPIT REFRIG.
375 AIR CONDITIONER 874 CONDITIONER WASHER/DRYER 5/6 WASHER/DRYER GF] вез RECEPTACLE
BATTERY | BRIDGE AIR | | COCKPIT AIR COCKPIT A/C COCKPIT
CHARGER ale BATTERY CHARGER CONDITIONER 507 CONDITIONER cos PUMP 833—— RECEPTACLE
BOW THRUSTER | | Bow THRUSTER
BATTERY CHARGER al BATTERY CHARGER ACCESSORY
ACCESSORY ACCESSORY
Drawing No. 09-640 (2 of 2) REVISION 1
-URO OF THON
ZU 7 ЗОНА
6.52
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
1. LAYOUT AND ACCESSORIES
Figures 7.21.1 through 7.23.1 identify the location
and arrangement of the equipment and components
on your yacht. We strongly suggest that you walk
through your yacht, locate the features illustrated,
and become familiar with their operation and
maintenance.
2. AIR CONDITIONING & HEATING
The 480 MY air conditioning/heating system
consists of five (5) standard air conditioning/heating
units, two (2) raw water pumps with seacocks and
strainers and a relay unit so the water pumps will
be activated by demand when any AC unit comes
on.
Care should be taken so as not to stow items around
the air handlers that may block the return air grill or
damage the freon lines running to the compressor.
The air filters for each unit should be removed and
cleaned periodically to assure fresh, clean air
circulation and to reduce stress on the unit.
The forward stateroom unit is located under the
bunk and can be accessed through a hatch under
the mattress. The controls for the unit are located
on the aft wall under to the entertainment unit. The
removable air filter is located on the face of the unit.
The starboard stateroom and dinette unit is
located under the aft dinette seat. The controls for
the unit are located on the port side of the salon
above the DC distribution panel. The removable air
filter is located behind the grill on the starboard wall
under the dinette table.
The salon unit is located in the aft salon under the
starboard sofa. The controls for the unit are located
on the port side of the salon above the DC
distribution panel. The removable air filter is located
behind the grill on the forward base of the sofa.
The master stateroom unit is located under the
head of the bunk. The controls for the unit are located
on the starboard side of the bunk. The removable
air filter is located on the face of the unit.
The cockpit unit is located under the companion
seat at the control station. The controls for the unit
are located on the port side of the cockpit wet bar.
The removable air filter is located on the face of the
unit.
The system is cooled to maintain optimal operating
temperature by the raw water pump located in the
N
AIR CONDITIONING/ HEATING LOCATIONS
(Fic. 7.1.1)
FORWARD
STATEROOM
AIR HANDLER
DINETTE AND
STARBOARD
STATEROOM
AIR HANDLER
SALON
AIR HANDLER
MASTER
STATEROOM
AIR HANDLER
LA COCKPIT
AIR HANDLER
(OPTIONAL)
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| A/C Raw WATER LINE ROUTING
(FIG. 7.2.1)
ROUTE TO
FORWARD
ROUTE TO
DINETTE
STATEROOM
ROUTE TO
COCKPIT
AND SALON
ROUTE TO
MASTER
STATEROOM
SEACOCKS
\. J
bilge. The pumps draw water through a seacock and
filters it through a sea water strainer. The water
passes through each compressor cooling the
condensing coils, then flows overboard through the
common drain. (The sea water strainer should be
inspected frequently and cleaned out when plugged.
To clean strainer, refer to Section 4- Bilge &
Underwater Gear, pg. 4.12, Seacocks & Strainers).
The condensation drains for all the compressor units
connect into the common drain.
A. To START SYSTEM:
1. Make sure the seacock for the cooling water
pump is open.
2. Turn ON the A/C WATER PUMP & RELAY
circuit breaker on the main AC distribution panel.
Turn ON each A/C UNIT circuit breaker located
on the same panel.
3. Refer to air conditioner owners manual in the
owner’s packet for instructions on operation of
the control panels.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
3. WATER SYSTEM
The fresh water system consists of a 120 gallon
(454.2 liter) water tank, 24 volt water pump with
water filters, water heater, accumulator tank and
hot and cold distribution manifolds.
The fresh water system is activated by the water
pump breaker on the salon 12VDC distribution panel.
The breaker must be ON to operate the head, shower,
ice maker, fresh water washdowns and faucets.
A. WATER TANK
The 120 gallon (454.2 liter) water tank is located
between the port and starboard inboard stringers in
the aft bilge. To check the water level in the tank,
press the water level switch on the 12 volt DC
distribution panel located in the salon. The lights
will indicate the amount of water in the tank.
f FRESH WATER TANK
(FIG. 7.2.2)
FWD SENDING
N UNIT TANK
FILLING THE WATER TANK
The tank is filled through a fill plate located on the
starboard transom at the bottom of the steps. Fill
the water tanks only from a source known to provide
safe, pure drinking water. To fill your water tank you
should use a plastic hose. Do not use a rubber hose;
it can give the water a disagreeable flavor. The hose
7.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
FRESH WATER FILL PLATE
(Fic. 7.3.1)
COCKPIT
STEPS
TRANSOM
\. J
should be kept for filling use only. After using the
hose it should be emptied. Start at one end and
raise the hose to shoulder level and walk to the
opposite end of the hose, allowing the remaining
water to flow out. You should store your water tank
filling hose in a clean dry place. It is also a good
practice to cover the ends of the hose to keep the
inside clean.
To BEGIN INITIAL OPERATION:
Fill the water tank with potable water.
2. Switch the water pump breakers to the ON
position.
3. One at a time, open all hot and cold faucets to
bleed air from the water lines.
4. Once air has been eliminated from water lines,
close faucets.
5. Shutting off the last faucet should cause the
pump to shut off.
SANITIZING THE WATER SYSTEM
Although your dealer initially sanitizes the water
system, if the system has not been used for a long
period of time, or you suspect it may be
contaminated, use a water treatment additive to
sanitize the potable water system. Water treatment
additives are available at marine/RV supply stores.
If water treatment additives are not available, adhere
to the following procedure for complete sanitation
of your potable water system.
1. Prepare a chlorine solution using one (1) gallon
of water and one (1) cup Clorox or Purex
household bleach (5% Hypochlorite solution).
With tank empty, pour chlorine solution into
tank, using one (1) gallon solution for each sixty
(60) gallons of tank capacity.
2. Complete filling of tank with fresh water. Open
each faucet until air has been released and the
entire system is filled.
3. Allow to stand for three (3) hours.
4. Drain and flush with potable fresh water.
5. To remove excessive chlorine taste or odor
which might remain, prepare a solution of four
(4) quarts of vinegar to twenty (20) gallons of
water and allow this solution to agitate in the
tank for several days by vehicle motion.
6. Drain tank and again flush with potable water.
7. Replace water filter.
B. WATER Pumps & FILTERS
The pump for the fresh water system is located aft
of the master stateroom head (See figure 7.4.1) and
can be reached through an access panel on the aft
wall of the head. .
The pump activated by the FRESH WATER PUMP
breaker on the salon 12VDC distribution panel.
Water system filters (2) are situated on the
input side of the pump to filter any particles
that may have accumulated in the water tank.
The filters should be checked and cleaned
periodically.
Before servicing the system, turn the FRESH
WATER PUMP breakers OFF and release
pressure on the system by opening a faucet.
480 Motor Yacht
7.3
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
FRESH WATER SYSTEM
(Fic. 7.4.1)
TO COLD WATER \
MANIFOLD \
ACCUMULATOR
BOTTLE
FRESH
WATER PUMP
FROM WATER
TANK
FILTERS
C. WATER SYSTEM PRESSURIZATION
Water system pressure is regulated by a pneumatic
accumulator bottle located inline on the cold water
outlet from the pump.
The accumulator tank smooths water flow and
reduces on/off cycling of the pumps by lessening
the variation in pressure and flow between the pump
and the outlets in the system.
The even flow of water gives better control of hot
water adjustment at the faucet.
The reduced on/off cycling reduces noise from the
pump motor, and from shock pressures (pipe
hammer). It also reduces battery drain, and gives
longer pump life.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
D. WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD
The distribution manifolds are located on the forward
wall of the utility room, which is accessed by lifting
the companionway steps leading to the forward
stateroom. The manifolds direct fresh water to the
various equipment throughout the yacht.
The valves should be shut off when the equipment
IS not in use.
-
FRESH WATER DISTRIBUTION MANIFOLD WD
(FIG. 7.4.2)
FROM
WATER PUMP
COLD WATER
MANIFOLD
“>
TO WATER
HEATER
HOT WATER
MANIFOLD
FROM WATER
HEATER
7.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
f CoLD WATER MANIFOLD |
(Fıc. 7.5.1)
H— —— x
HH] | В
B— —
(F) GALLEY/ROPE LOCKER
(E) GUEST SINK/SHOWER
(B®) FORWARD HEAD
(A TO WATER HEATER
BILGE/COCKPIT FEED
© MASTER HEAD SINK/SHOWER
(© COCKPIT SHOWER (D WASHER
(E) MASTER HEAD (J) FROM WATER PUMP |
в
Hot WATER MANIFOLD
(FiG. 7.5.2)
© © Е F
(A FROM WATER HEATER
WASHER
(© COCKPIT SHOWER
(D) AFT SHOWER/SINK
(E) GALLEY
(E) FWD HEAD SINK/SHOWER
< J
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
E. WATER HEATER
The 20 gallon (75.7 liters) water heater is located
on the starboard side of the utility room and can be
accessed by lifting the stateroom companionway
steps. It operates on the 240 volt dockside system
or generator and has a circuit breaker on the
240VAC main distribution panel located in the salon.
f в
Make certain the hot water lines are air
free, indicating the water heater is full.
Damage will occur to water heater if it is not
full when turned on.
4
HoT WATER HEATER
(FIG. 7.5.3)
PRESSURE
RELIEF VALVE >
FWD \
Na WATER HEATER H
TO HOT WATER
MANIFOLD
FROM COLD
WATER
_ MANIFOLD
N
The water heater has a check valve to prevent hot
water from back-washing into the cold water source
and a pressure relief valve to avoid damage to the
heater from over pressure or excessive temperature.
INITIAL START-UP OR AFTER WINTERIZATION:
1. Make sure the WATER HEATER breaker on the
240VAC distribution panel is OFF.
2. Fill the heater with water.
3. Open the hot water faucets until all air is
eliminated from the system.
4. Make certain the heater is full of water.
COMPLETE FAILURE OF THE HEATING
ELEMENTS WILL RESULT IF THEY ARE
NOT COMPLETELY IMMERSED IN WATER
AT ALL TIMES.
5. Turn the WATER HEATER breaker ON.
To maintain water heater properly, drain whenever
the possibility of freezing occurs and frequently
inspect lines and connections for leaks.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
480 Motor Yacht
7.5
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
F. FRESH WATER WASHDOWN
The 480 MY is equipped with two (2) fresh water
spigots; one in the bilge located on the port
inboard stringer and one in the port bow locker.
The bilge spigot comes with a 12-foot hose and
a strap for storage when not in use. The system
uses water from the fresh water tank. The FRESH
WATER PUMP breakers on the salon 12VDC
distribution panel must be ON to operate the
system.
G. DOCKSIDE WATER INLET
The dockside water inlet, located on the port
transom allows use of a dockside water source to
provide water for the boat's fresh water system .
DocKSIDE WATER INLET
(FIG. 7.6.1)
3. Connect a drinking water hose to the water outlet
on the dock, then to the dockside water inlet on
the boat and turn on the water at the dock.
All fresh water faucets and showers are now usable.
To disconnect the system, reverse the procedure,
making sure the plug is reinstalled tightly.
Remove the dockside water hose when leaving the
boat. This is a safety precaution to prevent the
unlikely event of a water system failure and the
intake of extreme amounts of water to the vessel.
H. CockPIT SHOWER
The cockpit shower has a hot and cold control and
shower wand which are located in a receptacie on
the starboard wall of the cockpit steps. Squeeze
the button on the shower wand to dispense water
and turn the knob to adjust water temperature. The
FRESH WATER PUMP breakers on the main
distribution panel must be ON to operate the shower.
TRANSOM SHOWER
(FIG. 7.6.2)
To USE THE SYSTEM:
1. Make sure the “FRESH WATER PUMP”
breakers are OFF.
2. Remove the plug from the face of the dockside
water inlet.
\. J
I. WASHER/DRYER WATER VALVE
The hot and cold water shutoff valves for the
clothes washer unit are on the hot and cold water
manifolds located in the utility room. Hot and cold
water lines are connected to the back of the unit.
The water valves for the unit should be turned OFF
when not in use.
7.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
f ‚A
WASHER/DRYER VALVE GRAY WATER SUMP
(Fıc. 7.7.1) (Fıc. 7.7.2)
WASHER
COLD WATER MANIFOLD
WASHER
— —
q | HF
B— —H
( HOT WATER MANIFOLD J
J. GRAY WATER SUMP
Your yacht is equipped with a gray water/condensate
sump located between the port and starboard
inboard stringers on the aft bilge. Gray water from
the head systems, galley systems and air
conditioner condensation drains into the sump to
be pumped overboard through the port and
starboard common drains.
The sump pump is fully automatic and protected by
breakers on the main DC breaker panel on the [ G |
Cp RAY WATER LINE ROUTING
forward bulkhead of the bilge. Periodically remove (Fic. 7.7.3)
the clear cover, check and clean the pump and
float switch. Check the pump and float switch for
obstructions and proper working order. The sump
pump comes on when there is enough water in the
sump to raise the float switch and start the pump. If
it does not come on after one or two gallons of water
drain from the shower, turn the water off and check
the pump and float switch for proper operation.
(A PORT COMMON DRAIN
GALLEY SINK
(© FWD STATEROOM SHOWER
D FWD STATEROOM SINK
(©) FWD STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE
(® FWD STATEROOM A/C RAW WATER
© TO SUMP
After using the shower, it is recommended that you
run a gallon of clean water through the shower drain
to clean out soap residue.
K. GRAY WATER DRAIN LINES
Tthe Gray water from the head systems and galley SN
systems plus the air conditioner condensation and | — ,
480 Motor Yacht 7.7
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| GRAY WATER LINE ROUTING |
(FIG. 7.8.1)
(A) FWD STATEROOM A/C RAW WATER
DINETTE A/C RAW WATER
(© SALON A/C RAW WATER
(©) COCKPIT A/C (OPTIONAL) RAW WATER
(E) MASTER STATERROM SINK
(E) MASTER STATEROOMA/C CONDENSATE
(E) MASTER STATEROOM A/C RAW WATER
(E) FROM SUMP TO COMMON DRAIN
(D PORT COMMON DRAIN
GRAY WATER LINE ROUTING
(FIG. 7.8.2)
(A MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER
MASTER HEAD FLOOR DRAIN
(© STARBOARD COMMON DRAIN
(D) MASTER STATEROOM A/C RAW WATER
(E) MASTER STATEROOM A/C CONDENSATE
(E) PORT MANIFOLD
\. J
raw water is carried to the sump or common drains
by the gray water drain lines located throughout the
boat. The standard head system on your Sea Ray®
Includes a holding tank with dockside pump-out and
fluid level indicators, with a macerator and overboard
4. HEAD SYSTEM
7.8 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
discharge seacock available as an option. Below is
a description of the head system and options. You
should be aware of whether your boat is equipped
with the optional overboard discharge system and
read the section pertaining to it. The owner's packet
in your boat contains information pertaining to your
head system that should be read carefully.
A. REQUIREMENTS FOR VESSEL OPERATORS
The Environmental Protection Agency (EPA)
standards state that in freshwater lakes, freshwater
reservoirs or other freshwater impoundments whose
Do not flush facial tissue, paper towels or sanitary
napkins in head.
inlets or outlets are such as to prevent the ingress
or egress by vessel traffic subject to this regulation,
or in rivers not capable of navigation by interstate
vessel traffic subject to this regulation, marine
sanitation devices certified by the U.S. Coast Guard
installed on all vessels shall be designed and
operated to prevent the overboard discharge of
sewage, treated or untreated, or of any waste
derived from sewage. The EPA standards further
state that this shall not be construed to prohibit the
carriage of Coast Guard-certified flow through
treatment devices which have been secured so as
to prevent such discharges. They also state that
waters where a Coast Guard certified marine
sanitation device permitting discharge is allowed
include coastal waters and estuaries, the Great
Lakes and interconnecting waterways, freshwater
lakes and impoundments accessible through locks,
and other flowing waters that are navigable interstate
by vessels subject to this regulation (40 CFR 140.3).
B. Vacu-FLusH® HEAD
The Vacu-Flush® head utilizes the HEAD breakers
on the DC distribution panel in the salon. Individual
breakers on the DC distribution panel control the
GUEST HEAD and MASTER HEAD. The foot pedal
at the base of the toilet opens a mechanical seal
and vacuum forces waste through the opening in
the bowl to the vacuum generator, through the
vacuum pump and then to the holding tank.
1
VACU-FLUSH” HEAD SYSTEM
(FIG. 7.9.1)
(A FWD STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH®
OPTIONAL MACERATOR SEACOCK DISCHARGE
© OPTIONAL MACERATOR
©) VENT FILTER
(E) FWD STATEROOM HEAD
(E) FOOT PEDAL
(© HOLDING TANK
(H) MANUAL DOCKSIDE PUMPOUT ACCESS
(D MASTER STATEROOM VACU-FLUSH®
(J) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD
480 Motor Yacht
7.9
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
To OPERATE VACU-FLUSH”? HEAD:
1. Turn ON the FRESH WATER PUMP breaker.
2. Turn ON the HEAD SYSTEM breaker.
3. If there is no water in bowl, lift foot pedal until
enough water fills the bowl.
4. To flush, depress foot pedal to floor until bowl
IS clear.
C. HOLDING TANK OPERATION
Waste from the head is directed into the 60 gallon
holding tank located in the forward bilge between
the port and starboard inboard stringers. Holding
tank fluid level indicators are located on the DC
distribution panel in the salon and in each head.
The indicator on the DC distribution panel shows
FULL-DO NOT FLUSH, 1/2, EMPTY and
POWER. The individual head indicators show OK
TO FLUSH and DO NOT FLUSH. When the
FULL-DO NOT FLUSH light is on, the holding
tank must be emptied before the head can be
reused. However it would be a good practice to
1
(Ето. 7.10.2)
N
WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR AND DISCHARGE CONTROL
WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL
NOTICE
WITH SWITCH ON,
INDICATOR ON - NORMAL
INDICATOR OFF - CHECK SEACOCK
DISCHARGE OF SEWAGE DIRECTLY OVERBOARD
IS FOR USE WHERE APPROVED ONLY.
SEE OWNERS MANUAL FOR OPERATING
INSTRUCTIONS OF OVERBOARD DISCHARGE VALVES
~
FULL-DO
NOT FLUSH
1/2
EMPTY
POWER
1
(Ето. 7.10.3)
INDIVIDUAL HEAD - WASTE LEVEL INDICATOR
(7
A
_
A
A
OKTO
FLUSH
DO NOT
FLUSH
4
A
1
HOLDING TANK
(Fıc. 7.10.1) ©
(A) VENT FILTER
HOLDING TANK (UNDER FLOOR)
(© OPTIONAL MACERATOR
©) MASTER STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR
(B® PORT INBOARD STRINGER
(® OPTIONAL MACERATOR SEACOCK DISCHARGE
7
@
© FWD STATEROOM VACUUM GENERATOR FT ie
wal
Y
E
y
<< a
== у
TE
\
\
=
FWD
7.10
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
empty the holding tank when the 1/2 light is on
to avoid overflowing the holding tank and ruining
the vent filter.
To empty the holding tank, the services of a dockside
pump out station will be needed. Follow instructions
at the station and make sure pump out station hose
is inserted into the deck plate marked WASTE,
located on the port side of the transom.
The holding tank can also be emptied by the optional
macerator. See MACERATOR DISCHARGE PUMP.
D. VENT FILTER
The vent filter is designed to control odors
associated with the head system operations. The
vent filter is located on the engine room aft bulkhead.
The filter must be changed at the beginning of
each boating season to be effective. The vent
filter is installed in-line on the holding tank ventilation
hose (Figure 7.10.1).
NOTE: Do not overfill the holding tank as this will
flood the vent filter and render it useless. Filter
replacement will then be required. See Parts Manual
for correct replacement filter.
5. MACERATOR DISCHARGE Pump
WITH SEACOCK INTERLOCK
SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
The optional macerator gives the boat operator the
means of discharging the holding tank contents
directly overboard through a seacock in the bottom
of the hull. This is available in conjunction with the
dockside pump out.
4 в
NOTICE
This boat may be equipped with an optional
overboard discharge valve.
A
Discharging of sewage directly overboard is for use
where approved only.
Since direct overboard discharge is prohibited in
many areas, the macerator seacock is normally
closed. The macerator seacock is equipped with a
system interlock switch which prevents the operation
of the macerator when the macerator seacock is
closed. The light on the MACERATOR switch on
the DC Distribution Panel will be lighted when the
macerator is operational. If the light is not lighted, it
is visual confirmation the macerator seacock is
closed and that the macerator cannot be operated.
Check that the macerator seacock handle is in the
open position and the light on the switch is lighted
before operating the macerator.
f à
NOTICE
There is the possibility of being fined for having
an operable overboard discharge in U.S. waters.
Removing handle of seacock while in closed
position, or other means must be utilized to avoid
fine.
To OPERATE THE MACERATOR:
1. Turn ON the DISCHARGE PUMP breaker on
the salon DC distribution panel and open the
waste discharge seacock located on the bilge
floor (See Fig. 7.10.1 for seacock location).
2. Operate DISCHARGE switch under the
WASTE SYSTEM CONTROL area on the main
distribution panel.
3. When tank is empty, release the switch and
close waste discharge seacock.
MAINTENANCE
Prior to each use and at regularly scheduled
Intervals, cycle the macerator seacock handle open
and shut to ensure proper operation of the seacock
480 Motor Yacht
7.11
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
6. COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
The 480 MY is equipped with a land-line telephone
in the forward stateroom, the salon and the master
stateroom. These phones can be operated when
dockside and hooked up to the dockside telephone
hookup.
A. DocKSIDE TELEPHONE HOoKUP
The dockside telephone hookup is located on the
porttransom. A fifty foot shore cord with waterproof
connectors is supplied.
DocKSIDE TELEPHONE AND TV Hookup
(Fic. 7.12.1)
DOCKSIDE
TELEPHONE
|_— CONNECTOR
= DOCKSIDE TV
CONNECTOR
= J
TO CONNECT TELEPHONE SYSTEM:
1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.
2. Connect shore cord to dock telephone inlet and
then to the boat inlet.
3. Telephone system is now operational.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
7. ENTERTAINMENT CENTERS
A. DIGITAL SATELLITE SYSTEM (OPTIONAL)
If equipped, the digital satellite system antenna is
located on the hardtop (See figure 2.6.1). The
various digital equipment is located in the salon
entertainment cabinet. Because the system
configuration is an individual preference the installed
equipment will vary. It is important to read and
understand the operating manuals for the various
components installed on your boat.
A data port for computer aided diagnostics of the
DSS system would be located below the AC main
distribution panel. The data port is for use by
qualified technicians only.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
B. SALON ENTERTAINMENT CENTER
The salon entertainment center consists of a 20"
television/VCR/radio combination with remote
located in a cabinet in the aft salon. A stereo system
with CD changer is located in a cabinet on the aft,
port side of the salon above the sofa. The 120VDC
AFT SYSTEMS on the main distribution panel
breaker must be ON to operate the systems.
Note: The television/VCR and stereo systems are
plugged into a surge suppression power strip located
behind the entertainment center.
C. FORWARD STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT
The forward stateroom entertainment center
consists of a 13” television/VCR/radio combination
with remote control. To operate, turn ON the
120VDC PORT SYSTEMS breaker on the main
distribution panel.
D. MASTER STATEROOM ENTERTAINMENT
The master stateroom entertainment center consists
of a 20” television/VCR/radio combination with
remote control. To operate, turn ON the 120VDC
7.12
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
STBD SYSTEMS breaker on the main distribution
panel.
E. CocKPIT ENTERTAINMENT
The cockpit entertainment consists of a stereo with
CD changer. To operate, turn ÓN the 120VDC AFT
SYSTEMS breaker on the main distribution panel.
CocKPIT ENTERTAINMENT
(Ето. 7.13.1)
COCKPIT
STEREO
COCKPIT
WET BAR
CD CHANGER
(CABINET CUT AWAY FOR
CLARITY)
F. VOLUME CONTROL
Volume controls for the forward and master
stateroom entertainment systems are located in the
respective hanging closets of each stateroom.
G. DOocKSIDE TELEVISION HOOKUP
For television reception dockside, attach the
dockside television cable to the inlet located on the
port transom (See figure 7.12.1).
TO CONNECT CABLE TELEVISION:
1. Unscrew and lift cover plate.
2. Screw the TV coax cable into the TV cable
connector (See figure 7.12.1).
3. Run the cable to the dockside receptacle and
screw coax cable into receptacle.
H. TV SIGNAL SELECTOR
The antenna/cable selector panel is located below
the AC main distribution panel in the salon. Turn
the selector to MAX GAIN for onboard TV antenna
reception. Turn the selector to SHORE for dockside
cable reception.
f =
TV SIGNAL SELECTOR
A
(Ето. 7.13.2) |
NY
sue Gam
SLOME;
|
/
\. J
NY
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
8. AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER
The 480 MY is equipped with an automatic fire
extinguisher system located aft of the engines on
the bulkhead. In the event of a fire, the heat sensitive
automatic head will release the extinguishant as a
vapor, totally flooding the area in fire-killing
concentrations. The system indicator light is wired
to the ignition and is turned ON when the ignition is
turned ON. The system incorporates an engine
shutdown switch with override system. The override
switch allows the safe restarting of the engines if
the event was not of a sufficient nature to preclude
the further operation of your boat.
AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(FIG. 7.13.3)
AUTOMATIC FIRE
EXTINGUISHER
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
AUTOMATIC FIRE EXTINGUISHER INDICATOR
(F16. 7.14.1)
=
=
=
R
\ EEE Engine Shutdown
\\ Override System
Ry
SS.
NN
ls
O
Na
The indicator light, located on the control station
instrument panel (See figure 7.14.1), indicates to the
helmsman when the unit has discharged. Under
normal circumstances, when the engines are
operating, the charge indicator light is lit. If the unit
discharges, the charge light will go out and the
discharge light will come on.
WHEN ACTUATION OCCURS, IMMEDIATELY
SHUT DOWN ALL ENGINES, POWERED
VENTILATION, ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS AND
EXTINGUISH ALL SMOKING MATERIALS. DO
NOT IMMEDIATELY OPEN THE ENGINE
COMPARTMENT!! THIS FEEDS OXYGEN TO
THE FIRE AND FLASHBACK COULD OCCUR.
Allow the extinguishant to “soak” the compartment
for at least fifteen (15) minutes and for hot metals
or fuels to cool before cautiously inspecting for
cause of damage. Have portable extinguishers at
hand and ready. Do not breathe fumes or
vaporscaused by the fire.
A. MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISING SYSTEM
Located at the control station, the manual fire
extinguisher system allows the operator to manually
f =
MANUAL FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM
(FIG. 7.14.2)
\ J
activate the automatic extinguisher in the engine
room. Early detection and use of the manual override
system will reduce fire damage by eliminating the
time necessary for heat in the engine room to rise
to a temperature necessary to activate the automatic
fire extinguisher.
To OPERATE:
1. Pull pin securing the handle.
2. Pull red FIRE handle quickly and briskly.
SAFETY PIN
The safety pin, located at the neck of the
extinguisher bottle (Figure 7.14.2) in the engine
room is for shipping and transfer of the bottle only.
The pin MUST be removed in order to manually
operate the system.
| ENGINE ROOM FIRE EXTINGUISHER
(Fic. 7.14.3)
NOTE: THE MANUAL SYSTEM WILL NOT OPERATE
IF SAFETY PIN IS INSTALLED.
7.14
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
THE SAFETY PIN MUST BE REMOVED AFTER
CABLE S-HOOK 8 ATTACHMENT PIN ARE
INSTALLED. FAILURE TO DO SO WILL RESULT
IN INABILITY TO MANUALLY OPERATE SYSTEM. J
\.
This pin should be removed upon installation of the
system. Ensure that this has been done. The
manual system will not function unless the
safety pin has been removed from the fire
extinguisher bottle.
B. HAND HELD EXTINGUISHERS
There are two (2) hand held extinguishers located
on the 480 MY. One extinguisher is located on the
stbd side of the utility room and can be accessed
by lifting the stateroom companionway steps. The
other extinguisher is located on the inboard side of
the control station companion seat. These
extinguishers should be checked frequently and
recharged as necessary.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
9. UTILITY Room
Access to the water manifolds, battery chargers,
water heater, washer/dryer combo, forward bilge
pump, hand held fire extinguisher and forward
storage can be obtained by raising the stateroom
companionway steps.
10. Bow THRUSTER
The bow thruster is electrically driven and gives
the operator more maneuverability of the bow. The
bow thruster motor is located under the forward
steps in the utility room. An oil reservoir bottle for
the bow thruster can be accessed by lifting the V-
berth bunk mattress and opening the hatch found
underneath. Periodically check the oil reservoir and
top off if necessary.
The 24V BOW THRUSTER switch which supplies
power to the bow thruster is located on the control
f в
UTILITY Room
(FiG.7.15.1)
|| ®
E
O
©
(A STAIRWAY LATCHING BOLT
STATEROOM COMPANIONWAY STEPS
(© WASHER/DRYER COMBO
©) FORWARD BILGE PUMP
(© HAND HELD EXTINGUISHER
\. J
station switch panel (See figure 2.15.2) and the joy
stick with station enabled indicator ligh which is used
to direct the bow thruster is located at the helm (See
figure 2.15.1).
Bow THRUSTER
(F1G.7.15.2)
=
Maa
—X—
=
à “чпннлннннниии
—]——[
мя
—————
————
WATER LINE
BOW THRUSTER ~~
\. J
The bow thruster motor is equipped with an internal
thermally activated breaker. The thermal breaker
protects the motor from overheating. When the
thermal breaker is activated the thruster motor will
not operate and must be allowed to cool down for
normal operation.
480 Motor Yacht
7.15
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
| Bow THRUSTER LOCATION
(F16. 7.16.1)
(A OIL RESERVOIR BOTTLE
V-BERTH BUNK
(© BOW THRUSTER MOTOR
(© V-BERTH FLOOR HATCH
REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
11. REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
The refrigerator/freezer is located in the galley
forward of the 3-burner stove. The unit is supplied
power by the REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker
on the 120VAC main distribution panel. To operate
dockside, connect the shore power system, turn the
MAIN breaker(s) ON. Then turn the
REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER breaker on the AC
main distribution panel and the switch on the bottom
of the unit ON.
A. COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR/ICE MAKER
The cockpit refrigerator/ice maker is located on the
starboard side of the cockpit wet bar. The
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
12. COFFEE MAKER
The drip coffee maker located in a cabinet above
the sink in the galley operates on the 120 volt
-
COCKPIT REFRIGERATOR/ICE MAKER
(Fic. 7.16.2)
= el]
Jr > = æ.
REFRIGERATOR/
ICE MAKER
system. It is powered by the GALLEY SYSTEMS
breaker on the main distribution panel which must
be ON to operate the coffee maker.
To keep the coffee maker operating efficiently, the
mineral deposits left by water must be flushed out
using the cleaning method described in the
instruction booklet.
Tun off coffe maker before closing cabinet
doors. Failure to do so may result in damage to
| the coffee maker or cabinet.
13. STOVE & MICROWAVE
A. ELECTRIC STOVE
The 240 volt STOVE breaker on the AC main
distribution panellocated in the aft port of the salon
supplies power to the stove and must be ON to
operate the stove.
The stove has three (3) burners with control knobs
to provide a variation of heat.
A stove cover is provided to cover the burners when
not in use. The cover can be stowed on the forward
side of the cabinet directly below the stove. A power
safety switch is installed on the cover recess. When
the stove cover is installed it depresses the switch
turning power OFF to the stove control knobs.
7.16
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
GALLEY COUNTER ToP
(Fic. 7.17.1)
GALLEY A
SINK A
3-BURNER
STOVE
SWITCH
\. A
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
B. MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN
The microwave/convection oven is located in the
cabinet above the refrigerator/freezer. The 120VAC
MICROWAVE breaker on the AC main distribution
panel supplies power to the microwave and must
be ON to operate the unit.
NOTE: Turn on the galley power ventilation system
when operating the convection oven.
REFER TO OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
14. POWER VENTILATION SYSTEM
The power ventilation system removes stagnant &
foul air from the master stateroom head, galley and
guest head by means of 24 volt exhaust fans. They
are powered by the POWER VENTS breaker on
the DC main distribution panel in the salon and
individually turned on and off by the power vent
switch in the heads and the galley (See pages 2.23
& 2.24 for location of vent switch).
15. CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM
The central vacuum unit is located under the forward
section of the stbd salon sofa. The STBD SYSTEMS
breaker must be ON to operate the system.
The 24 foot hose connects to the central vacuum
through either of two (2) hose inlets. The inlets are
situated so that the vacuum hose will reach all areas
of the vessel to be vacuumed. One inlet is located
on the stbd side of the companionway on the side
of the aft dinette seat. The second inlet is located
on the aft wall of the salon, port of the cockpit steps
(See figure 7.21.1). The built in switch on the hose
inlet fittings activate the vacuum when the hose is
Inserted. The disposable bag is located under the
removable panel on the top of the vacuum unit.
Я в
CENTRAL VACUUM SYSTEM
(F16. 7.17.2)
STBD SALON
SOFA CENTRAL VACUUM
VACUUM HOSE
INLET
16. WASHER & DRYER
The washer/dryer is a stacked front load washing
and drying combination unit located in the utility room
on the portside. The unit can be accessed by lifting
the stateroom companionway steps. The unit
operates on the 120VAC WASHER/DRYER breaker
on the AC main distribution panel.
480 Motor Yacht
7.17
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
The washer/dryer is connected to hot and cold water
shutoff valves on the water manifold located on the
aft bulkhead in the utility room (See figure 7.7.1).
The supply valves should be on only when the unit
IS being used.
-
WASHER/DRYER STATEROO
TATEROOM
(Fic. 7.18.1) COMPANIONWAY
STEPS
WASHER/DRYER
COMBO
\. J
REFER TO OWNER’'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
17. SALON OTTOMANS
There are two ottomans in the salon. One each is
located under the port and starboard sofa. Both
ottomans can be used for storage.
f в
SALON OTTOMAN
(FIG. 7.18.2)
/
Na À
18. CARBON MONOXIDE MONITORS
The 480 MY is equipped with a carbon monoxide
(CO) monitor in every room of the boat. The CO
monitor is an electronic instrument that detects
carbon monoxide. When there is a build-up of CO
in any room, the monitor in that room will alertthe
occupants by a flashing a DANGER light and
sounding an alarm. The CO monitors are powered
through a breaker on the DC Distribution panel at
the control station.
It is important that you read and understand
the CO monitor information and operating
instructions. It is extremely important that you
become familiar with the CO monitor and its
functions.
CARBON MONOXIDE MONITOR
(Fıc. 7.18.3)
POWER
INDICATOR
DANGER
INDICATOR
TEST
BUTTON
(ON SIDE
=
NEL ©
HORN
\
АИ
—
—
—
—1
—1
—1
—
—1
—
—
Г]
`. J
A. TESTING THE CO MONITOR
Test the monitors on your boat for at manufacturers
required intervals by pushing the TEST button on
the side of the unit. If the unit is operating correctly
both audible and visual warning indicators will be
activated.
a A
Actuation of the CO monitor indicates the presence of
carbon monoxide which can be FATAL.
EVACUATE THE PREMISES IMMEDIATELY. DO A HEAD
COUNT TO CHECK THAT ALL PERSONS ARE
ACCOUNTED FOR. CALL THE NEAREST FIRE
DEPARTMWENT AND ASK THEM TO DETERMINE THE
SOURCE OF CARBON MONOXIDE. DO NOT REENTER
PREMISES UNTIL IT HAS BEEN AIRED OUT AND THE
| PROBLEM IS CORRECTED.
This detector will only indicate the presence of
carbon monoxide gas at the sensor. Carbon
| monoxide may be present in other areas.
7.18
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
To reduce the risk of carbon monoxide poisoning,
test the monitor operation when not in use for 10 days
| ог more.
”
REFER TO THE MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTION
MANUAL IN THE OWNER’S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
19. CABLEMASTER WITH REMOTE
(AUTOMATIC SHORE POWER CORD
ADVANCE/RETRIEVE SYSTEM)
Your Sea Ray® is equipped with the Cablemaster
shore power cord system located on the port
transom. The system will advance and retrieve the
shore power cord as needed to hook up the shore
power system. The circuit breaker is located on the
main DC breaker panel on the forward engine room
bulkhead.
f \
CABLEMASTER
(Fic. 7.19.1) /
To OPERATE CABLEMASTER:
1.
Open shore power cord f
cover.
Press the control switchto f )
the OUT position to
advance cable to the
shore power hookup, or
the IN position to retrieve
cable for storage. This is
a momentary switch \ /
which returns automatically to the center OFF
position.
For remote operation, leave the regular
Cablemaster switch in the center OFF position.
a. By pressing the buttons on the remote unit,
you will be able to advance and retrieve the
cable. Two (2) points should be observed when
using the Cable-Control system:
There is a slight delay (less than one (1)
second) between pressing the transmitter
button and operation of the Cablemaster
system. This gives the radio transmitter
and receiver time to establish
communications and for the transmitter to
provide the receiver with the appropriate
Instructions.
* When using the Cable-Control Radio
Control system, the regular Cablemaster
switch should be left in the center OFF
position. The regular switch is still fully
operational when the Cable-Control
system is not used.
480 Motor Yacht
7.19
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
20. Canvas
lt is recommended that you read Section 1e Safety,
pages 1.2 thru 1.4 and understand the effects of
exhaust emissions.
A. CARE & MAINTENANCE
Care and maintenance instructions have been
provided by the canvas manufacturer for the canvas
used on your Sea Ray®. The information can be
found in the Owner's Manual Packet.
By following the provided instructions, your canvas
set will give you protection from the elements and
comfort that you expect. Most of all, the instructions
provide you with installation and removal procedures
that will simplify the task.
Components of your canvas set consist of zipper
tracks and snaps. These components can be found
in the parts manual located in the Owners Manual
Packet.
B. STORAGE:
Do not fold or store any of the canvas set pieces
while wet. All canvas should be rolled or folded
when dry and stored in a clean, dry place.
e For clear vinyl pieces, rolling or laying down flat
are the recommended methods for storage. The
clear vinyl should never be folded or creased as
cracking will result. To protect the clear vinyl
from rubbing against itself while rolled or stored
flat, place a piece of very soft, nonabrasive cloth
between the pieces, or rolled up in it. If the
surface of your clear vinyl becomes scratched,
the canvas manufacturer has provided a canvas
care sheet in your Owner's Manual Packet.
C. INSTALLATION TIPS:
e The zippers attached on the hardtop and cockpit
overhead are mounted on a zipper track. Once
Installed, do not remove these zippers or zipper
tracks.
When attaching any of the pieces of the canvas
set, attach the top edges first and zip the zippers
only partially. This helps to hold the piece in
place and relieves tension, helping the other
sides to zip or snap easier. After all of the sides
of the piece are secure, finish zipping the top of
each piece. This will ensure a tight fit.
REFER TO OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
7.20
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
21. FLOOR PLAN
INTERIOR
(FIG. 7.21.1)
NN
480 Motor Yacht
(A V-BERTH BUNK
A/C ACCESS HATCH (UNDER MATTRESS)
(© FLOOR STORAGE HATCH
© V-BERTH HANGING LOCKER
E) STEPS (RAISE TO ACCESS UTILITY ROOM)
(© GUEST STATEROOM HANGING LOCKER
(© DINETTE
(В) CENTRAL VACUUM INLET
(1) STBD SALON OTTOMAN (STORAGE)
(J) SALON TV/VCR COMBO
(K) STEREO W/CD CHANGER
(© MASTER STATEROOM TV/VCR COMBO
() MASTER STATEROOM SHOWER
() MASTER STATEROOM SINK
(©) MASTER STATEROOM BUNK
(P) MASTER STATEROOM HEAD
(Q MASTER STATEROOM AFT HANGING LOCKER
(® MASTER STATEROOM FWD HANGING LOCKER
(© DC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(T) AC MAIN DISTRIBUTION PANEL
(U) PORT SALON OTTOMAN (STORAGE)
(V) COFFE MAKER
@) GALLEY SINK
(0 STOVE
(Y) REFRIGERATOR/FREEZER
(2) MICROWAVE/CONVECTION OVEN
@A V-BERTH SHOWER
© V-BERTH HEAD
€9 V-BERTH SINK
ÉD V-BERTH TC/VCR COMBO
7.21
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
FLOOR PLAN
DECK
(FIG. 7.22.1)
N — Q (A)
ARAN
(A) STBD BOW LOCKER
WINDLASS
(© WASTE DISCHARGE
(D) CONTROL STATION
(E) STBD FUEL FILL CAP
(©) CAPTAIN'S CHAIR
(G) STBD DECK ENTRY DOOR
(В) FRESH WATER FILL CAP
(D SWIM PLATFORM
( SWIM LADDER
(K) PORT DECK ENTRY DOOR
(D PORT FUEL FILL CAP
®) AUTOMATIC WINDSHIELD VENT
(N) PORT BOW LOCKER
J
7.22
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
22. HARDTOP
1
HARDTOP
(FiG. 7.23.1)
(A) VHF ANTENNA
DIGITAL SATELLITE SYSTEM (DSS)
(OPTIONAL)
(C) STERN NAVIGATIONAL LIGHT
(D) TV ANTENNA
(В) (©) GPS ANTENNA
(F) RADAR
(А) ©) MAST LIGHT
\ J
480 Motor Yacht 7.23
SECTION 7 * ACCESSORIES AND OPTIONS
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
7.24 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
1. USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
OWNER
HOME PORT
BOAT NAME
REGISTRATION NUMBER STATE
HULL SERIAL NUMBER
WARRANTY REGISTRATION DATE
ENGINE MAKE & MODEL
SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
GEAR MAKE & REDUCTION RATIO
SERIAL NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
PROPELLER SIZE PORT STARBOARD
PART NUMBER PORT STARBOARD
SHAFT SIZE (DIAMETER X LENGTH) MATERIAL
FUEL CAPACITY FORWARD TANK AFT
WATER CAPACITY
KEY NUMBER, IGNITION DOOR
SELLING DEALER
CITY & STATE
LENGTH BEAM DRAFT
VERTICAL CLEARANCE
ESTIMATED WEIGHT
GENERATOR SERIAL # MODEL # KILOWATTS
480 Motor Yacht 8.1
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
r \
BEFORE | AFTER | EVERY | EVERY
EVERY FIRST 50 100 ANNUALLY
USE | 20 HRS. | HOURS | HOURS
CHECK ENGINE OIL LEVEL o
CHANGE ENGINE OIL o o
CHECK GENERATOR OIL LEVEL o
REPLACE OIL FILTER o ©
REPLACE ENGINE MOUNTED FUEL FILTER o
CHECK TRANSMISSION FLUID LEVEL o
CHANGE TRANSMISSION FLUID** o
CLEAN CRANKCASE VENTILATING SYSTEM o o
CLEAN TRANSMISSION OIL STRAINER SCREEN* o
CHECK COOLING SYSTEM HOSES & CONNEC-
TIONS FOR LEAKS (WITH ENGINES RUNNING) o
TIGHTEN ENGINE MOUNT FASTENERS o o
CHECK FOR LOOSE, DAMAGED OR
MISSING PARTS ©
CHECK PICK-UP & WATER IMPELLERS” o
CHECK ACCESSORY DRIVE BELTS o
CHANGE ANTIFREEZE ©
CLEAN AIR CLEANERS o o
CHECK ZINCS IN HEAT EXCHANGER EVERY 25 HOURS
CHECK SEA WATER STRAINERS & SEACOCKS o o o
LUBRICATE SEACOCKS e
| CHECK ENGINE ALARMS o
* Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center.
8.2 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
USEFUL SERVICE INFORMATION
REFER TO THIS MANUAL AND/OR YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILS.
1
BEFORE| AFTER | EVERY | EVERY
EVERY | FIRST 50 100 ANNUALLY
USE 20 HRS. | HOURS | HOURS
CHECK EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR LEAKS o o o
CHECK FUEL SYSTEM LINES & CONNECTIONS o o o
CHANGE WATER SEPARATING FUEL FILTER o e
CHECK SHAFT LOG & STRONG SEAL” o o o
CHECK RUDDER PACKING, TIGHTEN FOR e e e
NO LEAKS***
INSPECT CLEVIS PIN ON RUDDER TIE BAR e e
LUBRICATE RUDDER SHAFT ©
LUBRICATE THROTTLE & SHIFT LINKAGE
PIVOT POINTS o o o
CHECK BATTERY ELECTROLYTE LEVEL o o o
CHECK ALL ELECTRICAL CONNECTIONS e e
(Including Dockside Power Inlet)
INSPECT PROPELLER FOR POSSIBLE DAMAGE o
CHECK ENGINE TO SHAFT ALIGNMENT o o
CHECK WATER SYSTEM PUMP FILTER o o o
INSPECT FRESH WATER PUMP
8 WATER SYSTEM © o
CHECK HOLDING TANK LEVEL e
CHECK FLUID IN TRIM PLANE PUMPS o o
TEST 120 VOLT GFI OUTLET o
CHECK OIL IN STEERING SYSTEM
EVERY 3 MONTHS
*
Sea Ray® recommends that this maintenance be performed by an authorized service center.
480 Motor Yacht
8.3
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
2. DRAINING THE BOAT
In climates where freezing occurs, it is important
that the bilge be completely drained and dried out
when the boat is laid up for the winter. Some
compartments in the bilge may not drain completely
because of the position of the boat. They should be
pumped out and sponged until totally free of water
or add sufficient amount of antifreeze to standing
water to prevent freezing.
The boat's entire fresh water system must be
drained. Open all faucets, including the shower
faucets, throughout the boat. Open a connection
at the lowest point in the fresh water lines to
completely drain them. Break the connections on
each side of the water pump. Drain the heads. Drain
the water heater. Break the lower connection if
necessary.
The engine cooling system and the exhaust system
must be free of water if there is danger of freezing.
Drain plugs are provided on the engine for this
purpose. It is necessary to open a connection or
two in the exhaust system to drain the lowest
portions; these should be reassembled securely
Immediately after draining is accomplished.
CONSULT YOUR ENGINE AND GENERATOR
OPERATOR'S MANUAL FOR DETAILED
INFORMATION ON PREPARING FOR STORAGE.
3. WINTERIZATION CHECKLIST FOR
Boats STORED ON LAND
A. BOAT STORAGE
* Store boat in a bow high attitude.
e Remove hull drain plug.
e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/
antifreeze mixture in each bilge pump sump.
B. ICE MAKER
e Shut OFF water supply.
Disconnect the water line at the garden hose
connection on the solenoid valve.
* Allow the unit to run for one hour. Remove any
ice cubes ejected during this period.
Shut OFF the electricity and prop the door open
to allow the unit to thaw.
e After it has thawed, wipe it dry.
C. ENGINES
Flush engines with fresh water.
* Remove engine drain plugs.
REFER TO YOUR ENGINE OPERATOR'S MANUAL
FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON PREPARING
THE ENGINES FOR STORAGE AND
WINTERIZATION.
D. GENERATOR
Flush generator with fresh water.
* Remove generator drain plugs.
e Remove drain plugs from muffler and strainer.
REFER TO YOUR GENERATOR OPERATOR’S
MANUAL FOR DETAILED INFORMATION ON
PREPARING THE GENERATOR FOR STORAGE AND
WINTERIZATION.
E. AIR CONDITIONER
e (Close thru-hull seacock, remove hoses from sea
water pump.
Flush with fresh water through hose from sea
water pump.
Blow out water lines with air pressure.
* Loosen the screws on the pump head, allowing
water to drain from the pump.
Keep under a trickle charge.
* When replacing battery in service, remove
excess grease from terminals, recharge as
necessary and reinstall in boat.
8.4
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
F. HEAD SYSTEM
e Flush entire system thoroughly with fresh water.
* Pump out holding tank.
* Remove water line from inlet fitting located
on back bottom half of water valve on head.
Flush one gallon (four liters) antifreeze mixed
with one gallon (four liters) of water through toilet
and let vacuum pump run for one or two minutes.
Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base
antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products.
* Shut WATER SYSTEM breaker OFF.
* Pump out holding tank.
G. WATER SYSTEM
e Turn ON fresh water pump.
e Open all faucets, let system drain completely,
leave faucets open.
e Turn OFF fresh water pump.
e Remove hoses from water pump.
Remove hoses from water heater and open drain
plug.
* Blow out all lines to clean.
e Pour one (1) pint (half-liter) of 50% water/
environmentally safe, non-toxic antifreeze
mixture in shower drain to fill shower sump.
Use an automotive or commercial ethylene glycol base
antifreeze. Do not use alcohol base products.
H. FUEL SYSTEMS
e Diesel fuel must be treated with a biocide,
“Biobor,” which prevents bacteria and fungi
from contaminating diesel fuel that contains
some water.
Do not overfill. Filling a tank until the fuel flows
from vents is dangerous. Allow room for
| expansion.
Diesel fuel should also get a petroleum
distillate additive, such as “Stabil” or “Racor
RX1000- This will help assimilate water in
the fuel and prevent freezing problems.
o Fill fuel tanks with the treated fuel.
* Run engines for ten minutes to ensure that
all diesel fuel in injectors and fuel lines are
treated.
I. SECURITY CONSIDERATIONS
Be conscious of the security of your boat.
Always remove the keys from the ignition, lock
hatches, lock the cabin door, remove and stow
any removable electronic gear (fishfinders,
LORAN, etc.) and personal gear (fishing poles,
etc.) normally left aboard your boat.
* Remove hoses from condensing unit.
* Remove strainer plug.
J. BATTERIES
e Remove from boat. Remove negative (-) cable
first, then positive (+) cable.
* Remove grease and dirt from top surface.
(Grease terminal bolts.
e Store on wooden pallet or thick plastic in a cool
dry place. Do not store on concrete.
REFER TO INDIVIDUAL OWNERS MANUALS FOR
SPECIFIC PROCEDURES.
480 Motor Yacht
8.5
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
4. FITTING OUT AFTER STORAGE
A. FUEL SYSTEM
Check the entire fuel system for loose connections,
worn hoses, leaks, etc. and repair. This is a primary
safety precaution.
Check fuel lines for damage and make sure that they
do not come in contact with any moving parts.
B. EXHAUST SYSTEM
Examine the complete exhaust system, from engine
to transom. lt is imperative that the entire exhaust
system be vapor proof and water tight. If a plug or
cover was used at the exhaust port, don't forget to
remove it. Also check the drain plugs on the bottom
of the mufflers. Do not over tighten. Recheck the
system with the engines running.
C. BATTERIES
Before installing the batteries, clean the terminal
posts with a wire brush or steel wool and then attach
the cables. After the cable clamps are tightened,
smear the post and clamps with vaseline or grease
to exclude air and acid. Do not apply grease before
attaching and tightening the terminal clamps.
Examine all wiring.
D. MISCELLANEOUS
1. Check all thru-hull fittings for unobstructed water
passage. Be alert for any deteriorated hoses
and/or fittings below the water line which might
fail in service and admit water.
2. Inspect the rudder stuffing boxes. They should
be just tight enough to prevent excessive
leaking. Over-tightening will destroy the
packing and score the shaft. Check the hose
clamps for tightness.
3. Make sure the rudder clevis pins on each side
of the tie bars are in and safety-wired.
4. Check all strut fastenings and thru-hull
fastenings.
5. Test the navigation lights.
Check all wiring for loose connections.
Check all switches and equipment for proper
operation.
8. Check bilge blowers for proper operation. Turn
ON blowers and place hand over hull blower
vent to make sure air is coming from vent.
9. Anchor lines and gear should be inspected
and replaced if necessary.
10. Clean bilge thoroughly if it was not done at
lay-up.
11. Check all engine and generator fluid levels.
5. SEACOCK LUBRICATION
e With the boat out of the water, remove the hose
from the top of the seacock.
Put seacock handle in closed position.
Add a few drops of lubricating oil inside.
e Work handle back and forth a few times. Add oil
as needed.
Replace hose and tighten clamps.
e Add a few drops of oil to the handle pivot point.
| SEACOCK
(FIG. 8.6.1)
HOSE CLAMPS
BODY
HANDLE PIVOT
POINT
8.6
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
6. QuiICK REFERENCE CHECKLIST
As the owner/operator of a Sea Ray® Sport Boat, you are responsible for the safe operation your boat and the
safety of your passengers. Always be sure that required documents, navigational equipment and Coast Guard
required safety equipment is aboard and in proper working order.
A. BOARDING THE BOAT*
GENERAL
1. Weather Conditions ......................=..eeeeeeeieee EEK Is it going to be safe to go out
2. Transom Drain Plug ...................... eee Installed
PFDs and all other Coast Guard
required safety equipment... Available for all children and adults
IGNITION KEYS oie, Available
5. TOOIBOX oii, Stocked with a variety of appropriate tools
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Bilge Pumps coo K RK K RK EE Working. Discharge any appreciable amounts of
water overboard
A =[0)(-] E RR RR RK RRR RK ERK RER KERKEEEG Working. “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for
fuel odor
3. Navigation LightS een RER DA Working. Have spare bulbs and fuses aboard
4. Radio/ElectroniCS ee eee Working
5. HOM coe, Working
6. THM TADS oor, Full range of motion. No excessive play or binding
7. Fresh Water Tank eK Filled and sanitized
8. Head System Holding Tank es Empty
9. Seacocks................e.ererceccccrcccenesceneecoeseenese K EEE Open (handle parallel to hose)
ENGINE
1. Batterie ers R RER K RR K RER K RER KRERE Fully charged (Check water cell levels)
2. Fuel Tank er K RER K RK RER RER EEE Filled with recommended fuel
3. Fuel System ee K RR KK EEK KK EEE Check for leaks
4, Fuel Filters... ee, Check that filters are clean and tight
5. Diesel Racor Fuel Filters... Check that filters are clean, tight and free of water
6. Engine Coolant Drain Plugs Secured
7. Steering Fluid …...........….....…...rrrcecssrecessee carre rennes Full
8. Throttle á Gearshift Controls Test ..................——.——... Full range of motion
*Note: Many of these items should be checked before leaving the house.
480 Motor Yacht 87
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
B. PREPARING TO DEPART AND AFTER LAUNCHING
GENERAL
1. Bilge/Engine Compartment......................e.eeeeeeeeee “Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel
odor. Run the bilge blowers for at least four (4)
minutes.
2. Shore Power Cable esse Disconnected from dockside power inlet
3. Lines, Fenders and AnChOF ee Ready for use
4. PassengerS/CreW esse K RK A Instructed in duties for getting underway and fitted
for a correct size PFD
ENGINE
1. Battery Switches .........cooiiiiiii i, In the ON position
2. Fuel Valve een i, Open
3. Engine AlArm…..…............…....…ccccrererenrerecca rene cernes Test. Should sound after a few seconds
4. Gear Shift & Throttle Controls ae In NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
STARTING THE ENGINE
1. Gearshift á Throttle Controls.................————...... Shift in NEUTRAL (Refer to your Engine Owners
Manual for startup procedures for your specific
engine)
2. lgnition …..….................eseecserre ere cessera ere r eee Turn master ignition keys on DC distribution panel
to the ON position. Depress ignition switch on the
helm switch panel to START position until engine
starts, then release to RUN position (light on).
IMPORTANT: Do not continue to operate starter for more than 10 seconds without
pausing to allow starter motor to cool off for 2 minutes. This also will allow the
battery to recover between starting attempts.”
Do not run the engine or generator in an enclosed
area, such as a closed boat house, as there is
the possibility of buildup and inhaling of carbon
monoxide.
*If engine fails to start, refer to the Engine Owner's Manual for further troubleshooting procedures
8.8 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
C. WHILE UNDERWAY
GENERAL
1. Passengers/Crew
2. Lines, Fenders and Anchor
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Trim Tabs
2. Navigation Lights
ENGINE
1. Tachometers
2. Engine Gauges
3. Engine Operation
D. RETURNING TO PORT
GENERAL
1. Passengers/Crew
2. Lines and Fenders
BOAT SYSTEMS
1. Navigation Lights
2. Anchor Light
3. Bilge/Engine Compartment
ENGINE
1. Gearshift & Throttle Controls
2. Tachometers
Safely seated with PFD's on or immediately
accessible
Stowed
Bring boat to “On Plane”
On at night or in reduced visibility
Engines operating in safe RPM range
Continually monitor
Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises
and visually check the engine compartment while
underway
Instructed in duties for line handling
Ready for use
Turned OFF when secured
ON if necessary
“Sniff” the bilge/engine compartment for fuel odor.
Run the bilge blowers if necessary. Check for
water in bilge. Run bilge pumps if necessary
Bring to NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
Idle the engines for five (5) minutes to cool down
480 Motor Yacht
8.9
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
3. Ignition ee, Depress EMERGENCY STOP/STOP switches on the
helm switch panel when engines are cooled down.
4. Engine Operation eek een Check idle and shift. Listen for abnormal noises
E. SECURING THE BOAT
GENERAL
1. Shore Power Cable es Connected to dockside power inlet
2. Lines and FenderS eK KEG Fenders in place, lines tied securely to dock
BOAT SYSTEMS
US CE Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)
2. Helm Switch Panel ee All switches in the OFF position
3. Gearshift & Throttle Controls.................. ee... In the NEUTRAL and IDLE positions
ENGINE
1. Ignition... rr erre. Switchesd in the OFF position (lights off) and master
ignition keys removed from DC distribution panel
2. Battery Switches ........................eeeevriererccreree e eee. In the OFF position
1. Fuel Valves .....................ereereeecciereeneeeaoeeee cane. Closed (handle perpendicular to hose)
F. IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT START
NO STARTER MOTOR RESPONSE
1. Check battery condition for sufficient charge
Check battery cable connections tight and free from corrosion
Check battery switches in the ON position
Check gearshift/throttle control levers in the NEUTRAL positions
Check starter motor and solenoid connections
о п E MN
Check ignition switch connections
STARTER MOTOR RESPONDS, BUT NO IGNITION
1. Check electrical connections on engine wiring harness and ignition wiring
2. Check that fuel tanks are not empty
3. Check fuel filters and filter/water separators clean
8.10 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
Quick REFERENCE CHECKLIST (CONT’D)
G. OPERATING THE GENERATOR
STARTING THE GENERATOR
1. Generator SeacocK …….….….....…....….….rrcererercasrenc sr ccnn ne Open
2. Bilge Blowers ….....….......…..........rrrrcssssrrea esse nr een ere Run for at least 4 minutes and any time the generator Is running
3. Depress PREHEAT co.cc, Preheat time should not exceed 30 seconds
4. Depress START Switch .................eeeeeemereeeeeenceeeeeeeeeee. Depress until generator starts
5. When the Generator Starts ................——.e.. eee. Release the START switch only (If diesel, continue holding
PRE-HEAT for a few seconds)
6. Load The Generator... AA Turn ÓN the generator main breaker on the Main
Distribution Panel. Turn AC breakers ON
STOPPING THE GENERATOR
1. BreakerS.…......…......…..........scsrcrrenesrrre nee rene na are n rennes Turn AC breakers OFF. Turn OFF the generator main breaker
on the Main Distribution Panel
2. GeneratOf ere e rene Let it run a few minutes to cool down
3. STOP SWItCh cocci, Depress to stop the generator set
f
Do not run the generator or engines in an
enclosed area, such as a closed boat house, as
there is the possibility of buildup and inhaling of
carbon monoxide.
480 Motor Yacht 8.11
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
7. AFTER MARKET EQUIPMENT CHECKLIST
Any safety or operational equipment added to your boat after delivery should be checked for seaworthyness
and proper working condition. Use the area below to list any equipment and the proper operating condition
of that equipment before getting underway.
Equipment Proper Operating Condition
8.12 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
8. MAINTENANCE LoG
Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 & 3 of this section and keep a record of this and
ALL maintenance performed on your boat.
Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours
480 Motor Yacht 8.13
SECTION 8 * SERVICE INFORMATION
MAINTENANCE LOG (Cont’p)
Follow the recommended maintenance listed on pages 2 & 3 of this section and keep a record of this and
ALL maintenance performed on your boat.
Date Maintenance Description Engine Hours
8.14 480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
1. MAINTENANCE AND
RECONDITIONING
Your new boat has been designed to provide you
with years of enjoyment and satisfaction. In order
to maintain the factory new appearance of your boat,
we recommend the use of BM™ Marine's one step
Maintenance and Reconditioning Products designed
specifically for pleasure boats. Following proper
fiberglass maintenance guidelines will help maintain
your boat's performance, value, and enjoyment.
2. FIBERGLASS & GELCOAT
The fiberglass hull, deck and some interior
parts consist of the molded shell and exterior
gelcoat. The gelcoat is the outer surface, often
colored, that presents the shiny smooth
appearance which is associated with fiberglass
products. In some areas, this gelcoat surface
Is painted or taped for styling purpose.
Gelcoat surfaces are slippery when wet. Use extreme
care when walking on wet gelcoat.
Always wear non-slip foot gear while washing and
waxing boat.
Care should be utilized in waxing commonly walked
upon areas of the boat to ensure that they are not
dangerously slippery.
NN J
Wash the fiberglass regularly with clean, fresh
water. Wax gelcoated surfaces to maintain the
luster. In northern climates, a semiannual
waxing may suffice for the season. In southern
climates, a quarterly application of wax will be
required for adequate protection.
REFER TO 3M ONE STEP MAINTENANCE AND
RECONDITIONING PRODUCTS PAMPHLET INYOUR
OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR INSTRUCTIONS
AND WARRANTY INFORMATION
3. STAINS & SCRATCHES
Gelcoat and painted surfaces are very resistant
to deep stains. Common surface stains can be
removed with diluted household detergents,
provided these detergents do not contain
ammonia or chlorine. Porcelain-cleaning
powders are too abrasive and often contain
chlorine and ammonia, either of which would
permanently discolor the gelcoat and paint.
Alcohol or kerosene can be used for difficult
stains but should be washed away promptly
with a mild detergent and water. Never use
acetone or any ketone solvents.
Minor scratches and deeper stains which do
not penetrate the gelcoat may be removed by
light sanding and buffing.
4. SPECIAL CARE FOR BOATS THAT ARE
MOORED
If permanently moored in salt water or fresh
water, your boat will collect marine growth on
its bottom. This will detract from the boat's
beauty and greatly affect its performance.
There are two methods of preventing this:
Periodically haul the boat out of the water
and scrub the bottom with a bristle brush
and a solution of soap and water.
* Paint the hull below the waterline with a
good grade of antifouling paint. DO NOT
paint the engine drive surfaces.
NOTE: There are EPA regulations regarding
bottom paint application. Consult your Sea
Ray® dealer for proper application methods.
5. CARE For BOTTOM PAINT
From time to time a slight algae or slime forms
on all vessels. The bottom painted portion of
the hull can be wiped off with a coarse turkish
towel or a piece of old rug while the boat is in
the water. Do not use a stiff or abrasive material
to clean the bottom paint.
480 Motor Yacht
9.1
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
The bottom paint should be inspected annually. If
it needs repainting consult your Sea Ray® dealer.
6. BILGE/ENGINE COMPARTMENT
1. Pump the bilges dry and remove all loose dirt.
Be sure that all limber holes are open. If there
Is oil in the bilge and the source is not known,
look for leaks in engine oil lines or engine
gaskets. Qil stains can be removed by using a
bilge cleaner available from your dealer or a
marina. DO NOT use flammable solvents.
2. Check all wiring to be sure it is properly
supported, that its insulation is intact, and that
there are no loose or corroded terminals. If there
are corroded terminals, they should be replaced
or thoroughly cleaned. Tighten all terminals
securely and spray them with light marine
preservative oil.
3. Inspect the entire fuel system (including fill lines
and vents) for any evidence of leakage. Any
stains around joints could indicate a leak. Try a
wrench on all fittings to be sure they are not
loose, but do not over tighten them. Clean fuel
filters and vent screens.
4. Inspect the entire bottom for evidence of
seepage, damage or deterioration, paying
particular attention to hull fittings, hoses and
clamps. Straighten kinked hoses and replace
any that do not feel pliable. Tighten loose hose
clamps and replace those that are corroded.
Tighten any loose nuts, bolts or screws.
5. Refer to your engine operators manual for
engine maintenance details. Wipe off engine
to remove accumulated dust and grease. If a
solvent is used, make sure it is nonflammable.
Go over the entire engine and tighten nuts,
bolts, and screws. Inspect the wiring on the
engine and clean and tighten the terminals.
Inspect the belts and tighten them if needed.
Clean and lubricate the battery terminals; fill
the battery cells with distilled water as needed.
A. KEEP BILGE AREA DRY
Water may accumulate in the engine room where it
IS not able to drain to the bilge pump. Check all areas
of the engine room for accumulated water and dry
thoroughly. Water left standing may penetrate
through the gelcoated surfaces and wick into the
fiberglass affecting the life of the product.
7. TOPSIDE AREAS
1. Check grab rails for loose screws, breaks, sharp
edges, etc., that might be hazardous in rough
weather. Inventory and inspect life jackets for
tears and deterioration. Check your first aid kit
to make sure itis complete. Check the signaling
equipment. Inspect anchor, mooring and towing
lines and repair or replace as required. DO NOT
stow wet lines or they may mildew and rot.
2. Stainless steel and alloy fittings should be
cleaned with soap and water or household glass
cleaner. Remove rust spots as soon as possible
with a brass, silver or chrome cleaner.
Irreversible pitting will develop under rust that
remains for any period of time. Never use an
abrasive like sandpaper or steel wool on
stainless. These may actually cause rust. To
help protect the stainless, we recommend the
use of a good car wax.
3. When instruments are exposed to a saltwater
environment, salt crystals may form on the
bezel and the plastic covers. These salt crystals
should be removed with a soft, damp cloth;
never use abrasives or rough, dirty cloths to
wipe plastic parts. Mild household detergents
or plastic cleaners can be used to keep the
Instruments bright and clean.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
8. ACRYLIC PLASTIC SHEETING
(PLASTIC GLASS)
Never use a dry cloth or duster or glass cleaning
solutions on acrylic.
To clean acrylic, first flood it with water to wash off
as much dirt as possible. Next, use your bare hand,
with plenty of water, to feel and dislodge any caked
dirt or mud. A soft, grit-free cloth may then be used
9.2
480 Motor Yacht
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
with a nonabrasive soap or detergent. A soft sponge,
kept clean for this purpose, is excellent. Blot dry
with a clean damp chamois.
Grease and oil may be removed from acrylic with
kerosene, hexane, white (not aviation or ethyl)
gasoline or aliphatic naphtha (no aromatic content).
Do not use solvents such as acetone, silicone
spray, benzine, carbon tetrachloride, fire
extinguisher fluid, dry cleaning fluid or lacquer
thinner on acrylic, since they attack the surface.
Remove fine scratches with fine automotive acrylic
rubbing and polishing compounds.
9. UPHOLSTERIES
Exterior fabrics should be cleaned with a sponge or very
soft scrub brush and a mild soap and warm water
solution. After scrubbing, rinse with plenty of cold, clean
water and allow the fabric to air dry in a well ventilated
place, preferrably away from direct sunlight.
Mildew can occur if your boat does not have adequate
ventilation. Heat alone will not prevent mildew; you must
also provide for fresh air circulation.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
10. VITRACORE® CABINETS
To maintain the beauty of the galley cabinet surfaces
and to prevent using the wrong cleaning agents,
please follow the cleaning recommendations listed
below.
The following NOTICE label is placed on the fiberglass
area of the galley countertop.
NOTICE
Care and maintenance of your Vitacore® cabinets
* Never use ammoniated window sprays or
kitchen scouring components.
* Never use solvents such as acetone, gasolene,
benzene, alchohol or lacquer thinner.
* Polish with light coat of automobile paste, wax
or plastic cleaner/polish.
* failure to follow these instructions will result in
damage to your cabinets.
Na À
Clean often with a soft cloth or sponge and mild soap
and water. À non-ammoniated spray may also be used.
(Examples: Glass Cleaner-Vinegar Glass Works by
Miles, Inc.) Never use paper towels, abrasive pads or
abrasive cleaners! Hairline scratches and minor
abrasions can be removed or minimized by using mild
automobile polish, Johnson Paste or Mirror Glaze
(M.G.M.10).
These care instructions refer specifically to the Vitracore®
Cabinets surfaces. Ask your dealer about cleaning any
hardware or trim which has been incorporated in your
cabinetry.
11. CLEANING RECOMMENDATIONS
FOR MARINE HEADLINER &
FABRIC
| NOTICE
| Always clean immediately. Test an unseen area of
fabric before cleaning.
REFER TO THE OWNER'S MANUAL PACKET FOR
INSTRUCTIONS AND WARRANTY INFORMATION.
480 Motor Yacht
9.3
SECTION 9 * CARE & REFINISHING
THIS PAGE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK
9.4
480 Motor Yacht
INDEX
A
AC & DC Electrical Schematics & Wiring
HarneSSeS ee AA
AC Low Voltage Lighting...
AC System …….…….…....……....rreccrerrrcsrsre nc enee rennes
Servicing the Main Distribution Panel .............
Acrylic Plastic Sheeting ......................—
Additional Recommended Equipment
for Safe Operation
After Market Equipment Checklist ..................
Air Conditioning 8: Heating ................—.——————.—.—.—..
A. To Start System .................eeeeereecerecccces
Anchoring ....................e.eeeeeieeeeere reee
A. Anchoring Arrangement ........................
1
C. Lowering Anchor...
D. Setting Anchor ….….…….......……..…rereecccees
E. Weighing Anchor................... eee...
F. Clearing a Fouled Anchor ......................
G. A Final Word ....................e.eeeeeeeeeeeeee
Automatic Fire Extinguisher............................
A. Manual Fire Extinguishing System ........
В. Напа held Extinguishers .......................
B
Basic Boat Dimensions and Clearances ........
Batteries ……..….…...…...…......….esreeseceseceeere nec e se ce eee
A. To Remove the Battery Cables .............
B.Battery Maintenance ..................——.——.—.—_.....
Battery Chargers ...................—......eeeeeeieeeee
A. Charging Characteristics.......................
B. Charging Characteristics of the Bow
Thruster Battery Charger .................... e...
Bilge Blowers...
Bilge Layout... HE
Bilge PUMPS ooo,
Bilge Os
A. Fuel & Oil Spillage ...................e...——.—.
Bilge/Engine Compartment ……….…..….…..….…….
Boarding the Boat.......................— eee.
Boarding ..................—.....eeeeeeeeereeee DA
Bow Thruster Solenoid and Charger ..............
Bow Thruster... ee
Bow Thruster... ee
C
Cablemaster with Remote .............................. 7.19
CANVAS o.oo eee eee, 7.20
A. Care 8: Maintenance ..........................e. 7.20
B. Storage ...............e.e2ereecrveeieeerecceeeeeccenn—s 7.20
C. Installation Tips ......................eeee2...... 7.20
Carbon Monoxide Monitors...................———.—.. 7.18
A. Testing the CO Monitor ...............—.—...... 7.18
Carbon Monoxide ..........................eeeeeeirreceeceee 1.2
A. Carbon Monoxide Monitor ....................... 1.3
Care for Bottom Paint... 9.1
CarrierSeal .......ccoooovviiiiiii 4.10
Central Vacuum System ................e.eeeeeerevecceos 7.17
Certification, Manufacturer .............................. Iv
Chart Your Course ….…….…..……....……..csrrecsrerccseere 1.9
Cleaning Recommendations for Marine
Headliner & Fabrice 9.3
Cockpit Entertainment Center ........................ 7.13
Cockpit Refrigerator/lce Maker ....................... 7.16
Cockpit Shower ..................e..reesveeerveieereeceee. 7.6
Cockpit Wet Bar ausser EEE 2.6
Coffee Make ers 7.16
Communication System ................e.e.eeerevecceo. 7.12
A. Dockside telephone Hookup ................. 7.12
Control Station Breaker Panel .......................... 6.5
Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout ...... 2.15
Control Station Gauge and Switch Layout ...... 2.15
D
DC Distribution Panel ee 6.7
DC 6.1
Dealer Responsibilities 2er nenne Il
Digital Satellite System (Optional) 7.12
Display Control Module (DCM)
Function Table .…..…...…...…..…...…..…cssrcsrceuess 2.21
Docking/Lifting/Storage es 2.1
A. Bow and Stern Cleats 2.1
B. Supporting the Boat... 2.2
Dockside Telephone Hookup …………..….……….………… 7.12
Dockside Television Hookup .…….….……..……………………………… 7.13
Dockside Water Inlet... nenn 7.6
Draining the Boat.....................— eee 8.4
480 Motor Yacht
INDEX
E
Electric Stove .................e.eeeecriericirceeeeeeeeeee een 7.16
Electrical System Fuse Blocks & Breakers ...... 6.5
Electrolysis á Zinc Anodes e... 6.17
Electronics Circuit ..................eeeeeeieieeeniee e 6.6
Emergency Situations 1.10
A. Medical Emergency ………...……...……………………………… 1.10
B. Water Rescue .……..........…........……srcrrrcnre 1.11
C. Fire ................eecercicioocereeeeeeeene eee eee. 1.11
D. Flooding, Swamping and capsizing ....... 1.11
E. Collision and Leaking.................— 1.12
F. Grounding.................— eee 1.12
G. Propulsion, Control or Steering Failure. 1.12
Emergency Stsrt System ....................e.eeeeecevee. 6.6
Engine Exhaust System ..................e.e=eeeerevcecee. 4.4
Engine Gauge Package 2.10
Engine Gauge Package... 4.3
Engine Monitoring System (EMS) .................. 2.16
Engine Mounts .…...…......….............eeeeessreccsececess 4.3
Engine Removal .....................eeeeeeerceeereneneeeen_.. 4.4
Engine Synchronizers .....................e===eeeee...—. 2.12
ENGINES .….…...….....….....ccsececcseceeere ee ser en see cesse rene 4.3
A. Propulsion... DA. 4.3
Entertainment Centers 7.12
A. Digital satellite System (Optional) ......... 7.12
B. Salon Entertainment Center ................. 7.12
C. Forward Stateroom Entertainment
Center coir, 7.12
D. Master Stateroom Entertainment
Center o.oo, 7.12
E. Cockpit Entertainment Center ............... 7.13
F. Volume Control .....................eeeeeciccceeeees 7.13
G. Dockside Television Hookup ................. 7.13
H. TV Signal Selector .....................———._....—. 7.13
F
Fiberglass & Gelcoat …………...………....……….….….…….…… 9.1
Fire Extinguishing System .................... eee... 1.2
Fitting Out After Storage 8.6
A. Fuel 5уз!ет.........ннннннннннненнннныые 8.6
B. Exhaust System ................eeeeeeeereerececreeees 8.6
C. Batteries .......coooviieii RE 8.6
D. Miscellaneous ...................—.ee=eee.eeeeeee 8.6
Floor Plan ................—.e..eeeeieeenreerreneneee eee. 2.4
Floor Plan... RR AKA R RER R ER KEG 7.21
Forward Stateroom Entertainment Center ...... 7.12
Fresh Water Cooling System ................—.e...=..... 4.6
A. Coolant Recommendations ..................... 4.6
Fresh Water Washdown ....................eeeeeeeeeeeeeeas 7.6
Fuel Fill Inlet... een 5.2
Fuel Filters (Diesel) ernennen 5.2
A. Generator Fuel Filter............................... 5.2
B. Fuel Filter Maintenance .......................... 5.2
Fuel Recommendations....................ee__eeeeeeeeeos 5.2
Fuel System cco, 5.1
A. Fuel Tanks... RER 5.1
B. Fuel Fill Inlet... neeenennnnos 5.2
C. Fuel Vent.........................eeeniienrecenr ene 5.2
Fuel Tanks ...................ee.enececconeceneoeecenee ene. 5.1
Fuel Vent eee e 5.2
Fueling Precautions..................— eee. 5.4
A. General ee EEE 5.4
B. Before a During Fueling................——————.—. 5.4
Fueling the Boat .......................— eee 3.2
A. General ……...…........….crcrrrcrre see esse caeen ee 3.3
B. Filling the Tank eee 3.3
C. After Filling.…....…..….......……….ccrrrreeccerercerces 3.3
Function and Location of Through-Hull
Fittings and Cutouts ................ ee... 2.7
G
Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
(Electric Option — Twin Disc) ....... 2.12
Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls (Hydraulic) . 2.11
Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ................... 2.10
Generator Fuel Filter 5.2
Generator ...................eerviceriicerccoe eee eee 6.15
A.Starting the generator ............................ 6.16
B. Shifting from Shore Power to Generator
POWEeT ...................ircierceecenecee eee 6.17
C. Stopping the Generator ........................ 6.17
Glendinning Cablemaster .....................e...e..... 6,10
Gray Water drain Lines 7.7
Gray Water Sumbp ..................22eeeverececcceeeeee es 7.7
Ground fault Interrupter Receptacle (GFI) ...... 6.14
A. International Receptacle ....................... 6.15
480 Motor Yacht
INDEX
H
Hand Held Extinguishers 7.15
Hardtop een EEK RRER ER R RR RER K RK ER REKEN 2.6
Hardtop ....c.ooeei reee. 7.22
Head System ….……..….....…......rrrcsrrercsseecnnerennee 7.8
A. Requirements for Vessel Operators ........ 7.9
B. Vacu-Flush9 Head .......................e..e.e...... 7.9
C. Holding Tank Operation......................... 7.10
D. Vent Filter .................. e. _..._emerineereeeee 7.11
Holding Tank Operation 7.10
Hourmeter ………....…....…......….eccsercrersrere ner ner en e 2.17
Hull Identification Number (HIN) Iv
Hydraulic Power Steering Control ................... 4.13
Hydraulic Trim Tabs ....................e..ee.exereneierece 2.13
1
If the Engine Does Not Start .......................... 8.10
Impaired Operation .............................eeveeenecene 1.5
Important Gauges .................—.ee.í=íeeeeeeeereeene 2.16
A. Engine Monitoring System (EMS) ......... 2.16
B.Hourmeter.........ccoiiii 2.17
C. Tachometer ......................e2eeeerrecrececen.s 2.17
D. Quad Gauge ee EEE 2.17
Fuel Gauge ....................eeeeeneeeee e 2.17
Voltmeter .….….…..…...…..……..…rrreccsecsacnecuee 2.17
Oil Pressure Gauge.………....………......…………… 2.17
Water Temperature Gauge ................... 2.18
E. Magnetic Compass .................eeee=e—..—. 2.18
Е. Systems Monitor... 2.18
Audible Alarms... 2.19
Audible Reset/Alarm Select ................. 2.19
International Requirements ............................ 1.13
IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ..................... 6.10
Isolation Transformer ....................e..eeeveeerecceas 6.10
L
Layout and Accessories ....................eeeeeeeeerces 7.1
Legally Mandated Minimum Required
Equipment eee 1.2
Lifesaving Equipment .................... eee 1.3
A. PFD Classification ................................ 1.4
Lighting Layout ......................— eee ee,
Limited Warranty ................——.—— e...
Load Capacity ....................eeee2eeeerrerierececeee eee
M
Macerator Discharge Pump With Seacock
Interlock System (Optional) ..................
Magnetic Compass...
Main Battery Switches and Solenoids ............
A.Windlass Solenoid ……….….….….….……………….……………….
B. Bow Thruster Solenoid and Charger .....
Main DC Breaker Panel .............................._..
Main Shore Power Breaker Box .....................
Maintain Control eK
A. General ConsiderationS a
Maintenance and reconditioning .....................
Maintenance for Shore Power Cable
Set & Shore Power Inlet .....................—..—.—.—.
Maintenance Log ee. RK
Major Controls een een EEE ee,
A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
B. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
(HydrauliC) een EEE
C. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls
(Electric Option - Twin Disc®)
D. Engine Synchronizers ...................—.———.—..
E. Hydraulic Trim TabsS............... e...
Manual Fire Extinguishing System .................
Manufacturers Certification ....................—.———.—.—.—..
Marine Gears
A. Reduction Gears...
В. Reverse Gears...
Master Stateroom Entertainment Center ........
Microwave/Convection Oven ...................—...—.—...
N
Nautical terms ...............e...eeerveceneceeeeneeee A.
Navigation and Anchor Lights.........................
A. Console Dimmer ...................e.r2rerececezea.
480 Motor Yacht
INDEX
О
Oil Exchange System …….….…....………….….....srrrreece 4.6
A.Operating Instructions ...............—————————.—. 4.7
Operating the Generator... 8.11
P
Passenger Instructions and Location................ 3.4
Passenger Locations .............................ee..e e... 2.2
Personal Flotation Devices ..................—ee=mee..... 3.4
PFD Classification ................. eee... EEK E 1.4
Power Capacity .....................e.eeeeieiierrieeceeeece 1.6
Power Ventilation System ......................eemeeee.. 7.16
Preparing to depart and After Launching.......... 8.8
Preparing to Depart................... eee... 3.1
Propellers .........................eeverereiicecenreere reee. 2.10
Propellers ........................eeererrierceceree ee ee 4.7
Propulsion System ...................e.eseeeeerieicereececees 2.9
A. Engine Gauge Package ..................——.... 2.10
Q
Quad Gauge ...................eeeeeeeeeeecerie DDD 2.17
Quick Reference Checklist ......................eeeereee. 8.7
A. Boarding the Boat... 8.7
B. Preparing to depart and
After Launching ==... 8.8
C. While Underway ………….…..….….…….…..…isres 8.9
D. Returning to Port.................—— 8.9
E. Securing the Boat................ 8.10
F. If an Engine Does Not Start................... 8.10
G. Operating the generator ....................... 8.11
R
Refrigerator/Freezer ......................— eee... 7.16
A. Cockpit Refrigerator/Ice Maker ............. 7.16
Requirements for Vessel Operators .................. 7.9
Responsibilities, Dealer Il
Responsibilities, YOU een EEE ill
Returning to Port... ee. 3.2
Returning to Port .................———.— eee 8.9
Rudder á: Rudder Stuffing Box ................—.. 4.11
S
Safety Hotlines ..........cc.cooiiiiiiii n ek 1.12
Safety Labels.....................e.eeervrcircececeeee een. 1.1
Salon Entertainment Center .......................... 7.12
Salon Ottomans ……..….…......…....……reresereessencanee 7.18
Seacock Lubrication es 8.6
Seacocks & Strainers 4.12
Securing the boat …….……....….….....…….…ccrrercccnees 3.2
Securing the Boat…….……….…....……….....………ccsserreee 8.10
Security Considerations eee... 8.5
Service, Parts and repair for Your Boat............... IV
Serviceing the Main Distribution Panel ............. 6.7
A. To Replace a Faulty Component on
the Main Distribution Panel ............... 6.7
Shafts o.oo eee. 4.10
Shifting from Shore Power to
Generator Power ....................e.ve.eemveernencen.s 3.8
Shifting to drive the boat.......................... 3.6
A. Gear Shifts and Throttle Controls ........... 3.6
B. Operation (Hydraulic) ............................ 3.6
Shore Power Hookup ..........................eeee eee... 6.11
Shore Power ..................e.nreeervrecirececrncene ee. 6.10
A. Isolation Transformer... 6.10
B. IsoBoost Transformer (Optional) ........... 6.10
C. Glendinning cablemaster ...................... 6.10
D. Main Shore Power Breaker Box ............ 6.11
E. Shore Power Hookup ............................ 6.11
F. Maintenance for Shore Power Cable
Set & Shore Power Inlets .................. 6.12
Source of Information li
Special Care for Boats that are Moored ......... 98.1
Stability... ene 1.6
Stains é Scratches ................e..eeneeercecereccereceens 9.1
Starting the Engines .........................eeeeeeeeeeeccc. 3.4
Starting the generator............ccccceee viii 3.7
Steering System ......................reeecrrrrccecereceeeccee. 3.9
Stopping the Engines ......................xeeeereeeceeceo 3.7
Stopping the Generator ..........................eeee.. 3.8
Stove & Microwave ...................ereeevercrnecernece. 7.16
A. electric Stove ................e..eenccericeriecenee. 7.16
B. Microwave/Convection Oven................. 7.17
SE 4.11
Switch and receptacle Layout ......................... 2.23
Systems Monitor essen 2.18
480 Motor Yacht
INDEX
T
Tachometer.….….….....….......….….rcrrrcrercser crane une 2.17
Testing the CO Monitor... 7.18
This Manual ….…...…..…...cseccrerere crane rene rene nana ee li
Topside Areas..................e.eeeeeecccerccereenecenc eee. 9.2
TV Signal Selector ................—..e.....eeeeeeieeee 7.13
Twelve (12) Volt System .........................emm. e... 6.6
A. Twelve (12) Volt Accessory receptacle .... 6.
U
Underwater gear ……….…..…....…......…....….…….….…eeeeecess 4.7
A. Propeller .........oooii e 4.7
B. Shafts cco, 4.10
C. Carrier Seal Kit …….….…..…....………..….……………e 4.10
D. StrUt ooo, 4.11
Upholsteries …….……...…...……..….….crercrrercssecsa rennes 9.3
Useful Service Information 8.1
Utility Room... ra ce nnee cnrs 7.15
V
Vacu-Flush® Head …………...………...………rrrcssreeecceneeee 7.9
Vent Filter coo, 7.11
Vibration á Causes..................eeeeeerericircecneceee. 4.5
A. Foriegn Object Interferring with
Propeller Action 4.5
B. Bent Propeller and/or Shaft..................... 4.5
C. Engine and Shaft Out of Alignment ........ 4.5
D. Coupling Out of true 4.6
E. Engine Part Hitting Boat Structure. .......... 4.6
F. Other Possible Causes 4.6
Vitacore® Cabinets resserre 9.3
Volume Control... es 7.13
W
Warning Label Locations 1.4
Warranties .….…...…........….crercreeeserenen crane ner nan li
Warranty, Limited RER у
Washer & Dryer ……..….....…....…...….….rrreserensereneees 7.17
Washer/Dryer Water Valve... 7.6
Waterheater.….…..…...…......…...……rcsecssresesnacnen nue 7.5
Water Pumps & Filters crues 7.3
Water Sports o.oo, 1.9
A. SWIMMING oii, 1.9
B. SKiiNG «oie K RER K RER KKKEE 1.9
C.DIVING cotter resan rene ee 1.10
Water System Manifold eee 7.4
Water System Pressurization 7.4
Water System... EEK R ER R EEE EE 7.2
A. water Tank......................exieecrececerceneeee 7.2
B. Water Pumps € Filters ................ 7.3
C. Water System pressurization .................. 7.4
D. Water Distribution Manifold ..................... 7.4
E.Water Heater... 7.5
F. Fresh water washdown ............................ 7.6
G. Dockside Water Inlet........................—.—... 7.6
H. Cockpit Shower esse 7.6
|. Washer/Dryer Water Valve........................ 7.6
J. Gray Water Sump ................e.eeeereereeccees 7.7
K. Gray Water Drain Lines .................e..—_..... 7.7
Water Tank ......................e.eeescerecreceree ene. 7.2
Weather .........................eienierir eee een eee RK rene 1.7
A. OCEAN coi, 1.8
B. OffShOre ee EEE RE 1.8
C.INSNOIE eee, 1.8
D. Sheltered Water ............................e2. e... 1.8
While Underway ................--...eeexreeereeereeeeereeen_.. 3.1
While Underway ................--...eeexreeereeereeeeereeen_.. 8.9
Windlass Solenoid ...........................eieeciiicenecene 6.3
Windlass... nece. 3.11
A. To Operate From The Helm ................... 3.11
B. To Operate from the Bow ...................... 3.12
C. To Operate Manually .............c............... 3.12
D. Maintenance ......................eeeeveerecerrecens 3.12
Winterization Checklist for Boats
Stored on Land een EEE 8.4
A. Boat Storage ee EEE 8.4
B. lce Maker ..................e..eeeeeee0eeeieoeenneees 8.4
C.ENQINES cco, 8.4
D. Generator .......................eveiireiree reee 8.4
E. Air Conditioner ......................ee2.eeeveeee000. 8.4
F. Head System ...................eeeseccerrreccereececee. 8.5
G. Water System ..................eeeeerevecccorceeeee. 8.5
H. Fuel System..................eeeericciricicceeececeen 8.5
|. Security Considerations ............cc............. 8.5
J. Batteries ...................eereeccercicereceneeen eee 8.5
480 Motor Yacht
X
Xelogen Lighting essen RER 6.13
A. Changing a Blown Bulb ........................ 6.13
B. AC Low Voltage Lighting ..................... 6.14
Y
Your Responsibilities creer ill
480 Motor Yacht
">